m/s. rgb chemicals & dyes · draft . environmental impact assessment report . for proposed unit...

DRAFT

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

FOR

PROPOSED UNIT

OF

M/s. RGB CHEMICALS & DYES

Plot No. 5, Old Survey No. 72, New Survey No. 120, Nilkanth Estate, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar (Gujarat)

[Proposed Product: Reactive & Direct Turquoise Blue @ 50 MT/M]

Schedule-5(f) & Category – B

TOR Letter No.: SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/196/2018, Dated-28/02/2018 Proposal No. :- SIA/GJ/IND2/20028/2017 DTD 21-11-2017

Study Period: October-November-December, 2018

PREPARED BY

BHAGWATI ENVIRO CARE PVT. LTD. [ISO 9001, ISO 14001 & OHSAS: 18001 CERTIFIED COMPANY]

(QCI/NABET Accreditated No. NABET/EIA/ACO/19/0995)

CORPORATE OFFICE

28, 29, 30, Parmeshwar Estate II, Opp. AMCO Bank,

Phase I, GIDC Estate, Vatva, Ahmedabad – 382445. Gujarat, India Phone No: +91 79 29295043, 40083051/52 Fax: +91 79 40083053 , Email: [email protected] , [email protected]

URL: www.bhagwatienviro.com

mailto:[email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

http://www.bhagwatienviro.com/

CONTENTS

CLAUSE NO

TOPIC PAGE NO

ANN - A Accreditation Certificate ………………………………………………………… i

ANN - B TOR Compliance ii to xl

CHAPTER-1 PREAMBLE

1-35

1.1 Preamble.................................................................................... 1 1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent………………………. 2 1.3 Objective of EIA Study………………………………………………….. 3 1.4 Location ……………………………………………………………………. 4 1.5 Study Area…………………………………………………………………. 11 1.6 Nearest Location from the Project Site……………………………… 12 1.7 Scope and methodology of EIA………………………………………. 13 1.8 Structure of EIA…………………………………………………………… 16 1.9 Compliance of TOR……………………………………………………… 18 1.10 Regulatory Frame work………………………………………………….. 33 1.11 Photographs of the Existing & Proposed Plant Site 35

CHAPTER – 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

36 - 90

2.1 Prelude…………………………………………………………………………….. 36 2.2 Location……………………………………………………………………………. 36 2.3 Justification of Proposed Activity……………………………………………… 37 2.4 Promoters and their background……………………………………………….. 37 2.5 Infrastructure Facilities ………………………………………………… 38 2.6 Land Use Breakup for Total Plot Area………………………………. 40 2.7 Product Details…………………………………………………………… 40 2.8 Packing & Final Application of Products………………………….. 41 2.9 Raw material Requirements……………………………………………. 41 2.10 Chemical Name, Physical form of Raw Materials…………………. 43 2.11 Physical and Chemical properties of the Hazardous Raw material 44 2.12 Manufacturing Process, Mass balance & Chemical Reaction… 45 2.13 Plant water Requirement & Waste Water generation……………… 57 2.14 Characteristics of effluent……………………………………………… 60 2.15 Details of Effluent Treatment Plant…………………………………. 62 2.16 Flue Gas Emission…………………………………………………………….. 64 2.17 Process Gas Emission………………………………………………………… 66 2.18 Fuel Requirement…………………………………………………………....... 66 2.19 Fugitive Emission Control……………………………………………………… 66 2.20 Hazardous waste management…………………………… 67 2.21 Noise Pollution…………………………………………………………….. 69 2.22 List of Hazardous Chemicals……………………………………………. 69 2.23 Safety & Occupational measure for storage & handling of the Raw Material

& product………………………………………………………… 72

2.24 Action Plan for Transportation of Raw Material & product including hazardous Chemicals…………………………………………………………

80

2.25 Cost of project…………………………………………………................ 80 2.26 Power Requirement……………………………………………………….. 81 2.27 Man Power Details………………………………………………………… 82 2.28 Green Belt Development………………………………………………..... 82 2.29 Scheme for Rain water Harvesting……………………………………… 84

CHAPTER – 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

91-183

3.1 Introduction .................................................................... 91 3.2 Study Area........................................................................ 91 3.3 Environmental Standards Of The Region................................ 98 3.4 Air Environment…………………………………………………………… 98

3.4.1 Ambient Air Quality (Aaq) In The Study Area 98 3.4.1.1 The Location Of Aaq Stations 98 3.4.1.2 Base Line Data 99 3.4.1.3 Sample Analysis 109

3.5 Meteorology…………………………………………………………… 110 3.6 Baseline Data………………………………………………………….. 110

3.6.1 Ambient Temperature 110 3.6.2 Wind Speed 110 3.6.3 Wind Direction 110 3.6.4 Relative Humidity (RH) 115 3.6.5 Climate & Rain Fall 115 3.6.6 Topography 116 3.6.7 Mixing Height 117 3.7 Atmospheric Stability……………………………………………….. 117 3.8 Noise Environment ………………………………………………….. 118 3.9 Water Environment............................................................ 128

3.9.1 Baseline data collection GW&SW 128 3.10 Land Environment……………………………………………………. 134

3.10.1 Geology 134 3.11 Types of Soil......................................................... 135

3.11.1 Characteristics of Soil 136 3.12 Land Use Pattern……………………………………………………… 142 3.13 Hydrogeology................................................................... 145 3.14 Ecology............................................................................ 148 3.15 Socio Economic Environment.............................................. 157 3.16 Economic Attributes………………………………………………….. 168 3.17 Availability of Basic Amenities…………………………………….. 173 3.18 Socio Economic Survey……………………………………………… 179

CHAPTER – 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES

184-233

4.1 Introduction…………………………………………………………………………. 184 4.2 Impact Identification....................................................................... 185 4.3 Impact Prediction and assessment with mitigative

measures......................................................................... 189

4.4 Air Environment……………………………………………………………. 190 4.5 Water Environment…………………………………………………… 218 4.6 Solid/Hazardous waste…………………………………………………… 221 4.7 Noise Environment…………………………………………………… 222 4.8 Land Environment……………………………………………………. 224

4.9 Topography………………………………………………………….. 227 4.10 Hydrology & Geology………………………………………………. 227 4.11 Ecology…………………………………………………………………. 228 4.12 Socio Economic Environment………………………………………. 230 4.13 Health & Safety………………………………………………………….. 231 4.14 Traffic Study & Its Impact……………………………………………… 232

CHAPTER – 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

234-236

5.1 Site Alternatives……………………………………………….. 234 5.2 Alternatives for Technologies……………………………………. 235

CHAPTER – 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

237-249

6.1 Preamble 237 6.2 Monitoring of Environment 237 6.3 Work zone monitoring arrangement for hazardous chemicals……… 240 6.4 Chemicals which are Exposed to Workers Directly or Indirectly 242 6.5 Infrastructural Requirement & Procurement Schedules 243 6.6 Corporate Environmental Responsibility 243 6.7 Environmental Policy: 244 6.8 Environmental Management Cell 246 6.9 Administrative Actions & Documentation 248

6.9.1 Analysis 248 6.9.2 Reporting Schedule 248 6.9.3 Environmental Monitoring Expenditure 249

CHAPTER – 7 ADDITONAL STUDIES

250-293

7.1 Public Consultation……………………………………….. 250 7.2 Risk Assesment............................................................ 251 7.3 Identification Of Hazards 254 7.4 Safe Practices [Handling, Storage, Transportation And Unloading

Of Chemicals]…………………………………………………. 265

7.4.1 Drums 265 7.4.2 Measures to avoid evaporation 265 7.4.3 Safety Systems 265 7.4.4 Storage & Handling of Hazardous chemical 265 7.4.5 Transportation/Unloading 266 7.4.6 Safety Instruction for Transportation of hazardous material 267 7.5 Spill Control……………………………………………………. 268 7.6 Effect and Consequence Analysis………………………... 268

7.6.1 Operating Parameters 268 7.6.2 Inventory 268 7.6.3 Loss of Containment 269 7.7 General safety measures and specific safety measures adopted

for transportation, storage & handling (spillage and leakage) of hazardous chemicals are listed as follows……………………

269

7.8 Occupational Health & Safety Program…………………………. 271 7.9 Monitoring Program………………………………………………….. 272

7.10 Onsite & Offsite Disaster preparedness & Emergency management plan of the Industry…………………………………………………………

280

7.11 Social Impact Assesment…………………………………..... 293 CHAPTER – 8

PROJECT BENEFITS 294-298

8.1 Employment Opportunity......................................................... 294 8.2 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) & Socio-Economic

Development………………………………………………………….. 295

8.3 Direct Revenue Earning To The National And State Exchequer…………………………………………………….

297

8.4 Infrastructural Benefit…………………………… 297 8.5 Other Tangible Benefits……………………………… 298

CHAPTER –9 ENVIRONMENT COST BENIFIT ANALYSIS

299

9.1 Cost Benefit Analysis………………. 299 CHAPTER –10

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 300-345

10.1 Introduction…………. 300 10.2 The EMP………………………………………………………… 300 10.3 Objectives of EMP........................................................ 301 10.4 Pre- Project Environmental Management Plan…………. 304 10.5 Environmental Management During Operation………….. 306

10.5.1 Air Pollution 309 10.5.2 Storage &Transportation of Raw material 309 10.5.3 Fugitive Emission 310 10.5.4 Solvent management plan 310 10.5.5 Noise pollution 310 10.5.6 Water Quality 311 10.5.7 Hazardous/Solid waste Management 314

10.5.8 Ecology & Biodiversity 315 10.5.9 Socio Economic Aspects 315

10.5.10 Hydrogeology, Ground Water & Water Conservation 316 10.5.11 Geology 316 10.5.12 Soil Conservation 318 10.5.13 Risk & Hazards Management 318

10.6 Greenbelt Development…………………………………… 319 10.7 Health and Safety………………………………………….. 323 10.8 Occupational health hazards…………………………….. 323 10.9 Details Of Occupational Health Surveillance………….. 330

10.10 Hazardous Identification And Preventive Measures… 331 10.11 Expenditure On Environmental Matters………………… 336 10.12 Concept Of Waste Minimization, Recycle / Reuse / Recover

Techniques, Energy Conservation And Natural Resources Conservation…………………………………………………

337

10.13 Checklist In The Form Of Do’s And Don’t ……………. 339 10.14 Socio Economic Development Activity………………… 342 10.15 Infrastructure Facilities To The Labours During Construction Phase 342 10.16 Odour Control Measures…………………………………… 343

CHAPTER –11 SUMMARY OF ENVIONMETAL IMPACTS AND CONCLUSION

346-352

11.1 Salient Features of The Project…………………………….. 346 11.2 Air Environment……………………………………………….. 349 11.3 Water Environment……………………………………………. 349 11.4 Noise Environment……………………………………………. 350 11.5 Hazardous wastes…………………………………………….. 350 11.6 Ecology………………………………………………………….. 350 11.7 Socio Economic Environment……………………………….. 351 11.8 Land Use………………………………………………………… 351 11.9 Topography…………………………………………………….. 351

11.10 Conclusion……………………………………………………… 352 CHAPTER – 12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 353-354

FIGURES

FIGURE NO TOPICS PAGE

NO. CHAPTER - 1

1.1 Map of Gujarat State……................................................. 5 1.2 Map of Gandhinagar District.................................................. 6 1.3 5 Km & 10 KM radius Map of the project site…………………. 7 1.4 Plant Layout ……………………………………………………………. 8 1.5 Goggle Image of M/s. RGB CHEMICALS & DYES…………….. 9 1.6 Topography map of M/s. RGB CHEMICALS & DYES…………. 10 1.7 Methodology of EIA study………………………………………… 15

CHAPTER-2

2.1. Water Balance Diagram................................................. 59 2.2 Effluent Treatment Plant Flow Diagram..................................... 63 2.3 Fire Hydrant Diagram………………………………………………….. 79 2.4 Systematic Design of the RW harvesting structure……. 88

CHAPTER -3

3.1 Study Area Map of Base line Study for 5 KM Radius and 10 KM Radius in Google Map………………………………………………..

94

3.2 Study Area Map of Base line Study for 5 KM Radius and 10 KM Radius with Topo Sheet No…………………………………………….

95

3.3 Sampling Location Map…………………………………………………….. 97 3.4 Wind Rose Diagram...................................................... 111 3.5 Wind Class Frequency Distribution……………………………… 114 3.6 Geological Structure of Gujarat State................................ 135 3.7 Land use / land cover map of 10 km radius area around project site… 144 3.8 Forest Vegetation map of Gujarat…………………………………………. 155 3.9 National park and Sanctuaries of Gujarat………………………………… 156

3.10 Population Details…………………………………………. 164 3.11 Literacy details……………………………………………….. 164 3.12 Employment pattern……………………………………………. 169 3.13 Main Worker Employment pattern……………………………… 169

CHAPTER - 4

4.1 Isopleths of SPM..................................................................... 209 4.2 Isopleths of SO 2……………………………………………………….. 211 4.3 Isopleths of NO x……………………………………………………….. 213 4.4 Isopleths of HCl……………………………………………………….. 215

CHAPTER -6 6.1 Environment Management Cell…………………………………. 238

CHAPTER-10

10.1 Flow Chart of EMP 303

10.2 Schematic Diagram of Proposed Waste Water Treatment- ZLD System

313

TABLES

TABLE NO. TOPICS PAGE NO.

CHAPTER –1

1.1 Nearest locations from the Project Site.................................... 12 1.2 Nearest Industries from the project Site…………………………... 13 1.3 Compliance of Terms of Reference……………………………….. 18

CHAPTER –2

2.1 Location of the project site………………………………………….......... 36 2.2 Details of Sources…………………………………………………………. 38 2.3 List of plant machinery for proposed project………………………… 39 2.4 Land use breakup for total Plot area…………………………………….. 40 2.5 List of Product ……………………………………………………………… 40 2.6 Packing & Final Application of Products………………………………… 41 2.7 Details of Raw Material …………………………………………………… 41 2.8 Chemical Name and Physical form of Raw Material…………………… 43 2.9 Details of water consumption & Wastewater Generation……………… 57

2.10 Productwise water consumption & Effluent Generation details………………………………………

58

2.11 Productwise characteristics of Effluent (Inc. Spent Acid) 60 2.12 Characteristics of Spent Acid stream 60 2.13 Characteristics of process Effluent Stream 61 2.14 Characteristics of Utility Effluent Stream 61 2.15 Characteristics of Effluent Stream 4.75 KLPD (Discharge to Common

Spray Drying facility after primary treatment) 61

2.16 Details of Proposed Effluent Treatment Plant Units………………… 62 2.17 Flue gas Stack details……………………………………………………. 64 2.18 Emission Rate of Pollutants……………………………………………… 65 2.19 Process Gas stack Details………………………………………………. 66 2.20 Fuel Details…………………………………………………………. 66 2.21 Fuel Characteristics 66 2.22 Details of Hazardous waste………………………………………. 67 2.23 List of Hazardous chemicals………………………………….. 69 2.24 Details of fire extinguishers……………………………………… 77 2.25 Details of fire-water pump…………………………………………. 78 2.26 Details of provision for fire-fighting system……………………. 78

2.27 Antidotes of Chemicals…………………………………………. 79 2.28 Capital Cost & Recurring cost of the project……………………….. 81 2.29 Power Requirement…………………………………………………… 81 2.30 Details of Man Power…………………………………………… 82

CHAPTER – 3

3.1 Name of villages in the study area……………………………… 92 3.2 Location of ambient air quality monitoring stations…………. 99 3.3 Ambient Air quality Results (Min, Max, Avg and 98%) for

Individual Locations…………………………………………………. 100

3.4 Ambient Air Quality Analysis Report ……………………………… 102 3.5 Details of Ambient Air quality monitoring and analysis

procedure……………………………………………………. 109

3.6 Wind Rose Frequency Distribution…………………………… 112 3.7 Wind Rose Frequently Count……………………………………… 113 3.8 Relative Humidity – Project Site Meteorology data ………… 115 3.9 Rainfall pattern at Gandhinagar Rain gauge Station 116

3.10 Hourly mixing depth over Indian Region…………………….. 117 3.11 Ambient Noise Levels within Study Area…………………… 118 3.12 Noise Level in the study area…………………………… 119 3.13 Location of water quality monitoring station………………... 129 3.14 Water quality Analysis………………………………………….. 131 3.15 Analysis Results of Soil Sample……………………………………. 137 3.16 Standard Soil Classification……………………………………… 141 3.17 Landuse distribution in study area (10 Km Radial Zone) ……. 143 3.18 Hydro geological Characteristics of the Aquifers 147 3.19 List of Commonly found flora in the study area……………….. 150 3.20 Bird species reported during the study……………………… 152 3.21 Mammals species reported during the study…………………….. 154 3.22 Population Details…………………………………………………… 161 3.23 Literacy Details………………………………………………………. 165 3.24 Employment pattern and Main worker Employment pattern….. 170 3.25 Main worker Employment pattern………………………………… 171 3.26 Availability of basic Amenities Activities………………………… 173 3.27 Main Commodities in the Study Area…………………………… 177 3.28 Name of village for survey in the Study Area………………… 181

CHAPTER -4

4.1 Impact identification matrix………………………………………… 187 4.2 Impact Prediction Matrix……………………………………………. 188 4.3 Basis of Emission Rate calculations…………………………….. 193 4.4 Maximum Computed Ground Level Concentration……………. 197 4.5 Cumulative Conc. Due to Incremental GLC’s………………… 198 4.6 The 1st highest 24 Hr average Concentration values of

SPM………………………………………………………………… 201

4.7 The 1st highest 24 Hr average Concentration values of SO x……………………………………………………………………….

203

4.8 The 1st highest 24 Hr average Concentration values of NO2……………………………………………………………………….

205

4.9 The 1st highest 24 Hr average Concentration values of HCl……………………………………………………………………….

207

4.10 Total Water Requirement for Proposed Project………………… 219 4.11 Total Waste Water Generation………………………………… 220 4.12 Solid/Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal MODE 221 4.13 Traffic study………………………………………………………….. 232 4.14 Assessment of Proposed Traffic Load………………………… 233

CHAPTER – 6

6.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan…………………………………. 238 6.2 Corporate Environmental Responsibility……………………….. 244 6.3 Responsibility of EMC 247

CHAPTER – 7

7.1 Area wise Identified Hazards, precautions taken with mitigation measures

257

7.2 Monitoring Program for occupational health and safety 273 7.3 Possible Emergency - Spillage in chemical storage area (Spill

Control Plan) 276

7.4 Possible Emergency – Toxic Gas Release 279 CHAPTER-10

10.1 Budgetary Expenditure for GBD 321 10.2 Plant Species for Green Belt Development 322 10.3 Details of Fire Extinguisher 327 10.4 Details of Fire water pump 327 10.5 Details of provision for fire-fighting system 328 10.6 Capital Cost & Recurring Cost of the Project for EMP 336

ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE

NO. Topics

Page No.

1. APPROVED TOR FOR EIA STUDY FROM SEIAA - GUJARAT 355

2. RISK ASSESMENT STUDY REPORT………………………………… 359

3. NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS……………………….. 419

4. ICMR STANDARD FOR DRINKING WATER………………………………. 421

5. NATIONAL AMBIENT NOISE QUALITY STANDARDS AND OSHA’S PERMISSIBLE LIMIT FOR NOISE………………………………………….. 422

6. LAND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS……………………………………….. 423

7. UNDERTAKING OF BECPL…………………………………………….. 433

8. UNDERTAKING OF M/s. RGB CHEMICALS AND DYES…………… 434

9. MEMEBRSHIP CERTIFICATE……………………………………………. 435

10. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET……………………………………….. 436

11. MOEF ACCREDIATION CERTIFICATE………………………………… 487

12. NABL CERTIFICATE………………………………………………………. 489

13. ADEQUACY REPORT OF SCHEDULE II ENV. AUDITOR……………… 490

14. DETAILS OF COMMON FACILITIES – CEMSPL – DHANOT……………. 498

15. ADEQUACY OF PROPOSED AREA………………………………………… 511

16. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY IN ENGLISH 513

17. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY IN GUJARATI 533

18. TREATABILITY STUDY REPORT…………………………………………… 557

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report of Proposed Manufacturing unit by M/s. RGB Chemicals and Dyes

Plot No. 5, Old S. No. 72, New S. No. 120, Nilkanth Estate, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar, Gujarat

Annexure - B TOR COMPLIANCE

GENERIC TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY SECTOR

1. Executive Summary (Generic Structure as per Appendix III A)

For Executive summary English, Please Refer Annexure 16.

For Executive summary Gujarati, Please Refer Annexure 17.

513

533

2. Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultantincluding NABET accreditation

Please Refer Annexure – A

i

ii. Information about the projectproponent

Please Refer Section 2.4 of Chapter 2.

37

iii. Importance and benefits of theproject

For benefits, please refer chapter 8.

294-298

3. Project Description

i. Cost of project and time ofcompletion.


Time of Completion: 06 months after obtaining EC & CTE.

80

ii. Products with capacities for theproposed project.


40

iii. If expansion project, details ofexisting products with capacitiesand whether adequate land isavailable for expansion, reference

This is proposed Unit.

ii



of earlier EC if any.

For Land breakup, please refer Section 2.6 of chapter 2

40

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.


41 - 44

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities.

Please Refer Section 2.9,2.10,2.11 of chapter 2

41 - 44

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

For Air Emission: Please Refer Section 2.16 – 2.19 of Chapter 2.

For Water consumption & Effluent Generation: Please Refer Section 2.13 – 2.15 of Chapter 2.

For Hazardous Waste Generation: Please Refer Section 2.20 of Chapter 2.

64-67

57-63

67-68

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract).

Please Refer Table 2.2 of Chapter 2,

For water balance Diagram, Please Refer Fig 2.1 of Chapter 2,

For manpower details, Please Refer table 2.30 of Chapter 2.

38

59

82

iii



viii. Process description along with

major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided.

For Process Description & for Process flow diagram, Please Refer section 2.12 of chapter 2.

45-56

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.


Please refer section 7.3 of chapter 7.

331-335

254-264

x. Expansion/modernization Proposals:

This is Proposed Unit. ---

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A copy of the compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing Environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing /existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

Not Applicable due to proposed Unit.

---

b. In case the existing project has not obtained Environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the

Not Applicable due to proposed Unit.

---

iv



SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4. Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

Please Refer Fig 1.1 to 1.3 of chapter 1.

For Justification for selecting the site, Please Refer Section 2.3 of Chapter 2.

5 – 7

37

ii. A Toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (Including all eco-sensitive areas and Environmentally sensitive places).

Please Refer Fig 1.6 of chapter 1

10

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site.

Not done.

iv. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc.

Please Refer Fig 1.4 of chapter 1.

8

v. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.


35

vi. Land use break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area).

Please Refer table 2.4 of Chapter 2.

40

vii. A list of major industries with name For list of major 13

v



and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area.

industries, Please Refer Table 1.2 of Chapter 1.

For Land Use Details, Please Refer section 3.12 of Chapter 3.

142

viii. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

For Geological features, Please Refer Section 3.10.1 of Chapter 3 and

For Geo-hydrological status of the study area, Please Refer Section 3.13 of Chapter 3.

134

145

ix. Details of Drainage of the project up to 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (Mega green field projects).

.Unit will achieve zero liquid Discharge by sending treated effluent to CEMSPL for spray drying.

---

x. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

Land Supporting Document is enclosed in Annexure 06.

423-432

xi. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.

Not Applicable

----

5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

vi



i. Permission and approval for the use

of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (If applicable).

Not Applicable

ii. Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha).

For land Use details of the study Area, Please Refer Section 3.12 of Chapter 3.

142

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

Not Applicable -----

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves. Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

Not Applicable. No, National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves. Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, located within 10 Km of the Study Area.

-----

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.


vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.


6. Environmental Status

vii



i. Determination of atmospheric

inversion level at the project site and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Please Refer Table No. 4.4 to 4.9 of Chapter 4.

Please Refer Fig No. 4.1 to 4.4 of Chapter 4.

For Micrometeorology data Please Refer Section 3.6 of Chapter 3.

197-207

209-215

110

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

For Monitoring Station, Please Refer table No. 3.2 of Chapter 3.

AAQ data of 8 locations is given in table No. 3.4 of Chapter 3.

99

102

iii. Data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

AAQ data of 8 locations is given in table No. 3.4 of Chapter 3.

Min., Max., Average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations is shown in table No. 3.3 of Chapter 3.

102

100

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and

For Surface water quality, please refer table 3.14 of

133

viii



other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF & CC guidelines.

chapter 3.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF & CC, if yes give details.

Not Applicable ---

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

Please Refer Table No. 3.14 of Chapter 3.

131

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.


119

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.


137

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.


232

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.


148

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.


157

7. Impact and Environmental Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly

For Assessment of ground level concentration, Please Refer Table 4.4 of chapter 4.

197

ix



terrain, the AQIP Modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

AQIP modelling is not applicable.

For Cumulative impact, please refer Table 4.5 of chapter 4.

Details of the model: AERMOD.

For input data, please refer table No. 4.3 of chapter 4.

For air quality contours, Please refer Fig. 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 5 of Chapter 4.

198

193

209-215

ii. Water Quality modeling - in case of discharge in water body

Not Done.

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding Environmental shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor cum-rail transport shall be examined.


232

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent

Please Refer Section 2.13 – 2.15 of Chapter 2.

57-63

x



treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

Please Refer Section 2.16 – 2.18 of Chapter 2.

64-67

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control.


66

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

For Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management,


For, concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation - Please Refer Section 10.12 of Chapter 10.

67

337

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

Unit will use natural gas and LDO as a fuel. So, no fly ash will be generated.

--

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for


Please Refer Section 2.28 of chapter 2

319

82

xi



greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.


84

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for Environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Please Refer table No.2.28 of Chapter 2.

81

xii. Action plan for post-project Environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

Please Refer table No. 6.1 of Chapter 6.

238

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.


Risk Assessment Report is enclosed in Annexure -02.

280

359-418

8. Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers.

Please Refer table 10.6 of Chapter 10

336

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color


330

xii



vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved.


323

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

After commissioning of Proposed project, all the data of the medical checkups of workers will be kept as per Form 37 as per existing system.

----

9. Corporate Environmental Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environmental Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.


244

ii. Does the Environmental Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the Environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Please Refer Section 6.7of Chapter 6.

244

xiii



iii. What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company to deal with the Environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the Environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given.

Please Refer Figure 6.1 of Chapter 6.

Please refer Table No. 6.2 of chapter 6.

238

244

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of Environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report.


Please refer Table No. 6.2 of chapter 6.

244

244

10. Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.


342

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

The industry will provide 2.0 % of the project cost Towards the Enterprise Commitment. Socio Economic development activities.

Please section 8.2 of

-----

295

xiv



chapter 8.

12. Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

This is a proposed unit. There was no any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project.

------

13. 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

Given herewith in Section 1.9 of Chapter 1.

Also enclosed in Annexure B of EIA report.

18

ii to xl

Terms of Reference as per Annexure-I

1. A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of below mentioned TORs.

Given herewith in Section 1.9 of Chapter 1.

Also enclosed in Annexure B of EIA report.

18

ii to xl

2. Executive summary of the project- giving a prima facie idea of the objectives of the proposal, use of resources, justification, etc. In addition, if should provide a compilation of EIA report, including EMP and the post project monitoring plan in brief.

For Executive summary English, Please Refer Annexure 16.

For Executive summary Gujarati, Please Refer Annexure 17.

513

533

3. Justification for selecting the proposed product and unit size.

Please refer section 2.3, 2.6,2.7 of chapter 2

37 - 40

4. Land requirement for the project including its break up for various purpose, its availability and

Please Refer table 2.4 of chapter 2

40

xv



optimization.

5. Land possession documents copy of NA order shoeing permission to use the project land for industrial purpose. If located in GIDC, copy of plot holding certificate obtained from GIDC authority.

Please refer Annexure – 06.

423-432

6. Location of the project site and nearest habitats with distance from the project site to be demarcated on a topo sheet.(1:50000 scale)

For Location of the project site and nearest habitats, please refer figure No.: 1.5 of chapter 1.

For topo sheet, please refer figure No.: 1.6 of chapter 1.

9

10

7. Topography details of the project area.

Please Refer fig : 1.6 of chapter 1

Please Refer section 3.6.6 of chapter 3.

10

116

8. Geological features and geo hydrological status of the study area.

Please Refer section 3.10 of chapter 3.

134

9. In case of project located outside notified area: Legal undertaking stating that until is complying the three condition (i.e. water consumption less than 25 M3/day; Fuel consumption less than 25 TPD and not covered in the category of MAH unit as per the management, storage, import of hazardous chemical rules (MSIHC rules), 1989) as per the amendment to EIA notification,

Please refer Annexure -8 434

xvi



2006 vide SO 1599 (E) dated 25/06/2014.

10. Present land use pattern of the study area shall be given based on satellite imagery.

Please Refer section 3.12 of chapter 3

142

11. Layout plan of the factory premises clearly demarcating various units within the plant. Provision of separate entry & exit and adequate margin al round the periphery for unobstructed easy movement of the emergency vehicle/ fire tenders without reversing back. Mark the same in the plant layout.


08

12. Technical details of the plants along with details on best available technologies (BAT), proposed technology and reasons for selecting the same.

We had done R & D of each proposed products and based on the best available technologies (BAT), proposed technology, we have prepared the mass balance and manufacturing process.


45

13. Product spectrum (proposed products along with production capacity) and processes.

For product spectrum, Please Refer Table 2.5 of chapter 2.

For manufacturing process, please Refer section 2.12 of chapter 2.

40

45

xvii



14. Chemical name of each proposed

product to be manufactured. Details on end use of each product. (Provide CAS number of all the product new material. In case of dyes, CI number)

For chemical name of each product, CAS No. of each product, Please Refer Table No. 2.5 - 2.6 of chapter 2.

40-41

15. Details on raw material, source and storage within the premises.

For Raw Material details and its storage, Please Refer section 2.9 & 2.10 of chapter 2

41-43

16. Details of complete manufacturing process/operations of each product along with chemical reaction, process floe diagram describing each unit processes and unit operations along with material balance, consumption of raw material etc.


45

17. Details on strategy for the implementation of cleaner production activities.


337

18. Assessment of source of the water supply with adequacy of the same to meet with the requirement for the project. Permission obtained from the concern authority for supply of raw water.

Sources of water: water tanker

Nearest water tanker supplier will supply water as per requirement.

---

19. Undertaking stating that no bore well shall be dug within the premises (if project is located within the industrial estate)

Please Refer Annexure – 08.

434

20. Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & reused. Details of methods to be adopted for the water

For water balance diagram – Please Refer fig. 2.1 of chapter 2. And Section

59

xviii



conservation. 2.13 of chapter 2 57

21. Effort to minimize effluent discharge and to maintain quality of receiving water body

Zero Liquid Discharge unit by sending treated effluent to Common Spray Drying facility of CEMSPL.

For detail description, please refer section 2.13 of chapter 2

57

22. Explore the possibilities for Zero Liquid Discharged (ZLD) or efforts to minimize effluent discharge and to maintain quality of receiving water body.

Spent acid 6.28 KLD will be neutralized in ETP-1.

Process Effluent & Utility waste water 4.75 KLD will be primary treated in ETP-2 (Primary treatment units).

After treatment in both ETP, finally effluent discharged to Chhatral Environment Management System Pvt. Ltd. For spray drying.

For details management of wastewater – please Refer section 2.13 - 2.15 of chapter 2.

For member ship certificate, please refer Annexure: 09

57-63

435

23. Segregation of waste streams, characterization and quality with specific treatment and disposal of each stream including action plan for maximum recycle of treated waste water and minimum discharged for


Process Effluent & Utility waste water 4.75 KLD will be primary treated in ETP-

xix



effluent. 2 (Primary treatment

units).


For details management of wastewater – please Refer section 2.13 - 2.15 of chapter 2.

For segregation of waste stream, please refer table No.: 2.9 - 2.16 & fig No.: 2.1 of chapter 2.

For characterization, please refer table 2.12 & 2.15 of chapter 2

For specific treatment and disposal please refer table No.: 2.16 & figure no.: 2.2 of chapter 2.


57-63

57 - 62

60 - 61

62 - 63

435

24. Capacity of ETP in KL/day. Details of ETP including dimensioned of each unit along with schematic flow diagram, inlet, transitional and treated effluent qualities with specific efficiency of each treatment unit in reduction in respect of all concerned/regulated environmental parameters. Inlet effluent quality

For details of Effluent Treatment Plant – please Refer section 2.15 of chapter 2.

62

xx



should be based on worst case scenario considering production of most polluting products that can be manufacturing in the plant concurrently.

For effluent quality details – Please Refer table 2.12 & 2.15 of chapter 2

60 - 61

25. In case of discharging in to GIDC drainage/pipeline: 1. Copy of permission letter with quantity (KL/day) from the concern authority of drainage network/pipeline with confirmation for space capacity available to take additional effluent. 2. Characteristics of the combined effluent and treated water to be sent to common pipeline with reference to the MoEFCC/CPCB/GPCB discharged norms.

Not Applicable


Process Effluent & Utility waste water 4.75 KLD will be primary treated in ETP-2 (Primary treatment units).



For characterization, please refer table 2.12 & 2.15 of chapter 2.

435

60 - 61

26. In case of wastewater sent to common Facilities (CF) like CETP, MEE, Spray dryers etc. Details of common facilities including |(1) Total capacity of the CF (2) copy of CC&A of the CF (3) Actual load at present (Qualitative & Quantitative- KL per day) (4) Booked quantity & spare

Treated effluent will be sent to common facility at CEMSPL for spray drying.


498

xxi



capacity of CF (5) copies of XGN generated inspection reports with analysis reports of the water/air/hazardous sample collected by GPCB (last 2 year). Copies of instruction issued by GPCB in last 2 year and point wise compliance thereof. (6) Copies of show cause notices (7) Recommendations and suggestions of the last two environment audit reports of CETP and its compliance report. (8) CF up gradation scheme, if any.

27. In case of zero liquid discharged (ZLD): 1. Acton plan for zero discharged of

effluent shall be included. Notarized undertaking for assuring that underground drainage connection will not be taken in the unit.

2. Economical and technical viability of the effluent treatment system to achieve ZLD.

3. Certification of adequacy

proposed ZLD scheme through credible institute of national repute.

4. To estimate & monitor ground water quality & its contaminations status, piezometers wells, one on up gradient of the ground water flow of the proposed project at the down gradient side of the ground water flow of the proposed project at

Unit will not achieve ZLD in house but unit will achieve ZLD by sending their primary, secondary & tertiary treated Effluent to Chhatral Environment management service for spray drying completely.


For adequacy & in house EMS system, please refer Annexure:13

Unit will not do zero discharge but they will send their treated effluent to common spray drying facility at CEPSPL, Dhanot.

62

490

xxii



different depth based on available ground water depth shall be established and al the parameters mentioned in IS 10:500 for potable water standard shall be monitored.

28. In case of in house MEE/Spray dryer for waste water treatment: Capacity of MEE/Spray dryer in KL/hr. technical details of MEE including evaporation capacity, steam required for evaporation. Adequacy of the proposed boiler to supply steam for evaporation in addition to the steam required for the process etc. techno economical viability of the evaporation system. Control measure proposed for the evaporation system in order to avoid/reduce gaseous emissions/VOC from evaporation of industrial effluent containing solvent & other chemicals.

No in house MEE/Spray Dryer to be installed but treated effluent will be sent to common spray drying facility of CEMSPL.

---

29. Technical details of ATFD/ crystallizer/ Spray dryer, RO/NF system etc. (if any)

Not Applicable because There will be no ATFD/ crystallizer/ Spray dryer, RO/NF system in the unit for treatment of effluent but unit will install spray dryer only for product of cap. 1.0 KL /Hr..

---

30. Undertaking stating that a separate electric meter will be provided for the waste water treatment system viz ETP, RO, MEE, spray dryer etc.(whichever is applicable)

Unit will provide separate electric meter at ETP. For undertaking – Please Refer Annexure - 08.

434

31. Economical and technical viability of the Effluent treatment system.

For Economical viability: cost of effluent treatment & evaporation will be Rs.

xxiii



16.0 per kg of product so it will be viable of to the product.

For details of Effluent Treatment Plant – please Refer section 2.15 of chapter 2.

For treatability report, Please refer Annexure - 18

62

557

32. Plans for management, collection and disposal of waste streams to be generated from spillage, leakages, vessel washing, used container washing etc. Measures proposed for preventing effluent discharge during unforeseen circumstances.

What so ever effluent generated that will be treated in ETP and finally send to Chhatral Environment management system Pvt. Ltd for spray drying.

---

33. Action plan for reuse of liquid waste streams like spent acids, poly aluminium chloride etc. Within premises to converts in to valuable products instated of sending outside to actual end users.

Please Refer Table 2.22 of chapter 2

67 - 68

34. Adequacy of the proposed EMS with respect to the pollution load envisaged in terms of air, water and hazardous waste.

Please refer Annexure-13.

490

35. One season Site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall should be incorporated.

Please Refer Section-3.6 of chapter 3.

110

36. Anticipated Environmental impacts due to the proposed project/production may be evaluated

Baseline study was conducted within the study area of 10 km from the

190-232

xxiv



for significance and based on corresponding likely impacts VECs (Valued Environmental Components) may be identified. Baseline studies may be conducted within the study area for all the concerned/identified VECs and likely impacts will have to be assessed for their magnitude in order to identify mitigation measures.

proposed project site. For impact details, please refer section-4.4 to 4.14 of chapter 4.

37. One complete season base line ambient air quality data (except monsoon) to be given along with the dates of monitoring. The parameters to be covered shall be in accordance with the revised National Ambient Air Quality Standards as well as project specific parameters. Locations of the monitoring stations should be so decided so as to take into consideration the pre-dominant downwind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors. There should be at least one monitoring station in the upwind direction. There should be at least one monitoring station in the pre dominant downwind direction at a Location where maximum ground level concentration is likely to occur.

For monitoring station, please refer table No. 3.2 of chapter 3.

AAQ data of 08 locations is given in table No 3.3 to 3.4 of chapter 3. For wind rose diagram, please refer figure 3.4 of chapter 3. For sampling location map, please refer figure 3.3 of chapter 3.

99

100 & 108

111

97

38. Modeling indicating the likely impact on ambient air quality due to proposed activities. The details of model used and input parameters used for modeling should be provided. The air quality contours may be shown on location map clearly indicating the location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the

Mode Used: AERMODE MODEL

For Air Quality contour, Please Refer Figure 4.1 to

209 - 215

xxv



habitation. The wind rose showing pre-dominant wind direction should also be indicated on the map. Impact due to vehicular movement shall also be included into the prediction using suitable model. Results of Air dispersion modeling should be superimposed on satellite image / geographical area map.

4.4 of chapter 4.

For Wind rose diagram, Please Refer Figure No. - 3.4 of Chapter 3.

111

39. Base line status of the noise Environmental, impact of noise on present Environmental due to the project and proposed measures for noise reduction including engineering controls.

Please Refer Section 3.8 of chapter 3.

For Noise Impact, Please Refer Section 4.7 of Chapter 4

118

222

40. Specific details of (a) Process gas emission from each unit process with its quantification, (b) Air pollution Control Measures proposed for process gas emission, (c) Details of the utilities required (d) Type and quantity of fuel to be used for each utility (e) Flue gas emission rate from each utility (f) Air Pollution Control Measures proposed to each of the utility (g) List the sources of fugitive emission along with its quantification and proposed Measures to control it. (h) Details on tail gas treatment (if any)

a) For Process gas emission details – Please Refer section 2.17 of chapter 2

b) For Air pollution

Control Measures proposed for process gas emission – Refer section 2.17 of chapter 2

c) For Details of the

utilities required – Please Refer section 2.16 of chapter 2

d) For Type and quantity of fuel to be used for each utility – Please Refer section 2.18 of chapter 2

66

66

66

66

xxvi



e) For Flue gas emission rate from each utility - Please Refer Table 2.18 of chapter 2

f) For Air Pollution Control Measures proposed to each of the utility – Please Refer Table 2.17 of chapter 2

g) List the sources of fugitive emission. – Please refer section 2.19 of chapter 2

h) There will be no any tail gas generated so tail gas treatment is not required.

65

64

66

41. Provision of CEMS (Continuous Emission Monitoring System)

We will provide CEMS as per requirement. (For flue gas emission & process gas emission).

----

42. Action plan for odour control to be submitted.


343

43. Management plan for solid/hazardous waste including storage, handling. Utilization and safe disposal as per the hazardous waste and other waste (Management and Transboundary movement) rules 2016. CPCB guidelines in respect of specific treatment, such as solar evaporation, incineration, etc., need to be followed. How the manual handling of the hazardous waste will

Management plan Pl. Refer section 2.20 of chapter 2

Collection, Storage, Decontamination,

67

xxvii



be minimized. Methodology of de contamination and disposal of discarded containers and its records.

Transportation, Disposal by selling to authorized recycler.

44. How the manual handling of the hazardous waste will be minimized? Methodology of decontamination and disposal of discarded containers and its record keeping.

Please refer Section 2.20 of chapter 2.

67

45. Management of by product which fall under the purview of the hazardous and other waste (management & Transboundary Movement) rule 2016 as per the said rules and necessary permission from the concern authority.

Please refer section 2.20 of chapter 2.

67

46. Membership of Common Environmental Infrastructure including CETP, TSDF, Common Hazardous Waste Incineration Facility (CHWIF), MEE, Spray dryer. Etc.

For Membership Detail, please refer Annexure: 09

435

47. Name and quantity of each type of solvents to be used for proposed production. Details of solvent recovery system including mass balance, solvent loss, recovery efficiency feasibility of reusing the recovered solvents etc. for each type of solvent.

No solvent to be used in the unit.

---

48. Appropriate monitoring network has to be designed and proposed, to assess the possible residual impacts on VECs.

We have prepared appropriate Environment Monitoring Plan for the unit based on the Air, water, hazardous Parameters etc.

xxviii



Please refer Table No.: 6.1 of chapter 6.

238

49. A detailed EMP including the protection and mitigation measures for impact on human health and Environmental as well as detailed monitoring plan and Environmental management cell proposed for implementation and monitoring of EMP. The EMP should also include the concept of waste minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. Total capital cost and recurring cost/Year earmarked for Environmental pollution control measures.

For Environmental Management Plan, Please Refer section -10.5 of chapter -10.

For Environmental Monitoring Plan, Please Refer, Table 6.1 of chapter 6.

For concept of waste minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, energy conservation, and natural resource conservation - Please Refer section -10.12 of chapter -10

For Total capital cost and recurring cost/Year earmarked for Environmental pollution control measures – Please Refer table 2.28 of Chapter 2

306

238

337

81

50. Details of in house monitoring capabilities and the recognized agencies if proposed for conducting monitoring.

Unit will establish primary laboratory for wastewater analysis like pH, COD etc. For other waste water parameters and Air emission monitoring, unit

---

xxix



will appoint MOEF/NABL approved Environmental laboratory.

51. Permission from PESO, Nagpur for storage of solvents, other toxic chemicals, if any.

PESO permission is not required due to less storage qty & if in future PESO will be required then we will obtain.

---

52. Occupational health impacts on the workers and mitigation measures proposed to avoid the human health hazards along with the personal protective equipment to be provided. Provision of industrial hygienist and monitoring of the occupational injury to workers as well as impact on the workers. Plan for periodic medical checkup of the workers exposed. Details of work place ambient air quality monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories Rules.

For Occupational health impacts on the workers and mitigation measures proposed – Please Refer section 10.7-10.8 of chapter 10 Details of work place ambient air quality monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories Rules.


323

240

53. Details on volatile organic compounds (VOCs) from the plant operations and occupational safety and health protection measures.

We have carried out VOC monitoring. For details – Please Refer Table 3.4 of chapter 3. For occupational safety and health protection measures - Please Refer section 10.7-10.8 of chapter 10.

106

323

54. Risk assessment including prediction of the worst-case scenario and maximum credible accident scenarios should be carried out. The worst-case scenario should take into account the maximum Inventory of

Please Refer Annexure -02

359 - 418

xxx



storage at site at any point of time. The risk contours should be plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing which of the facilities would be affected in case of an accident taking place. Based on the same, proposed safeguard measures including On-Site / Off-Site Emergency Plan should be provided.

55. MSDS of all the products and raw materials.

Please Refer Annexure - 10

436 - 486

56. Details of hazardous characteristics and toxicity of raw materials and products to be handled and the control measures proposed to ensure safety and avoid the human health impacts. This shall include the details of Antidotes also.

For Details of hazardous characteristics and Toxicity of raw materials and products to be handled and the control measures proposed to ensure safety and avoid the human health impacts – please Refer section 2.22. – 2.23 of chapter 2.

For Antidotes of chemicals – please Refer Table 2.27 of chapter 2.

69 - 72

79

57. Details of quantity of each hazardous chemical (including solvents) to be stored, Material of Construction of major hazardous chemical storage tanks, dyke details, threshold storage quantity as per schedules of the Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules of major hazardous chemicals, size of the biggest storage tank to be provided for each raw material & product etc. How the manual handling of the

Please Refer sec 2.10 -2.11 of chapter 2.

For Hazardous chemicals – Please Refer table No. 2.22 of chapter 2.

43 - 44

69

xxxi



hazardous chemicals will be minimized?

58. Details of the separate isolated storage area for flammable chemicals. Details of flame proof electrical fittings, DCP extinguishers and other safety measures proposed. Detailed fire control plan for flammable substances and processes showing hydrant pipeline network, provision of DG Sets, fire pumps, jockey pump, toxic gas detectors etc.

please refer section 2.23 of chapter 2.

72 - 79

59. Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Don’ts of preventive maintenance, strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for safety related measures.

Please Refer section – 10.13 of chapter 10.

339

60. Specify safety precautions to be taken for chemical storage, process, handling & transportation hazards.

Please refer Section 7.4 of Chapter 7.

265

61. Details on worker training before engaging work, periodical, in house, outside etc.


330

62. Details on various SOP to be prepared.

Unit will prepare SOP for proposed Manufacturing Process of product, operation process of ETP, Raw Material Handling & Transportation.

---

63. Details on safety audit to be carried out and their compliance status.

This is proposed unit . so, at present this is not applicable.

---

xxxii



64. Specific safety measures to be taken

for general public living in the activity.


323

65. Details on hazards identification i.e. HAZOP, HAZAN, Fault tree analysis, Event tree analysis, Checklist, Audit etc to be adopted for the safety operation of the plant.

Please refer Table 7.3 of Chapter 7. For detailed Risk assessment report, please refer Annexure: 02

254

359 - 418

66. Detection and monitoring of VOC’s/gases.

For detection of VOC, please refer section 2.23 of chapter 2. For VOC analysis monitoring, please refer table 3.4 of chapter 3. For periodic monitoring of VOC, please refer table no.: 6.1 of chapter 6.

72

106

238

67. Detailed five year greenbelt development program including annual budget, types & number of trees to be planted, area under green belt development [with map], budgetary outlay; along with commitment of the management to carry out the tree plantation activities outside the premises at appropriate places in the nearby areas and elsewhere.


For Details of greenbelt development – Please Refer section 2.28 of chapter 2

319

82

68. Action plan for the greenbelt development – species width of plantation, planning schedule, etc. in accordance to CPCB published guidelines.


For Details of greenbelt

319

xxxiii



development – Please Refer section 2.28 of chapter 2

82

69. Detailed socio-economic development measures including community welfare program most useful in the project area for the overall improvement of the Environmental. Submit a detailed plan for social corporate responsibilities, with appropriate budgetary provisions for the next five years and activities proposed to be carried out; specific to the current demographic status of the area.

Pls. refer sec.10.14 of chapter – 10 for socio economic activities. For CER activity, please refer Section 8.2 of chapter 8.

342

295

70. a. Does the company have a well laid down Environmental Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.(b). Does the Environmental Policy prescribe for standard Operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the Environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Yes, company has prepared Environmental Policy approved by its Board of Directors. Please Refer section 6.7 of chapter 6

244

71. What is the hierarchical system or administrative order of the company to deal with the Environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions? Details of this system may be given

Please Refer fig 6.1 of chapter 6.

238

72. Does the company have a system of reporting of non compliances / violations of Environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the

Details are included in Environmental policy. Please Refer section 6.7 of chapter 6

244

xxxiv



company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism should be detailed in the EIA Report.

73. Phase wise project implementation schedule with bar chart and time frame, in terms of site Development, infrastructure provision, EMS implementation etc.

After obtaining Environment Clearance, unit will obtained CTE and CCA from GPCB within 3 Months. Then after they will start construction activity and completed within 8 -10 months. Then after plant machineries to be installed within 2 - 3 months. So, finally the project will start after 15 – 18 months.

---

74. Certificate of accreditation issued by the NABET, QCI to the Environmental consultant should be incorporated in the EIA Report.

Please Refer Annexure – A

i

75. An undertaking by the project proponent on the ownership of the EIA report as per the MoEF&CC OM dated 05/10/2011 and an undertaking by the consultant regarding the prescribed TORs have been complied with and the data submitted is factually correct as per the MoEF & CC OM dated 04/08/2009.

For undertaking of project proponent – Please Refer Annexure – 08. For undertaking of consultant – please Refer Annexure -07.

434

433

76. All document to be properly referenced with index and

Yes, All documents are properly referenced with index and continuous

---

xxxv



continuous page numbering. page numbering.

77. Where data are presented in the report especially in table, the period in which the data were collected and the source should be indicated.

Period of monitoring: October-November & December 2018. For AAQ- Please refer Table: 3.4 of chapter 3. For GW & Surface water – please refer table no.: 3.13 & 3.14 of chapter 3. For Noise – please refer table no.: 3.11 & 3.12 of chapter 3. For Soil - please refer table no.: 3.15 of chapter 3.

102

129 - 131

118 - 119

137

78. Project proponent shall enclosed all the analysis/testing records of water, air, soil, noise etc. using the MoEF& CC/NABL accredited laboratories All the original analysis/ testing reports should be available during appraisal of the project.

We have carried out the analysis/testing in MoEF& CC/NABL accredited laboratory. We have included analysis report in Chapter 3. For AAQ- Please refer Table: 3.4 of chapter 3. For GW & Surface water – please refer table no.: 3.13 & 3.14 of chapter 3. For Noise – please refer table no.: 3.11 & 3.12 of chapter 3. For Soil - please refer table no.: 3.15 of chapter

102

129 - 131

118 - 119

137

xxxvi



3. We will bring All the original analysis/ testing reports during appraisal presentation of the project.

79. In case of the Expansion of the Project

This is a proposed unit. ---

a) Need for the proposed expansion should be justified in details.


b) Records of any legal branches of environment laws i.e. details of show cause notices, closure notices etc served by the GPCB to the existing unit in last five years and action taken then after for prevention of pollution.


c) Copies of environment clearance obtained for the existing plant, its point wise compliance report.


d) Environmental Audit reports for last three years and compliance of its recommendations/ suggestions. (Include last audit report and its compliance)


e) Copy of consent to operate (CC&A) obtained along with point wise compliance status of all the conditions stipulated therein.


xxxvii



f) Compliance of MoEFCC circulars vide no. J-11011/1618/2010- IAII (I) dated 30/05/2012 and J-11013/41/2006-IA-II (I) dated 20/10/2009.


g) Copies of XGN generated inspection reports with analysis reports of the water/air/hazardous sample collected by GPCB (last 2 year). Copies of instruction issued by GPCB in last 2 years and the point wise compliance thereof.


80. In case of project is located in Ankleshwar- Panoli, Vatva-Narol & Vapi GIDC

Unit is located outside Notified Industrial area.

(A) Compliance of MoEFCC’s OM no. J-11013/5/2010-IA.II (I) dated 25/11/2016 regarding lifting of moratorium on the consideration of project for environmental clearance.

Not Applicable

---

(B) Compliance of direction under section 18 (1) (b) of the water (prevention and control of pollution) act 1974 issued by CPCB dated 31/03/2016 regarding compliance of CETP.

Not Applicable

---

a. Action initiated by GPCB, if any, against proposed unit regarding non compliance of prescribed standards under the various environmental laws.

Not Applicable

---

b. Performance of CETP with respect to current hydraulic load & prescribed standards with No

Not Applicable

---

xxxviii



Objection certificate of CETP regarding incorporation of the proposed unit for acceptance of waste water.

c. performance of TSDF site with respect to current load & prescribed standard with no objection certificate of TSDF site regarding i incorporation of the proposed unit for acceptance of hazardous waste to the common infrastructure.

Not Applicable

---

d. copies of quarterly action report taken for the above points submitted to the CPCB.

Not Applicable

---

e. Reports of GPCB which have conducted monitoring as per the said direction by CPCB dated 31/03/2016.

Not Applicable

---

Specific Condition

1 Adequacy of proposed area with respect to plant machineries , EMS, green belt , safety aspect, raw material & product storage considering worst case scenario. Submit proper lay out plan clearly demarcating all activities with scale

For Adequacy of proposed area with respect to plant machineries , EMS, green belt , safety aspect, raw material & product storage considering worst case scenario – Please Refer Annexure – 15.

For Layout plan - please Refer fig 1.4

511

8

2 Qualitative and quantitative analysis of spent acid generation from the manufacturing process (Product wise) and quantification of ETP waste considering worst case scenario


67

xxxix



3 Explore the possibility for other

alternative for disposal of ETP waste instead of disposal to TSDF site.

Due to low calorific value of ETP waste we have decided to dispose the ETP waste to TSDF site. But, if any Co Processing unit will agree to take the ETP waste then we will supply them

4 Qualitative and quantitative analysis of hazardous waste streams Spent HCL etc. generation from the manufacturing process (Product wise) and its feasibility report for reuse within premises and explore the possibility to reuse within premises


67 - 68

5 A tabular chart for the issues raised and addressed during public hearing/ consultation and commitment of the project proponent on the same should be provided . An action plan to address the issues raised during public hearing and the necessary allocation of funds for the same should be provided.

We will incorporate the details of Public hearing in final EIA report after completion of public hearing.

xl



Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.

1

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 PREAMBLE

M/s. RGB CHEMICALS AND DYES is a propsoed unit located at Plot No. 5,

Old S. No. 72, new S.No. 120, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar,

Gujarat. In their proposed unit, they will manufacture Synthetic Organic

Chemical (Reactive & Direct – Turquoise Dyes ) @ 50 MT/M.

Proposed unit is not located in GIDC Estate. Water consumption will be 10

KLPD which is less than 25 KLPD, Fuel Consumption will be less than 25

MT/Day and Unit is not falls under MAH category. So, According to EIA

notification dated 14th September 2006 and its vide amendment, by Ministry

of Environment & Forest (MoEF), Government of India, their Proposed

manufacturing activity is falls under Synthetic Organic Chemicals – Schedule

5(f)) & cat-B. For that unit needs Environment clearance from State Level

Environment Impact Assessment Authority, Gandhinagar, Gujarat.

The Draft EIA studies are carried out as a part of process to obtain

Environment Clearance Certificate for the proposed project. Unit believes in

sustainable development and equally concern about environment

preservation and pollution control and proposes to provide adequate

Environment Management System to meet desired norms prescribed by

statutory authority.

In order to assess the Environment Impacts of the proposed project, M/s.

RGB CHEMICALS AND DYES Entrusted Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd,

Ahmedabad (NABET Accredited) to undertake Draft Environment Impact

Assessment Study for various components of the Environment viz., Air,

Water, Noise, Land and Socio-economics. This Report presents base line

data collected for October – November - December, 2018 for Air, Water,

Noise, Land etc., for identification and assessment of the impacts.

.




2

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

Environment Impact Assessment or EIA is a study to predict the effect of a proposed projection or its expansion activity on the environment. It is a management tool to facilitate appropriate decision; an EIA compares various alternatives for a project and seeks to identify the one, which represents the best combination of economic and environmental costs and benefits.

It helps to identify possible environmental effects of the proposed project, proposes measures to mitigate adverse effects and predicts whether there will be significant adverse environmental effects, even after the mitigation is implemented. By considering environmental effects and mitigation early in the project planning cycle, environmental assessment has many benefits, such as protection of environment, optimum utilization of resources and saves overall time and cost of the project. On 27th January 1994, the Union Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Government of India, under the Environmental (Protection) Act 1986, promulgated EIA Notification making Environmental Clearance (EC) mandatory for expansion or modernization of any activity or for setting up new projects listed in Schedule of the notification and its subsequent amendments. On 14th September 2006, a new legislation was passed, which has objectives such as “To formulate a transparent, decentralized and efficient regulatory mechanism; to incorporate necessary environmental safeguards at planning stage; to involve stakeholders in the public consultation process and to identify developmental projects based on impact potential instead of the investment criteria”

The developmental activities requiring Environmental Clearance (EC) are:

All new projects/activities listed in Schedule;

o Expansion and modernization of existing projects or activities listed in the Schedule to this Notification with addition of capacity beyond the limits specified for the concerned sector, that is, projects or activities which cross the threshold limits given in the Schedule, after expansion or modernization;

o Any change in product - mix in an existing manufacturing unit

included in Schedule beyond the specified range.

The projects or activities shall require prior environmental clearance from the concerned regulatory authority, as the Central Government in the Ministry of Environment and Forests for matters falling under Category ‘A’ in the schedule and at State level the State Environment Impact Assessment Authority SEIAA) for matters falling under Category ‘B’ in the said Schedule, before any construction




3

work, or preparation of land by the project management except for securing the land, is started on the project or activity.

As per the provisions of the new re-engineered EIA Notification of 2006, the company requires to obtain prior Environmental Clearance from the State Level Environmental Appraisal Authority or from the Ministry of Environment & Forests, New Delhi as stated in the said Notification.

This Proposed project falls under Synthetic organic Chemical Industry which falls under Clause No. 5 (f) of Category “B” (Not Located in industrial area / estate & Water consumption will be 10 KLPD which is less than 25 KLPD, Fuel Consumption will be less than 25 MT/Day and Unit is not falls under MAH category) of Schedule as stated in Environment Impact Assessment Notification published on 14th September 2006.

For this the industry is required to submit an Environmental Impact Assessment Study report to State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority, Gujarat. In order to assess the Environmental Impacts arising due to the proposed project, the company has appointed M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad to undertake the Environmental Impact Assessment for various components of the Environment.

The growing demand of the Synthesis Organic Chemicals in the domestic as well as international markets has provided a strong basis to M/s. RGB CHEMICALS AND DYES at Plot No. 5, Old S. No. 72, New S. No. 120, Nilkanth Estate, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar, Gujarat . The proposed project will help in the following aspects.

To earn a substantial amount of foreign exchange through business development, manufacturer & sales of fine chemical products.

To generate adequate employment for people in neighbouring areas.

To generate indirect employment.

1.3 OBJECTIVES OF EIA STUDY

The project activities are listed in serial No. 5 (f) of the schedule of EIA

Notification, 2006 (synthetic Organic Chemical industries). Since the proposed project is not located in notified industrial area. Water consumption is 10.0 KLPD which is less than 25 KLPD, Fuel Consumption is less than 25 MT/Day and Unit is not fall under MAH category. So it falls under category ‘B’ and needs the Environment clearance from State level Environment Impact Assessment Authority, Gujarat.

The Environmental study undertaken is aimed at identifying existing

Environmental conditions, predicting Environmental impacts associated with the proposed unit and suggesting mitigation measures to mitigate the




4

adverse Environmental impacts. The different activities that are likely to take place have been analyzed and proposed mitigation measures are assessed for their adequacy. Proposed mitigation measures have been considered where necessary.

The study also aims at reflecting the acceptability of the project to different stockholders and at incorporating the concerns raised by them into impact assessment and of the subsequent comprehensive Environmental management Plan and suggest the preventive and mitigative measures to minimize the adverse impacts on the environment and to maximize the beneficial impacts.

1.4 LOCATION

The Project Site is located at Plot No. 5, Old S. No. 72, New S. No. 120, Nilkanth Estate, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar, Gujarat

Latitude : 23° 18' 11.22” N (23.30311667) Longitude: 72° 25' 48.00" E (72.43000000)

Please refer Figure No. 1.1 for Map of Gujarat State.

Please refer Figure No. 1.2 for Map of Gandhinagar District.

Please refer Figure No. 1.3 for 10 km radius map of project site.

Please refer Figure No. 1.4 for Plant Layout.

Please refer Figure No. 1.5 for Google Image of M/s. RGB CHEMICALS

AND DYES

Please refer Figure No.1.6 for Topography Map of M/s. RGB

CHEMICALS AND DYES




5

FIGURE NO.1.1

MAP OF GUJARAT STATE.

GANDHINAGR

DISTRICT




6

FIGURE NO. 1.2

MAP OF GANDHINAGR DISTRICT.




7

FIGURE NO. 1.3

5 KM & 10 KM RADIOUS MAP OF THE PROJECT SITE




8

FIGURE NO.1.4

PLANT LAY-OUT




9

FIGURE NO.1.5

GOOGLE IMAGE OF M/S. RGB CHEMICALS AND DYES




10

FIGURE NO.1.6

TOPOGRAPHY MAP OF M/S. RGB CHEMICALS AND DYES




11

1.5 STUDY AREA

To decide whether proposed action is likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects; the concept of EIA is practiced. Before proceeding the baseline Environmental status, it is important to know the boundary limits and framework where data can be effectively utilized in impact assessment. In keeping with the nature and size of the industry, based on our submitted TOR and additional terms of Reference Issued by State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority, Gandhinagar the study area for detailed studies is an area within a radius of 10 Kms with the Project Site at the center. A Map of the Study Area is presented in Figure No. 1.3




12

1.6 NEAREST LOCATION FROM THE SITE

Table: 1.1

Details of project Site & Nearest locations from the Site

Sr. No.

Features Description

1 Location of project Site Plot No. 5, S. No. 120, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar, Gujarat

2 Latitude 23° 18' 11.22” N (23.30311667)

3 Longitude 72° 25' 48.00" E (72.43000000)

4 Elevation 229 ft

Sr. No.

Features Description Distance & Direction

1 Nearest village Dhanot Bileshwarpura Indrad

1.32 km, S 1.20 km, SE 2.61 km, WSW

2 Nearest town Chhatral 2.48 km, SE

3 Water Body Creek / Nalah / lake /Pond /reservoir /canal/ Rivers / Stream / Estuary / Sea

Narmada Canal 6.08 km, S

4 Highway Kadi - Chhatral State Highway Ahmedabad- Mehsana National Highway

2.51 km, S 1.0 km, E

5 Railway Line Ahmedabad - Mehsana

5.12 km, E

6 Railway Station Pansar 5.12 km. E

7 Airport Ahmedabad 32.90 km, SE

8 Heritage Site No heritage site within 10 km radius

--

9 National park / wild life sanctuary / Reserve Forest land

No National park / wild life sanctuary / Reserve Forest land within 10 km radius.

--

10 Aanganwadi / School / College /Institute etc.

Dhanot 1.32 km, S




13

As per our knowledge following proposed unit to be located nearby RGB Chemicals and Dyes.

Table: 1.2

Nearest Industries from the Project Site

1.7 SCOPE & METHODOLOGY OF EIA:

An attempt has been made to carry out a Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Study for M/s. RGB CHEMICALS AND DYES. The Scope of EIA adopted for RGB CHEMICALS AND DYES is based on the TOR approved by SEIAA, Gujarat. The copy of the same is attached here with.

Under the scope of EIA, it covers:

A brief description of project site, its surrounding environment and proposed project facilities.

To endow with detail description of the raw materials and manufacturing process for proposed products.

Collection and Assessment of existing environmental baseline status based on the project information, field survey relating to air quality, meteorology, water quality, socio-economic aspects, flora & fauna, existing land use pattern etc. within study area.

Identification of Impacts due to the proposed project.

Sr. No.

Name of Industries

Address Type of Unit

1 Sonu Industries 71/3, B/H Ravi Estate, GIDC, Gujarat State Hwy 41, Dhanot, Gujarat 382729

Manufacturer of BOPP Self Adhesive Plain & Printed Tapes

2. Jadar Resin & Polymers

Village – Dhanot, ta – Kalol, Dist – Gandhinagar.

Resins

3 Purnima Enterprise

Plot No-1 Nilkanth Industrial Estate, At-Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist-Gandhinagar-382729 (Gujarat)

Chemical Manufacturing Unit

4 Anju Dye Chem Plot No. 108/3-4, Ravi Industrial Estate, Village- Bileshwarpura Kalol-Mehsana Highway, Gandhinagar-382729,

Dyes Manufacturing Unit

5 Bright Resin Pvt. Ltd.

Ravi Industrial Estate, Bileshwarpura, Ta. Kalol, Dist. Gandhinagar

Resin Manufacturing Unit

6 Chhatral Enviro Management System, Pvt Ltd.

Village – Dhanot, ta – Kalol, dist – Gandhinagar.

Common Spray Drying facility.




14

Prediction and evaluation of the environmental impacts that may result from project development.

Outline the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to mitigate the adverse impacts due to the proposed project.

Preparation of Risk Assessment Report.

METHODOLOGY FOR EIA:

The methodology adopted for carrying out the Environmental Impact Assessment for the proposed project has been based on the Guidelines issued by Ministry of Environment and Forest (MOEF). An effective EIA calls for identification of environmental parameters likely to be impacted, depending on the activities to be carried out during construction and operation phase of the project.

Generation and collection of baseline data for valued Environmental components as per approved TOR.

Identification and quantification of significant Environmental impacts due to the project and associated activities.

Evaluation of impacts due to proposed activities and preparation of an Environmental impact statement.

Preparation of appropriate Environmental Management Plan (EMP) surrounding strategies for minimizing identified adverse impacts along with budgetary provisions to be made by the project authorities for implementation of mitigation measures.

Delineation of post Environmental Quality Monitoring Programme (EQMP) along with organizational setup required for monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures.




15

Figure 1.7: Methodology of EIA Study




16

1.8 STRUCTURE OF EIA:

This EIA report has been prepared on the basis of available on-site primary data (survey/ monitoring) and secondary/literature data. The EIA report contains project features, baseline environmental setup, assessment of environmental impacts, and formulation of mitigation measures, environmental management and monitoring plan with risk & assessment Report. The report includes 12 Chapters. The structure of the EIA Report with necessary tables, drawings and annexure is as follows:

Chapter 1: Introduction

This chapter provides background information on need of project, need of EIA study and brief of the project. The scope and EIA methodology adopted in Preparations of EIA report have also been described in this Chapter. It also covers the identification of project & project proponent, brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its importance to the country and the region. Scope of the study details about the regulatory scoping carried out as per the generic structure given in the EIA Notification, 2006.

Chapter 2: Project Description This chapter deals with the project details of the proposed products, with type of project, need for the project, location, size & magnitude of operation including associated activities required by and for the project, proposed schedule for approval and implementation, including technical details of raw material, quality and quantity etc.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment

This chapter presents the existing environmental status of the study area around the proposed project including topography, drainage pattern, water environment, geological, climate, transport system, land use, flora & fauna, socio-economic aspects, basic amenities etc. Environmental assessment of the project site in regard to its capability to receive the proposed project is also discussed in this Chapter.




17

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

This chapter describes the overall impacts of the proposed project activities and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures. It predicts the overall impact of the proposed project on different components of the environment viz. air, water, land, noise, biological, and socio-economic.

Chapter 5:Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & site) This chapter describes the site selection criteria and analysis of proposed alternative technologies. Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Program Technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures have been given in this Chapter.

Chapter 7: Additional Studies This chapter deals with the Public consultation & Risk assessment carried out for the proposed manufacturing plant. Unit is not located in notified area so, public consultation is required.

Chapter 8: Project Benefits

This chapter deals with the benefits to the local surrounding people due to proposed project.

Chapter 9: Environment cost benefit Analysis

During the scoping stage; no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis is suggested by the appraisal committee.

Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan

This chapter details the inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment exercise. It describes the overall impacts of the proposed activities during construction and operation phases and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures. It also provides mitigation and control measures for environmental management plan (EMP) for minimizing the negative environmental impacts and to strengthen the positive environmental impacts of the proposed project.




18

Chapter 11: Summary & Conclusion This chapter provides the summary and conclusions of the EIA study of the Proposed project with overall justification for implementation of the project and also explanation of how, adverse effects will be mitigated.

Chapter 12: Disclosure of Consultants Engaged This chapter provides the disclosure of consultants engaged to carry out the EIA study along with other additional studies.

1.9 COMPLIANCE OF TOR

Table: 1.3: TOR COMPLIANCE

GENERIC TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY SECTOR

Terms of Reference as per Annexure-I

1. A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of below mentioned TORs.

Given herewith in Section 1.9 of Chapter 1. Also enclosed in Annexure B of EIA report.

18

ii to xl

2. Executive summary of the project- giving a prima facie idea of the objectives of the proposal, use of resources, justification, etc. In addition, if should provide a compilation of EIA report, including EMP and the post project monitoring plan in brief.

For Executive summary English, Please Refer Annexure 16. For Executive summary Gujarati, Please Refer Annexure 17.

513

533

3. Justification for selecting the proposed product and unit size.

Please refer section 2.3, 2.6,2.7 of chapter 2

37 - 40

4. Land requirement for the project including its break up for various purpose, its availability and optimization.

Please Refer table 2.4 of chapter 2

40

5. Land possession documents copy of NA order shoeing permission to use the project land for industrial purpose. If located in GIDC, copy of plot holding certificate obtained from GIDC authority.

Please refer Annexure – 06. 423-432

6. Location of the project site and nearest habitats with distance from the project site to be demarcated on a topo sheet.(1:50000 scale)

For Location of the project site and nearest habitats, please refer figure No.: 1.5 of chapter 1. For topo sheet, please refer figure No.: 1.6 of chapter 1.

9

10

7. Topography details of the project area. Please Refer fig : 1.6 of chapter 1 Please Refer section 3.6.6 of chapter 3.

10

116




19

8. Geological features and geo hydrological status of the study area.

Please Refer section 3.10 of chapter 3.

134

9. In case of project located outside notified area: Legal undertaking stating that until is complying the three condition (i.e. water consumption less than 25 M3/day; Fuel consumption less than 25 TPD and not covered in the category of MAH unit as per the management, storage, import of hazardous chemical rules (MSIHC rules), 1989) as per the amendment to EIA notification, 2006 vide SO 1599 (E) dated 25/06/2014.

Please refer Annexure -8 434

10. Present land use pattern of the study area shall be given based on satellite imagery.


142

11. Layout plan of the factory premises clearly demarcating various units within the plant. Provision of separate entry & exit and adequate margin al round the periphery for unobstructed easy movement of the emergency vehicle/ fire tenders without reversing back. Mark the same in the plant layout.


08

12. Technical details of the plants along with details on best available technologies (BAT), proposed technology and reasons for selecting the same.

We had done R & D of each proposed products and based on the best available technologies (BAT), proposed technology, we have prepared the mass balance and manufacturing process. Please Refer section 2.12 of chapter 2

45

13. Product spectrum (proposed products along with production capacity) and processes.

For product spectrum, Please Refer Table 2.5 of chapter 2. For manufacturing process, please Refer section 2.12 of chapter 2.

40

45

14. Chemical name of each proposed product to be manufactured. Details on end use of each product. (Provide CAS number of all the product new material. In case of dyes, CI number)

For chemical name of each product, CAS No. of each product, Please Refer Table No. 2.5 - 2.6 of chapter 2.

40-41

15. Details on raw material, source and storage within the premises.

For Raw Material details and its storage, Please Refer section 2.9 & 2.10 of chapter 2

41-43

16. Details of complete manufacturing process/operations of each product along with chemical reaction, process floe diagram describing each unit processes and unit operations along with material balance, consumption of raw material etc.


45




20

17. Details on strategy for the implementation of cleaner production activities.


337

18. Assessment of source of the water supply with adequacy of the same to meet with the requirement for the project. Permission obtained from the concern authority for supply of raw water.

Sources of water: water tanker Nearest water tanker supplier will supply water as per requirement.

---

19. Undertaking stating that no bore well shall be dug within the premises (if project is located within the industrial estate)


434

20. Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & reused. Details of methods to be adopted for the water conservation.

For water balance diagram – Please Refer fig. 2.1 of chapter 2. And Section 2.13 of chapter 2

59

57

21. Efforts to minimize effluent discharge (ZLD) option for the proposed project.

Zero Liquid Discharge unit by sending treated effluent to Common Spray Drying facility of CEMSPL. For detail description, please refer section 2.13 of chapter 2

57

22. Explore the possibilities for Zero Liquid Discharged (ZLD) or efforts to minimize effluent discharge and to maintain quality of receiving water body.

Spent acid 6.28 KLD will be neutralized in ETP-1. Process Effluent & Utility waste water 4.75 KLD will be primary treated in ETP-2 (Primary treatment units). After treatment in both ETP, finally effluent discharged to Chhatral Environment Management System Pvt. Ltd. For spray drying. For details management of wastewater – please Refer section 2.13 - 2.15 of chapter 2. For member ship certificate, please refer Annexure: 09

57-63

435

23. Segregation of waste streams,

characterization and quality with specific

treatment and disposal of each stream

including action plan for maximum recycle

of treated waste water and minimum

discharged for effluent.

Spent acid 6.28 KLD will be neutralized in ETP-1. Process Effluent & Utility waste water 4.75 KLD will be primary treated in ETP-2 (Primary treatment units). After treatment in both ETP, finally effluent discharged to Chhatral Environment Management System Pvt. Ltd. For spray drying. For details management of wastewater – please Refer section 2.13 - 2.15 of chapter 2. For segregation of waste stream, please refer table No.: 2.9 - 2.16 & fig No.: 2.1

57-63

57 - 62

60 - 61

62 - 63




21

of chapter 2. For characterization, please refer table 2.12 & 2.15 of chapter 2 For specific treatment and disposal please refer table No.: 2.16 & figure no.: 2.2 of chapter 2. For member ship certificate, please refer Annexure: 9

435

24. Capacity of ETP in KL/day. Details of ETP including dimensioned of each unit along with schematic flow diagram, inlet, transitional and treated effluent qualities with specific efficiency of each treatment unit in reduction in respect of all concerned/regulated environmental parameters. Inlet effluent quality should be based on worst case scenario considering production of most polluting products that can be manufacturing in the plant concurrently.

For details of Effluent Treatment Plant – please Refer section 2.15 of chapter 2. For effluent quality details – Please Refer table 2.12 & 2.15 of chapter 2

62

60 - 61

25. In case of discharging in to GIDC

drainage/pipeline:

1. Copy of permission letter with quantity

(KL/day) from the concern authority of

drainage network/pipeline with

confirmation for space capacity available

to take additional effluent.

2. Characteristics of the combined effluent

and treated water to be sent to common

pipeline with reference to the

MoEFCC/CPCB/GPCB discharged norms.

3. Provision for continuous Monitoring

System for waste water discharge.

Not Applicable Spent acid 6.28 KLD will be neutralized in ETP-1. Process Effluent & Utility waste water 4.75 KLD will be primary treated in ETP-2 (Primary treatment units). After treatment in both ETP, finally effluent discharged to Chhatral Environment Management System Pvt. Ltd. For spray drying. For member ship certificate,

please refer Annexure: 9

For characterization, please refer table 2.12 & 2.15 of chapter 2.

435

60 - 61

26. In case of wastewater sent to common

Facilities (CF) like CETP, MEE, Spray

dryers etc.

a. Details of common facilities

including |(1) Total capacity of the

CF (2) copy of CC&A of the CF (3)

Actual load at present (Qualitative

& Quantitative- KL per day) (4)

Booked quantity & spare capacity

of CF (5) copies of XGN generated

inspection reports with analysis

reports of the water/air/hazardous

sample collected by GPCB (last 2

Treated effluent will be sent to common facility at CEMSPL for spray drying. Please Refer Annexure – 14.

498




22

year). Copies of instruction issued

by GPCB in last 2 year and point

wise compliance thereof. (6)

Copies of show cause notices (7)

Recommendations and

suggestions of the last two

environment audit reports of CETP

and its compliance report. (8) CF

up gradation scheme, if any.

b. Status of compliance to the 18(1)

(b) direction issued by the CPCB

with respect to CETP compliance &

CEPI area action plan along with

relative supporting document.

c. Give statues of compliance of

Environment norms of existing

Common Infrastructure i.e. CETP

and MEE & Spray Dryer(Whichever

is applicable) in which you are a

member.

d. Submit Adequacy of Common

Infrastructure i.e. CETP, MEE &

Spray Dryer for additional load

(Whichever is applicable) along

with written

confirmation/Membership certificate

mentioning the same (Total

consented quantity, total quantity

booked so far, quantity booked for

the unit, spare quantity available )

27. In case of zero liquid discharged (ZLD):

1. Acton plan for zero discharged of

effluent shall be included. Notarized

undertaking for assuring that underground

drainage connection will not be taken in

the unit and there shall be no effluent

discharge outside the plant premises.

2. Economical and technical viability of the

effluent treatment system to achieve ZLD.

3. Certification of adequacy proposed ZLD

scheme through credible institute of

national repute.

4. To estimate & monitor ground water

quality & its contaminations status,

piezometers wells, one on up gradient of

the ground water flow of the proposed

project at the down gradient side of the

ground water flow of the proposed project

at different depth based on available

Unit will not achieve ZLD in house but unit will achieve ZLD by sending their primary, secondary & tertiary treated Effluent to Chhatral Environment management service for spray drying completely.

Please Refer section 2.15

of chapter 2

For adequacy & in house EMS system, please refer Annexure:13

Unit will not do zero discharge but they will send their treated effluent to common spray drying facility

62

490




23

ground water depth shall be established

and al the parameters mentioned in IS

10:500 for potable water standard shall be

monitored.

at CEPSPL, Dhanot.

28. In case of in house MEE/Spray dryer for

waste water treatment: Capacity of

MEE/Spray dryer in KL/hr. technical details

of MEE including evaporation capacity,

steam required for evaporation. Adequacy

of the proposed boiler to supply steam for

evaporation in addition to the steam

required for the process etc. techno

economical viability of the evaporation

system. Control measure proposed for the

evaporation system in order to

avoid/reduce gaseous emissions/VOC

from evaporation of industrial effluent

containing solvent & other chemicals.

No in house MEE/Spray Dryer to be installed but treated effluent will be sent to common spray drying facility of CEMSPL.

---

29. Technical details of ATFD/ crystallizer/ Spray dryer, RO/NF system etc. (if any)

Not Applicable because

There will be no ATFD/

crystallizer/ Spray dryer,

RO/NF system in the unit for

treatment of effluent but unit

will install spray dryer only

for product of cap. 1.0 KL

/Hr..

---

30. Undertaking stating that a separate electric meter will be provided for the waste water treatment system viz ETP, RO, MEE, spray dryer etc.(whichever is applicable)

Unit will provide separate

electric meter at ETP. For

undertaking – Please Refer

Annexure - 08.

434

31. Economical and technical viability of the Effluent treatment system.

For Economical viability: cost of effluent treatment & evaporation will be Rs. 16.0 per kg of product so it will be viable of to the product. For details of Effluent Treatment Plant – please Refer section 2.15 of chapter 2. For treatability report, Please refer Annexure - 18

62

557

32. Plans for management, collection and disposal of waste streams to be generated from spillage, leakages, vessel washing, used container washing etc. Measures proposed for preventing effluent discharge during unforeseen circumstances.

What so ever effluent generated that will be treated in ETP and finally send to Chhatral Environment management system Pvt. Ltd for spray drying.

---

33. Action plan for reuse of liquid waste streams like spent acids, poly aluminium chloride etc. Within premises to converts in

Please Refer Table 2.22 of

chapter 2

67 - 68




24

to valuable products instated of sending outside to actual end users.

34. Adequacy of the proposed EMS with respect to the pollution load envisaged in terms of Air, Water and hazardous waste.

Please refer Annexure-14. 490

35. One season Site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall should be incorporated.

Please Refer Section-3.6 of chapter 3.

110

36. Anticipated Environmental impacts due to the proposed project/production may be evaluated for significance and based on corresponding likely impacts VECs (Valued Environmental Components) may be identified. Baseline studies may be conducted within the study area for all the concerned/identified VECs and likely impacts will have to be assessed for their magnitude in order to identify mitigation measures.

Baseline study was

conducted within the study

area of 10 km from the

proposed project site. For

impact details, please refer

section-4.4 to 4.14 of chapter

4.

190-232

37. One complete season base line ambient air quality data (except monsoon) to be given along with the dates of monitoring. The parameters to be covered shall be in accordance with the revised National Ambient Air Quality Standards as well as project specific parameters. Locations of the monitoring stations should be so decided so as to take into consideration the pre-dominant downwind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors. There should be at least one monitoring station in the upwind direction. There should be at least one monitoring station in the pre dominant downwind direction at a Location where maximum ground level concentration is likely to occur.

For monitoring station, please refer table No. 3.2 of chapter 3. AAQ data of 08 locations is

given in table No 3.3 to 3.4

of chapter 3.

For wind rose diagram,

please refer figure 3.4 of

chapter 3.

For sampling location map,

please refer figure 3.3 of

chapter 3.

99

100 & 108

111

97

38. Modeling indicating the likely impact on ambient air quality due to proposed activities. The details of model used and input parameters used for modeling should be provided. The air quality contours may be shown on location map clearly indicating the location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the habitation. The wind rose showing pre-dominant wind direction should also be indicated on the map. Impact due to vehicular movement shall also be included into the prediction using suitable model. Results of Air dispersion modeling should be superimposed on satellite image / geographical area map.

Mode Used: AERMODE MODEL For Air Quality contour, Please Refer Figure 4.1 to 4.4 of chapter 4. For Wind rose diagram, Please Refer Figure No. - 3.4 of Chapter 3.

209 - 215

111

39. Base line status of the noise Please Refer Section 3.8 of 118




25

Environmental, impact of noise on present Environmental due to the project and proposed measures for noise reduction including engineering controls.

chapter 3. For Noise Impact, Please

Refer Section 4.7 of Chapter

4

222

40. Specific details of (a) Process gas emission from each unit process with its quantification, (b) Air pollution Control Measures proposed for process gas emission, (c) Details of the utilities required (d) Type and quantity of fuel to be used for each utility (e) Flue gas emission rate from each utility (f) Air Pollution Control Measures proposed to each of the utility (g) List the sources of fugitive emission along with its quantification and proposed Measures to control it. (h) Details on tail gas treatment (if any)

a) For Process gas

emission details –

Please Refer section

2.17 of chapter 2

b) For Air pollution Control

Measures proposed for

process gas emission –

Refer section 2.17 of

chapter 2

c) For Details of the utilities

required – Please Refer

section 2.16 of chapter 2

d) For Type and quantity of

fuel to be used for each

utility – Please Refer

section 2.18 of chapter 2

e) For Flue gas emission

rate from each utility -

Please Refer Table 2.18

of chapter 2

f) For Air Pollution Control

Measures proposed to

each of the utility –

Please Refer Table 2.17

of chapter 2

g) List the sources of

fugitive emission. –

Please refer section 2.19

of chapter 2

h) There will be no any tail

gas generated so tail gas

treatment is not required.

66

66

66

66

65

64

66

41. Provision of CEMS (Continuous Emission system)

We will provide CEMS as per requirement. (For flue gas emission & process gas emission).

----

42. Action plan for odour control to be submitted.

Please Refer section 10.16

of chapter 10

343

43. Management plan for solid/hazardous Management plan Pl. Refer 67




26

waste including storage, handling. Utilization and safe disposal as per the hazardous waste and other waste (Management and Transboundary movement) rules 2016. CPCB guidelines in respect of specific treatment, such as solar evaporation, incineration, etc., need to be followed. How the manual handling of the hazardous waste will be minimized. Methodology of de contamination and disposal of discarded containers and its records.

section 2.20 of chapter 2 Collection, Storage,

Decontamination,

Transportation, Disposal by

selling to authorized recycler.

44. How the manual handling of the hazardous wastes will be minimized? Methodology of de-contamination and discarded containers and its record keeping.

Please refer Section 2.20 of

chapter 2.

67

45. Management of by-products which fall under the purview of the Hazardous and Other Waste (Management and Transboundary movement ) Rule 2016 as per the said rule and necessary permission from the concern authority.

Please refer section 2.20 of

chapter 2.

67

46. Membership of Common Environmental Infrastructure including CETP, TSDF, Common Hazardous Waste Incineration Facility (CHWIF), MEE, Spray dryer. Etc.

For Membership Detail,

please refer Annexure: 09

435

47. Name and quantity of each type of solvents to be used for proposed production. Details of solvent recovery system including mass balance, solvent loss, recovery efficiency feasibility of reusing the recovered solvents etc. for each type of solvent.

No solvent to be used in the

unit.

---

48. Appropriate monitoring network has to be designed and proposed, to assess the possible residual impacts on VECs.

We have prepared

appropriate Environment

Monitoring Plan for the unit

based on the Air, water,

hazardous Parameters etc.

Please refer Table No.: 6.1

of chapter 6.

238

49. A detailed EMP including the protection and mitigation measures for impact on human health and Environmental as well as detailed monitoring plan and Environmental management cell proposed for implementation and monitoring of EMP. The EMP should also include the concept of waste minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. Total capital cost and recurring cost/Year earmarked for Environmental pollution control measures.

For Environmental Management Plan, Please Refer section -10.5 of chapter -10. For Environmental Monitoring Plan, Please Refer, Table 6.1 of chapter 6. For concept of waste minimization,

306

238

337




27

recycle/reuse/recover techniques, energy conservation, and natural resource conservation - Please Refer section -10.12 of chapter -10 For Total capital cost and recurring cost/Year earmarked for Environmental pollution control measures – Please Refer table 2.28 of Chapter 2

81

50. Details of in house monitoring capabilities and the recognized agencies if proposed for conducting monitoring.

Unit will establish primary

laboratory for wastewater

analysis like pH, COD etc.

For other waste water

parameters and Air emission

monitoring, unit will appoint

MOEF/NABL approved

Environmental laboratory.

---

51. Permission from PESO, Nagpur for storage of solvents, other toxic chemicals, if any.

PESO permission is not

required due to less storage

qty & if in future PESO will

be required then we will

obtain.

---

52. Occupational health impacts on the workers and mitigation measures proposed to avoid the human health hazards along with the personal protective equipment to be provided. Provision of industrial hygienist and monitoring of the occupational injury to workers as well as impact on the workers. Plan for periodic medical checkup of the workers exposed. Details of work place ambient air quality monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories Rules.

For Occupational health

impacts on the workers and

mitigation measures

proposed – Please Refer

section 10.7-10.8 of chapter

10

Details of work place ambient air quality monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories Rules. Please Refer section 6.3 of chapter 6

323

240

53. Details on volatile organic compounds (VOCs) from the plant operations and occupational safety and health protection measures.

We have carried out VOC

monitoring. For details –

Please Refer Table 3.4 of

chapter 3.

For occupational safety and

health protection measures -

Please Refer section 10.7-

10.8 of chapter 10.

106

323

54. Risk assessment including prediction of the worst-case scenario and maximum credible accident scenarios should be

Please Refer Annexure -02 359 - 418




28

carried out. The worst-case scenario should take into account the maximum Inventory of storage at site at any point of time. The risk contours should be plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing which of the facilities would be affected in case of an accident taking place. Based on the same, proposed safeguard measures including On-Site / Off-Site Emergency Plan should be provided.

55. MSDS of all the products and raw materials.

Please Refer Annexure - 10 436 - 486

56. Details of hazardous characteristics and toxicity of raw materials and products to be handled and the control measures proposed to ensure safety and avoid the human health impacts. This shall include the details of Antidotes also.

For Details of hazardous characteristics and Toxicity of raw materials and products to be handled and the control measures proposed to ensure safety and avoid the human health impacts – please Refer section 2.22. – 2.23 of chapter 2. For Antidotes of chemicals –

please Refer Table 2.27 of

chapter 2.

69 - 72

79

57. Details of quantity of each hazardous chemical (including solvents) to be stored, Material of Construction of major hazardous chemical storage tanks, dyke details, threshold storage quantity as per schedules of the Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules of major hazardous chemicals, size of the biggest storage tank to be provided for each raw material & product etc. How the manual handling of the hazardous chemicals will be minimized?

Please Refer sec 2.10 -2.11 of chapter 2. For Hazardous chemicals –

Please Refer table No. 2.22

of chapter 2.

43 - 44

69

58. Details of the separate isolated storage area for flammable chemicals. Details of flame proof electrical fittings, DCP extinguishers and other safety measures proposed. Detailed fire control plan for flammable substances and processes showing hydrant pipeline network, provision of DG Sets, fire pumps, jockey pump, toxic gas detectors etc.

please refer section 2.23 of

chapter 2.

72 - 79

59. Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Don’ts of preventive maintenance, strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for safety related measures.

Please Refer section – 10.13

of chapter 10.

339

60. Specify safety precautions to be taken for chemical storage, process, handling and transportation hazard.


Chapter 7.

265

61. Details on workers training before Please refer Section 10.9 of 330




29

engaging work, periodical, in house , outside etc.

Chapter 10.

62. Details on various SOP to be prepared. Unit will prepare SOP for

proposed

Manufacturing Process of

product, operation process of

ETP, Raw Material Handling

& Transportation.

---

63. Details on safety audit to be carried out and their compliance status.

This is proposed unit . so, at

present this is not applicable.

---

64. Specific safety measures to be taken for chemical storage, process, handling & transportation hazad.


Chapter 10.

323

65. Detail on hazard identification i.e. HAZOP, HAZAN, Fault tree analysis, Event tree analysis, Checklist, Audit ect. To be adopted for the safety operation of the plan.

Please refer Table 7.3 of

Chapter 7.

For detailed Risk

assessment report, please

refer Annexure: 02

254

359 - 418

66. Detection and monitoring of VOC’s/gases. For detection of VOC, please

refer section 2.23 of chapter

2.

For VOC analysis

monitoring, please refer table

3.4 of chapter 3.

For periodic monitoring of

VOC, please refer table no.:

6.1 of chapter 6.

72

106

238

67. Detailed five year greenbelt development program including annual budget, types & number of trees to be planted, area under green belt development [with map], budgetary outlay; along with commitment of the management to carry out the tree plantation activities outside the premises at appropriate places in the nearby areas and elsewhere.

Please refer Section 10.6 of chapter 10. For Details of greenbelt development – Please Refer section 2.28 of chapter 2

319

82

68. Action plan for the greenbelt development – species width of plantation, planning schedule, etc. in accordance to CPCB published guidelines.

Please refer Section 10.6 of chapter 10. For Details of greenbelt development – Please Refer section 2.28 of chapter 2

319

82

69. Detailed socio-economic development measures including community welfare program most useful in the project area for the overall improvement of the Environmental. Submit a detailed plan for social corporate responsibilities, with appropriate budgetary provisions for the next five years and activities proposed to

Pls. refer sec.10.14 of

chapter – 10 for socio

economic activities.

For CER activity, please

refer Section 8.2 of chapter

8.

342

295




30

be carried out; specific to the current demographic status of the area.

70. (a) Does the company have a well laid down Environmental Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.(b). Does the Environmental Policy prescribe for standard Operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the Environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Yes, company has prepared

Environmental Policy

approved by its Board of

Directors.

Please Refer section 6.7 of

chapter 6

244

71. What is the hierarchical system or administrative order of the company to deal with the Environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions? Details of this system may be given.

Please Refer fig 6.1 of

chapter 6.

238

72. Does the company have a system of reporting of non compliances / violations of Environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism should be detailed in the EIA Report.

Details are included in

Environmental policy. Please

Refer section 6.7 of chapter

6

244

73. Phase wise project implementation schedule with bar chart and time frame, in terms of site Development, infrastructure provision, EMS implementation etc.

After obtaining Environment

Clearance, unit will obtained

CTE and CCA from GPCB

within 3 Months. Then after

they will start construction

activity and completed within

8 -10 months. Then after

plant machineries to be

installed within 2 - 3 months.

So, finally the project will

start after 15 – 18 months.

---

74. Certificate of accreditation issued by the NABET, QCI to the Environmental consultant should be incorporated in the EIA Report.

Please Refer Annexure – A i

75. An undertaking by the project proponent on the ownership of the EIA report as per the MoEF&CC OM dated 05/10/2011 and an undertaking by the consultant regarding the prescribed TORs have been complied with and the data submitted is factually correct as per the MoEF & CC OM dated

For undertaking of project

proponent – Please Refer

Annexure – 08.

For undertaking of consultant

– please Refer Annexure -

434

433




31

04/08/2009. 07.

76. All documents to be properly referenced with index and continuous page numbering.

Yes, All documents are

properly referenced with

index and continuous page

numbering.

---

77. Where data are presented in the report especially in table, the period in which the data were collected and sources be included.

Period of monitoring:

October-November &

December 2018.

For AAQ- Please refer Table:

3.4 of chapter 3.

For GW & Surface water –

please refer table no.: 3.13 &

3.14 of chapter 3.

For Noise – please refer

table no.: 3.11 & 3.12 of

chapter 3.

For Soil - please refer table

no.: 3.15 of chapter 3.

102

129 - 131

118 - 119

137

78. Project Proponent shall enclose all the analysis/testing report of water, air, soil, noise etc, using the MoEF&CC/NABL accredited Laboratories. All the original analysis/testing report should be available during the appraisal of project.

We have carried out the

analysis/testing in MoEF&

CC/NABL accredited

laboratory.

We have included analysis

report in Chapter 3.

For AAQ- Please refer Table:

3.4 of chapter 3.

For GW & Surface water –

please refer table no.: 3.13 &

3.14 of chapter 3.

For Noise – please refer

table no.: 3.11 & 3.12 of

chapter 3.

For Soil - please refer table

no.: 3.15 of chapter 3.

We will bring All the original

analysis/ testing reports

during appraisal presentation

of the project.

102

129 - 131

118 - 119

137

79. In case of the Expansion of the Project This is a proposed unit. ---

a) Need for the proposed expansion This is a proposed unit. ---




32

should be justified in details.

b) Adequacy of existing EMS (Environment Management system).


c) Explore the possibility to achieve Zero Liquid discharge (ZLD) for existing as well as proposed activity.


d) Records of any legal branches of environment laws i.e. details of show cause notices, closure notices etc served by the GPCB to the existing unit in last five years and action taken then after for prevention of pollution.


e) Copies of environment clearance obtained for the existing plant, its point wise compliance report.


f) Environmental Audit reports for last three years and compliance of its recommendations/ suggestions. (Include last audit report and its compliance)


g) Copy of consent to operate (CC&A) obtained along with point wise compliance status of all the conditions stipulated therein.


h) Compliance of MoEFCC circulars vide no. J-11011/1618/2010- IAII (I) dated 30/05/2012 and J-11013/41/2006-IA-II (I) dated 20/10/2009.

Unit is located outside

Notified Industrial area.

i) Copies of XGN generated inspection reports with analysis reports of the water/air/hazardous sample collected by GPCB (last 2 year). Copies of instruction issued by GPCB in last 2 years and the point wise compliance thereof.

Not Applicable

---

80. In case of project is located in Ankleshwar- Panoli, Vatva-Narol & Vapi GIDC

Not Applicable

---

(A) Compliance of MoEFCC’s OM no. J-11013/5/2010-IA.II (I) dated 25/11/2016 regarding lifting of moratorium on the consideration of project for environmental clearance.

Not Applicable

---

(B) Compliance of direction under section 18 (1) (b) of the water (prevention and control of pollution) act 1974 issued by CPCB dated 31/03/2016 regarding compliance of CETP.

Not Applicable

---

a. Action initiated by GPCB, if any, against proposed unit regarding non compliance of prescribed standards under the various environmental laws.

Not Applicable

---

b. Performance of CETP with respect to current hydraulic load & prescribed standards with No Objection certificate of CETP regarding incorporation of the proposed unit for acceptance of waste water.

Not Applicable

---




33

c. performance of TSDF site with respect to current load & prescribed standard with no objection certificate of TSDF site regarding i incorporation of the proposed unit for acceptance of hazardous waste to the common infrastructure.

Not Applicable

---

d. copies of quarterly action report taken for the above points submitted to the CPCB.

Not Applicable

---

e. Reports of GPCB which have conducted monitoring as per the said direction by CPCB dated 31/03/2016.

Not Applicable

---

Specific TOR conditions

1 Adequacy of proposed area with respect to plant machineries , EMS, green belt , safety aspect, raw material & product storage considering worst case scenario. Submit proper lay out plan clearly demarcating all activities with scale

For Adequacy of proposed area with respect to plant machineries , EMS, green belt , safety aspect, raw material & product storage considering worst case scenario – Please Refer Annexure – 15.

For Layout plan - please Refer fig 1.4

511

2 Qualitative and quantitative analysis of spent acid generation from the manufacturing process (Product wise) and quantification of ETP waste considering worst case scenario


67

3 Explore the possibility for other alternative for disposal of ETP waste instead of disposal to TSDF site.

Due to low calorific value of ETP waste we have decided to dispose the ETP waste to TSDF site. But, if any Co Processing unit will agree to take the ETP waste then we will supply them

4 Qualitative and quantitative analysis of hazardous waste streams Spent HCL etc. generation from the manufacturing process (Product wise) and its feasibility report for reuse within premises and explore the possibility to reuse within premises


67 - 68

5. A tabular chart for the issues raised and addressed during public hearing/ consultation and commitment of the project proponent on the same should be provided . An action plan to address the issues raised during public hearing and the necessary allocation of funds for the same should be provided.

We will incorporate the details of Public hearing in final EIA report after completion of public hearing.

1.10 Regulatory Frame work

The proposed project is yet at its technical investigation stage. Prior to its implementation, it will be necessary to acquire all the necessary clearance from the Government of India, as per the applicable national regulations.




34

Key clearances include obtaining the No Objection Certificate from the Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB) under The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975; The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982. In addition to that Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter, Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008 will also be applicable to the industry.

The purpose of the study is to comply with legal requirements as per Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification, 14th September 2006 (and subsequent amendments) of Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) Since the proposed project involves manufacture of Synthesis Organic Chemical located at. Plot No. 5, S. No. 120, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar, Gujarat. The proposed project falls under Category: 5(f) B. As per the Environmental Impact Assessment notification, dated September 14, 2006 the project requires prior environmental clearance from The State level Environment Impact Assessment Authority, Gujarat.

As per the requirements of the notification, an application in Form 1 was submitted to State Level Expert Appraisal Committee, Gujarat on 21-11-2017. The Terms of Reference (TOR) were discussed during meeting of the State Level Expert Appraisal Committee on 11-01-2018 was held at Geer Foundation, Sector 9,Indroda Park, Gandhinagar and the ‘TORs’ were issued on 28th February 2018 for preparation of EIA/EMP. A copy of the TOR is included in chapter 1 of this EIA Report.

As per the requirements of the TOR and to estimate the environmental impacts arising due to its proposed project, M/s. RGB CHEMICALS AND DYES retain M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad, to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment study for various environmental components including air, noise, water, land and biological components along with parameters of human interest which may be affected and to prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigating adverse impacts. The environmental impact assessment report has been prepared for obtaining environmental clearance for the proposed activity for M/s. RGB CHEMICALS AND DYES.




35

1.11 Photographs of the Proposed Project site.

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report of

Proposed Manufacturing unit by M/s. RGB Chemicals and Dyes Plot No. 5, Old S. No. 72, New S. No. 120, Nilkanth Estate, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar, Gujarat

CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 PRELUDE

M/s. RGB Chemicals and Dyes is a proposed unit located at Plot No. 5, Old S. No. 72, New S. No. 120, Nilkanth Estate, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar, Gujarat. In their proposed unit, they will manufacture Synthetic Organic Chemical @ 50 MT/M. Considering scale of unit and its categorization, according to EIA notification dated 14th September 2006, by Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF), Government of India, their Proposed manufacturing activity is falls under Synthetic Organic Chemicals – Schedule 5(f)) & cat -B. For that unit needs Environmental clearance from State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority, Gandhinagar, Gujarat. In order to assess the Environmental Impacts of the Proposed project, M/s RGB Chemicals and Dyes entrusted Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad (NABET Accredited) to undertake Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Study for various components of the Environment viz., Air, Water, Noise, Land and Socio-Economics. This Report presents base line data collected for October – November – December - 2018 for Air, Water, Noise, Land etc., for identification and assessment of the impacts.

2.2 LOCATION

The location of the project is as shown here in Table 2.1.

TABLE 2.1 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE

Sr. No. Description Information

1. Latitude 23° 18' 11.22” N (23.30311667)

2. Longitude 72° 25' 48.00" E (72.43000000)

3. S. No. 120

4. Plot No. 05

5. Village Dhanot

6. Taluka Kalol

7. Dist Gandhinagar

8. State Gujarat

36




2.3 JUSTIFICATION OF PROPOSED ACTIVITY

In our country, we had found the high quality of material with low rate compare to others so due to that respective India is having large Market demand in India as well as abroad. Based on our informal survey of the market with our current customers and various traders, we have found that there is a big potential for the range of the products we are planning. To meet the current market requirement RGB CHEMICALS AND DYES has intended to do proposed manufacturing activity at Plot No. 5, Old S. No. 72, New S. No. 120, Nilkanth Estate, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar, Gujarat. Specific site selection criteria of the unit have been given below.

o Plot size is suitable for proposed project.

o Availability of the set up and the utility and support facilities within the same premises.

o The project site is well connected by road to Kadi-Chhatral State highway 2.51 km, S away from project site & Ahmedabad-Mehsana National Highway 1.0 km, E away from project Site.

o The proposed unit is located in Industrial Estate, including Availability of infrastructure facility like power, water supply, road, manpower etc.

o There are no ecological sensitive areas located within 10 km radius of the project site.

o No any national park or wild life sanctuary located within 10 km radius of the project site.

o Availability of good communication and transport facilities.

2.4 PROMOTERS & THEIR BACKGROUND

Sr. No.

Name Designation Address

1 Patel Anand Vinubhai Partner D-601, Shyam Hill, GST Crossing, New Ranip, Ahmedabad-382480.

2. Patel Parth Vishnubhai Partner 3-Chitrakoot Park, Ghodasar, Ahmedabad- 380050

37




2.5 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

Because of availability of space for project in the premises itself it becomes easy for the unit. The other supporting factor for justifying the location is mentioned as under:

• Due to Sufficient land area and residential area is away from the site. • Availability of basic facilities like water, fuel, power, man power and

raw materials. • Nearest town Chhatral is 2.48, SE km away from the location, which is

having connectivity with other parts of the country by road. • Availability of good communication and transportation facilities.

No national park, reserved forest or wild habitats as well as site of

archeological significance or ecological importance fall within 10 km radius

of the project site. The details of resources are mentioned in Table No. 2.2:

TABLE NO. 2.2 DETAILS OF SOURCES

Sr. no.

Project Requirements

Total Source/Remarks

1. Total Fresh Water 10.0 KL/Day Water tanker / Estate Borewell

2. Power 150 KW Uttar Gujarat Vij Company Limited

3. Fuel Requirement A LDO 9.36 KL/Month Trader B PNG 30000 SCM/Month Trader

38




Table 2.3

List of Plant Machineries for Proposed production Activity:

Sr. No Name of Plant Machinery Units Capacity 1. STORAGE TANK 3 2,5000lit 2. MEASURING TANK 3 2,000 lit 3. SULFONATOR 2 8,500 lit 4. TEMPRATURE INDICATOR 2 0 TO 200 C 5. GAS CONDENSER TANK 2 2,000 lit 6. AIR SCRUBBER 6 1.5' x 18' 7. BLOWER 2 300 CFM 8. VENTURI SCRUBBER 2 20

C 9. SCRUBBING TANK 4 5000lit 10. VERTICAL PUMP 4 3 HP 11. NEUTRALIZATION TANK 1 25,000lit 12. SPENT ACID HOLDING TANK 2 30,000lit 13. LIME SLUDGE FILTER PRESS 1 36'' x 40 PLATE 14. FILTER PUMP (RUBBER LINING) 2 7.5 HP 15. TREATED WATER HOLDING TANK 1 50,000lit 16. TREATED WATER TRANSFER PUMP 1 7.5 HP 17. CONDENSE TANK 2 50,000lit 18. SULPHO MASS DUMPING TANK 2 25,000lit 19. ICE CRUSSER 1 5 HP 20. LIFT 1 2,000 KGS 21. FILTE R/ TRANSFER PUMP (RUBBER

LINING) 4 7.5 HP

22. SULPHO MASS FILTER PRESS 2 48'' x 70 PLATE 23. CLARIFIER FILTER PRESS 1 24'' x 30 PLATE 24. BOILER 1 1000 KGS 25. WATER TANK 1 5,000lit 26. DIESEL TANK 1 3,500lit 27. SPRAY DRYER 1 1000lit 30. TANK FOR SPRAY DRYING LIQUID 2 20,000lit 31. BALL MILL 2 7,500lit 32. BLENDER 1 10,000lit 33. PULVERIZER 1 GRINDING 25'' DIA 34. VIBRATING SCREEN 1 3' DIA 35. WEIGHING SCALE 2 200 KGS 36. BAG SEWING MACHINE 2 NOS 37. FRESH WATER TANK 1 60,000lit

39




2.6 LAND USE BREAKUP FOR TOTAL PLOT AREA

TABLE: 2.4 LAND USE BREAKUP FOR TOTAL PLOT AREA

Sr. No. Particulars LAND AREA

(Sq. m.) % of Land Use (at

ultimate) 1. Plant facilities 360.40 17.24 2. Storage Area (Raw

materials & Finished goods, Tank farm Area) &

234.78 11.23

3. Administrative, other buildings, Security Cabin, Fire water Tank

55.38 2.65

4. Utilities 42.18 2.02 5. ETP area 82.95 3.97 6. HW storage area 192.67 9.21 7. Roads, Parking 277.87 13.29 8. Green Belt / space 733.70 35.10 9. Open Area 110.20 5.27

Total 2090.13 100

TOTAL FLOOR AREA USE BREAKUP FOR EACH ACTIVITY (First Floor)

Sr. No. Particulars Land Area

(Sq. m.) % of Used Floor area

1 Process Plant 250.57 56.58 2 Raw Material- Storage 192.30 43.42

Total 442.87 100 2.7 PRODUCT DETAIL

List of products & capacity are given in the Table No. 2.5

TABLE NO 2.5 LIST OF PRODUCTS

Sr. No.

Product Name C.I Name of product

Quantity MT/Month

1 Reactive Turquoise Blue H5G Reactive Blue 25 12 2 Direct Turquoise Blue G Direct Blue 21 13 3 Reactive Turquoise Blue H7G Blue 3 12 4 Direct Turquoise Blue FBL Direct Blue 199 13

TOTAL 50

40




2.8 PACKING AND FINAL APPLICATION OF PRODUCTS

TABLE NO .2.6 PACKING AND FINAL APPLICATION OF PRODUCTS

Name of Product CAS No. Type of Packing Final Application of Product

Reactive Turquoise Blue

H5G

12236-86-1 Material is packed as

per requirement 25Kg,

50Kg, HDPE bags

including liner.

Used in Textile

Industries, Dyes &

Intermediates etc. Direct Turquoise Blue G 1330-38-7

Reactive Turquoise Blue

H7G



50Kg, HDPE bags

including liner.

In Chemical

Industries and in

textile industries

for printing and

dyeing.

Direct Turquoise Blue

FBL



50Kg, HDPE bags

including liner.

Used in Textile

Industries

2.9 RAW MATERIALS REQUIREMENT

List of Raw Materials, with consumption for manufacturing of Proposed Products, is given in Table No. 2.7

TABLE NO.2.7

DETAILS OF RAW MATERIALS 1. Reactive Turquoise Blue H5G:

Sr. No. Name of Raw Material MT/MT MT/Month

1. Copper Phthalo Cyanine Blue 0.3 3.6

2. Chloro Sulfonic Acid 0.9 10.8 3. Beta Chloro Ethyle Amine 0.1 1.2 4. Hydrochloric Acid 0.3 3.6 5. Soda Ash 0.5 6

41




2. Direct Turquoise Blue G:



2. Chloro Sulfonic Acid 1 13 3. Phosphorus Tri Chloride 0.2 2.6 4. Vinyl Sulphone 0.4 5.2 5. Glauber- Salt 0.1 1.3 6. Sodium Bi carbonate 0.3 3.9

3. Reactive Turquoise Blue H7G:



2. Chloro Sulfonic Acid 0.9 10.8 3. Beta Chloro Ethyle Amine 0.1 1.2 4. Hydrochloric Acid 0.3 3.6 5. Sodium Bi Carbonate 0.4 4.8

4. Direct Turquoise Blue FBL:



2. Chloro Sulfonic Acid 2.4 31.2 3. Phosphorus Tri chloride 0.1 1.3 4. Liquid NH3 0.6 7.8

42




OVERALL QUANTITY OF RAW MATERIAL:

Sr. No. Name of Raw Material CAS No. MT/Month

1 Copper Phthalo Cyanine Blue 147-14-8 21 2 Chloro Sulfonic Acid 3144-16-9 66 4 Beta Chloro Ethyl Amine 51887-88-8 3 5 Hydrochloric Acid 7647-01-0 8 6 Soda Ash 497-19-8 6 7 Phosphorous Tri Chloride 7719-12-2 4 8 Vinyl Sulphone 77-77-0 6 9 Glauber Salt ---- 2

10 Sodium Bi Carbonate 7681-38-1 8.7 11 Liquid NH3 1336-21-6 8

We will maintain as minimum inventory as possible.

2.10 CHEMICAL NAME & PHYSICAL FORM OF RAW MATERIALS WITH ITS STORAGE FACILITY:

TABLE NO.2.8

Chemical name & Physical form of RAW MATERIALS

Sr. No.

Raw Material Chemical Name

Physical Form

Container Type

Material of Construction

Maximum Storage

(MT) 1. Chloro Sulfonic

Acid Chloro Sulfonic Acid

Liquid Tank M.S. Tank 10

2. Beta Chloro Ethyl Amine

2-Chloroethylamine

Liquid Carboys HDPE (20 lit) 0.4

3. HCl Hydrochloric acid Liquid Tank HDPE Tank 1 4. Phosphorous Tri

Chloride Phosphorous Tri Chloride


5. Liquid NH3 Ammonia Liquid Tank HDPE Tank 1 6. Copper Phthalo

Cyanine Blue Copper Phthalo Cyanine Blue

Solid Bag HDPE(50 Kg) 6

7. Vinyl Sulphone Vinyl Sulphone Solid Bag HDPE(50 Kg) 0.8 8. Global Salt sodium sulfate

decahydrate Solid Bag HDPE(50 Kg) 0.3

9. Sodium Bi Carbonate

Sodium Bi Carbonate

Solid Bag HDPE(50 Kg) 0.5

10. Soda Ash Sodium carbonate


43




2.11 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF THE HAZARDOUS RAW MATERIAL

Product

Physical & Chemical Composition

B.P ºC

F.P. ºC

LEL

TLV LD50 mg/kg

Sp.Gr. at (water =1)

V.D. at (air =1)

Odor Threshold

Solubility in Water Chemical

Formula State M.W.

gm/mol ppm or mg/nm3

ppm, mg/Nm3

Copper Phthalo Cyanine Blue

C32H16CuN8 Solid 576.05 NA NA NA NA NA 1.5 NA NA Insoluble

Chloro Sulfonic Acid

ClSO3H Liquid 116.5 158 NA NA NA NA 1.76 4.02 NA Soluble

Beta Chloro Ethyl Amine

C2-H6-Cl-N.HCl

Solid 115.99 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Soluble in cold water

Phosphorous Tri Chloride

PCl3 Liquid 137 76 NA NA TWA:0.5 18 1.57 4.75 NA Soluble

Vinyl Sulphone C4-H6-O2-S Solid 118.15 234.5

-26 NA NA 32 1.177 NA NA Soluble in cold water

Hydro Chloric Acid HCl Liquid 36 127 NA NA 7 900 1.19 1.267 0.25-10 Completely Soluble

Soda Ash Na2CO3 Solid 105.99 NA NA NA NA 4090 2.532 NA odour less Soluble

Sodium Bicarbonate

NaHCO3 Solid 84.01 NA NA NA NA 3360 2.159 NA Odor less Soluble in cold water

Glauber Salt Na2SO4 Solid 142.03g/mol

1100

NA NA NA 5989 2.671 NA NA Soluble

44




2.12 MANUFACTURING PROCESS DETAILS, CHEMICAL REACTION AND MASS BALANCE

1) Reactive Turquoise Blue H5G: 1. Charging of CPC:

Copper Phthalo cyanine is taken in a MS vessel and Chloro Sulphonic Acid is charged gradually. The temperature is maintained at 40°C by chilled water circulation. Then the mass is stirred for 1 hour.

2. Sulphonation: The temperature of the mass is maintained at 100°C for 1 hour. Then the temperature is raised up to 130°C and maintained for 3 hours.

3. Dumping in ICE: The dumped mass is filtered though press filter. Mixed liquor is separated collected. Then mass is given chilled water washing using fresh water and ice.

4. Condensation: Beta chloro is taken in the condensation reactor. Then add water and then ice to reduce the temperature up to 50°C. Ammonia and sodium bi carbonate is added to maintain pH. Simultaneously rise temperatures up to 40°C. Then the mass is stirred for 2 hours. Maintaining the above pH.

5. Isolation: Isolate the mass with HCl.

6. Spray Drying : The solution produced is spray dried and packed

45




Chemical Reaction of Reactive Turquoise Blue H5G:

46 Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



Vessel CPC: - 300Kgs CSA: - 868Kgs Total: 1168Kgs

SO2, HCl Scrubbed out into Scrubbing System: 50 Kgs

Filtration Spent Acid: 1808Kgs

Condensation

Soda Ash: - 440Kgs

HCl: - 300Kgs

Filtration Filtrate: 390 Kgs

Neutralization

Spray Drying M/c Removal:600Kgs

Soda Ash: - 60Kgs

Isolation

Neutralization

Dumping Vessel Ice: - 1800Kgs

1118Kgs

2918Kgs

1110Kgs

1190Kgs

1630Kgs

1930Kgs

1540Kgs

Beta Chloro Ethyl Amine: - 80Kgs

1600Kg

Mass Balance of Reactive Turquoise Blue H5G

Product 1000Kgs 47




2) Reactive Turquoise Blue H7G: 1. Charging of CPC:

Copper Phthalo cyanine is taken in a MS vessel and Chloro Sulphonic Acid is charged gradually. The temperature is maintained at 40°C by chilled water circulation. Then the mass is stirred for 1 hour.

2. Sulphonation: The temperature of the mass is maintained at 100°C for 1 hour. Then the temperature is raised up to 137°C and maintained for 3-3.5 hours.

3. Dumping in ICE: The dumped mass is filtered though press filter. Mixed liquor is separated collected. Then mass is given chilled water washing using fresh water and ice.

4. Condensation: Beta chloro is taken in the condensation reactor. Then add water and then ice to reduce the temperature up to 50°C. Ammonia and sodium bi carbonate is added to maintain pH. Simultaneously rise temperatures up to 40°C. Then the mass is stirred for 2 hours. Maintaining the above pH.

5. Isolation: Isolate the mass with HCl.

6. Spray Drying : The solution produced is spray dried and packed

SO2: 20 Kg HCl (Gas):30 kg Total: 50 Kg

Water Scrubber Addition of Water: 115 L

Dilute HCl (25-28%): 115 Kg

Alkali Scrubber System SO2 Gas: 20 Kg

+ NaOH(100 %):85 Kg

Sodium bisulphite: 85 Kg

48




Vessel CPC: - 300Kgs CSA: - 868Kgs Total: 1168Kgs

SO2, HCl Scrubbed out into Scrubbing System: 50 Kgs

Filtration Spent Acid: 1808Kgs

Condensation

Sodium Bi Carb.: - 350 Kgs

HCl: - 300Kgs

Filtration Filtrate: 390 Kgs

Neutralization Soda Ash: - 60Kgs

Isolation

Neutralization


1118Kgs

2918Kgs

1110Kgs

1190Kgs

1540Kgs

1840Kgs

1450Kgs

Beta Chloro Ethyl Amine: - 80Kgs

1510Kg

Mass Balance of Reactive Turquoise Blue H7G

49




Spray Drying M/c Removal: 510Kgs

Product 1000Kgs





+ NaOH(100 %):85 Kg


50




3) DIRECT TURQUOISE BLUE G 1. Sulphonation:

• Copper Phthalo cyanine is taken in a MS vessel and Chloro Sulphonic Acid are charged gradually.

• The temperature is maintained at 40°C by chilled water circulation • Then the mass is stirred for 1 hour.

2. PCL3 Charging: • The temperature of the mass is maintained at 100°C for 1 hour through

indirect steaming. • Then the temperature is raised up to 128°C and maintained for 3-3.5

hours. • Then the mass is cooled to 70°C by chilled water circulation and PCL3 was

added. • Then the material is heated up to 100°C and the temperature is maintained

for 2 hours. • Then the mass is cooled up to 70°C.

• Dumping in ice. • The slurry formed is charged into ice maintaining at 0°C.

3. FILTRATION & WASHING: • The dumped mass is filtered through press filter. • Then mass is given chilled water washing using fresh water.

4. Condensation with VS:

• Vs are taken in the condensation rector and a clear solution is made by the addition of soda ash and water.

• Then ice is added to reduce the temperature up to 5°C. Then filtered cake is added gradually.

• Then the pH is maintained at 6 by the addition of soda bicarbonate & ammonia.

• Then the mass is stirred for 2 hours maintaining the above pH.

5. Then the mass is sending for spray drying job work.

51




Chemical Reaction of Direct Turquoise Blue G

52




53




Vessel CPC: - 340Kgs CSA: - 924Kgs PCl3:- 180Kgs

SO2, HCl Scrubbed out in Scrubber System: 189Kgs


Filtration Spent Acid: 1790

Condensation

Ice:-220Kgs V.S.:- 320Kgs Glauber Salt:-80Kgs

Neutralization SBC: - 220Kgs

Spray Drying M/c Removal: 907Kgs

Product 1000Kgs

1907kgs

1687Kgs

1067Kgs

2857Kgs

1255Kgs

Material Balance of Direct Turquoise Blue G


Water Scrubber Addition Of Water: 400 L



+ NaOH(100 %):345 Kg





4) DIRECT TURQUOISE BLUE FBL Manufacturing Methods: • Charge chloro sulphuric acid. • Then add CPC. • Keep Temp. 50˚C. • Raise temperature maintain then cool Then add PCL3 Raise temp and 2hrs

maintain after cool then dumping drying.

• Then washing. filter wet cake & take ph by 8-0 to 8.5 • Then without R/O direct spray.

Chemical Reaction:

55




Vessel

2693

Ice: 9412 Kgs Dumping Vessel

12105 Filtration Spent Acid: 7100 Kgs

5043

Neutralization Ice: 1000 Kgs Liq. NH3: 542

Kgs

6585

Spray Drying M/C Removal: 5585 Kgs

Direct Turquoise Blue FBL: 1000 Kgs

CPC: 628 Kgs CSA: 2350 Kgs PCl3: 105 Kgs

Total: 3045 Kgs

SO2, HCl Scrubbed out in Scrubber System: 352 Kgs

Direct Turquoise Blue FBL



Dilute HCl (25-28%): 1040 Kg


+ NaOH(100 %):540 Kg





2.13 PLANT WATER REQUIREMENT & WASTEWATER GENERATION

M/s. RGB Chemicals and Dyes is a proposed unit and the source of water for proposed activity will be water tanker / Estate water supply.

Water Balance Diagram is shown at Figure No. 2.1

TABLE NO. 2.9

DETAILS OF WATER CONSUMPTION & EFFLUENT GENERATION

Water Consumption in KL/Day

Effluent Generation In KL/Day

Domestic 2.0 2.0 Gardening 0.5 0.0 Industrial

Process 0 6.73 Washing 4.0 4.0 Cooling 1.0 0.1

Boiler 1.5 0.2 Scrubber 1.0 0.0

Total(C) 7.5 11.03 Total (A+B+C) 10.0 13.03

WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT Domestic water Consumption will be around 2 KLPD and Sewage generated

will be disposed to soak pit via septic tank @ 2 KLPD. Fresh Water Requirement for Gardening & Plantation: 0.5 KLD Industrial water consumption will be for washing @ 4.0 KLPD, Cooling @ 1.0

KLPD, Boiler @ 1.5 KLPD, Scrubber @ 1.0 KLPD. So, total water consumption will be 10.0 KLPD. Industrial effluent generation will be 11.03 KLPD.

→ Process Effluent 6.73 KLD (Spent Acid-6.28 KLD & Process effluent 0.45

KLD) → Utility waste water (including Washing, Boiler b/d, Cooling b/d) – 4.3 KLD

Spent acid 6.28 KLD will be neutralized in ETP-1. Process Effluent & Utility waste water 4.75 KLD will be primary treated in

ETP-2 (Primary treatment units). After treatment in both ETP, finally effluent discharged to Chhatral

Environment Management System Pvt. Ltd., Dhanot for Spray Drying.




TABLE NO. 2.10

Product wise Water consumption and Effluent generation details

Sr. No.

Product Batch Size (in Kg)

Production in MT/Month

Water Consumption in KL/Batch

Effluent Generation in KL/MT

Effluent generation (KLD)

Acidic Effluent (KLD)

1 Reactive Turquoise Blue H5G

1000 12 0 2.198 0.22 0.84

2 Direct Turquoise Blue G

1000 13 0 1.79 0.0 0.93

3 Reactive Turquoise Blue H7G

1000 12 0 2.198 0.23 0.83

4 Direct Turquoise Blue FBL

1000 13 0 7.1 0.0 3.68

TOTAL 50 0 13.286 0.45 6.28 6.73

Total Acidic Effluent considered as Spent Acid = 6.28 KLD

Total Concentrated Effluent from Process = 0.45 KLD

Spent Acid management:

• Spent Acid is considered in process effluent and that will be neutralized in Effluent Treatment Plant and finally it will send to Chhatral Environment Management System Pvt. Ltd. for Spray Drying.

58




Figure No. 2.1 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM

Total Water Consumption 10 KLPD

Domestic 2 .0

Industrial 7.5

Boiler 1.5

W/w 0.2

Generate Dil. HCl & Sodium Bi Sulphite

Scrubber 1.0

Process 0

W/w 6.73

Washing 4.0

W/w 4.0

2

W/W 2.0

Cooling 1.0

W/w 0.1

T o soak pit/Pit Tank

Gardening 0.5

Discharge at Chhatral Enviro Management System Pvt. Ltd. for Spray Drying. 11.03

Spent Acid 6.28

Process Effluent 0.45

Low Conc. Effluent 4.3

ETP – 2 (Primary Treatment) 4.75

ETP – 1 ( Neutralization ) 6.28

59




2.14 CHARACTERISTICS OF EFFLUENT:

The characteristics of wastewater & final outlet would be as follows:

TABLE 2.11

PRODUCTWISE CHARACTERISTICS OF EFFLUENT (Including Spent

Acid)

TABLE 2.12

Characteristics of Spent Acid Stream (6.28 KLD)

Sr. No.

Parameter Concentration

Before Treatment After Treatment

1. pH <2 7.2

2. TDS 70000-80000 80000-90000

3. COD 450-600 mg/l 400-550

4. BOD 100-150 mg/l 80-120

5. Total Acidity 10-15 % <0.5

Sr. No

Product Process Effluent

generation in KLD

COD (mg/L)

pH Spent Acid

generation (KLD)

COD (mg/L)

pH

1. Reactive Blue H5G

0.22 4500-5200

4.8-5.5 0.84 450-600 <1

2. Direct turquoise blue G

0.0 --- -- 0.93 450-600 <1


0.23 4500-5200

4.8-5.5 0.83 450-600 <1

4. Direct turquoise blue FBL

0.0 --- -- 3.68 450-600 <1

Total 0.45 6.28

60




TABLE 2.13 Characteristics of Process effluent stream (0.45 KLD)

Sr. No.


1 pH 4.8 – 5.5 2 Total Suspended Solid 180-250 mg/L 3 Total Dissolved Solid 4000-5000 mg/L 4 Oil & Grease 3.5 – 4.5 mg/L 5 COD 4500-5200 mg/L 6 BOD 1200-1500 mg/L

TABLE 2.14

Characteristics of Utility effluent stream 4.3 KLD (Washing, Cooling blow down, Boiler blow down)

Sr. No.


1 pH 5.8-7.0 2 Total Suspended Solid 120-130 mg/L 3 Total Dissolved Solid 2400-2500 mg/L 4 Oil & Grease 4.0 – 5.0 mg/L 5 COD 650-800 mg/L 6 BOD 100 – 130 mg/L

TABLE 2.15

Characteristics of Effluent stream 4.75 KLD (Discharged to Common Spray Drying Facility after primary treatment)

Sr. No.

Parameter Concentration Before

Treatment After Primary

Treatment 1 pH 5.7-6.8 7.2-7.8 2 Total Suspended Solid 160-250 mg/L 50-80 mg/L 3 Total Dissolved Solid 4000-5500 mg/L 6000-6800 mg/L 4 Oil & Grease 4.0 – 5.0mg/L 2.0 – 2.3 mg/L 5 COD 4000-5500 mg/L 2500-2800 mg/L 6 BOD 1200-1500 mg/L 800-1000 mg/L

61




2.15 DETAILS OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT:

TABLE: 2.16

DETAILS OF PROPOSED EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT UNITS

ETP-1 (For Spent Acid Stream)

Sr. No.

Name of Unit No. of Unit Capacity

1. Collection Tank -1 01 20 KL

2. Neutralization Tank-1 01 25 KL

ETP-2 (Primary Treatment Units)

Sr. No. Name of Unit No. of Unit Capacity

1. Collection Tank-2

01 10 KL

2. Neutralization Tank -2 01 10 KL

3. Primary Settling Tank 01 10 KL

4. Filter Press 01 36” *36 Plates

5. Treated Water Holding Tank

02 25 KL of Each

6. Sludge drying Bed 02 ---

Economical & Technical viability of the effluent treatment system to achieve ZLD :-

Spent acid 6.28 KLD will be neutralized in ETP-1. Process Effluent & Utility waste water 4.75 KLD will be primary treated in ETP-2 (Primary treatment units).After treatment in both ETP, finally effluent discharged to Chhatral Environment Management System Pvt. Ltd., Dhanot for Spray Drying. Recurring cost for Effluent treatment for 01 year will be Rs. 100 lacs. Production per month = 50 MT. Per month recurring cot = 8.33 lacs. So, cost of treatment per kg of product will be Rs. 16/- which will be viable to the project based on their calculation.

62




Fig. 2.2: Effluent Treatment Plant Diagram

Sludge

Collection Tank-2

Sludge Drying Bed

Filter Press

Primary Settling

Tank

Treated Water

Holding Tank

Neutralization Tank-2

Discharge at Chhatral Environment Management System Pvt. Ltd. for Spray Drying.

Sludge

Collection Tank-1

Neutralization Tank-1

Spent Acid 6.28 KLD

4.75 KLD Process & Utility effluent

63




2.16 FLUE GAS EMISSION :

The details regarding flue gas emission are given at Table No. 2.17

TABLE NO.2.17 PROPOSED FLUE GAS STACKDETAILS

Sr. No.

Source of Emission

with Capacity

Stack Height

(m)

Type Of

Fuel

Quantity of Fuel

Type Of emission

i.e Air Pollutant

Air Pollutant Control

Measures 1 Industrial

Boiler (1 Ton/Hr.)

11 LDO 9.36 KL/Month

SPM SOX

NOX

Wet scrubber

2 Hot Air Generator (2.0 L Kcal /Hr)

11 PNG 30000 SCM/Month

SPM SOX

NOX

---

64




TABLE 2.18 EMISSION RATE OF THE POLLUTANTS

e: (*) Actual stack emissions will be well below the permissible stack emissions limits, as the unit will utilize white coal / Agro Brickets as Fuel. To consider worst case scenario the emission rates are considered on maximum Stack Emission Limit.

(**) Based on maximum expected concentration of SPM-150 mg/Nm3 (**) Based on maximum expected concentration of SOx-100 PPM (**) Based on maximum expected concentration of NOx-50 PPM

Sr. No.

Stack attached

to

Type of Fuel

Fuel Consump

tion

Height

(m)

Dia. (m)

Exit Velocity (m/sec)

Exit Temp. (° C)

Emission Rates (gm/s) SPM SO2 NOX HCl

1 Industrial Boiler (1 Ton/Hr.)

LDO 9.36 KL/Month 11 0.3 6.0 140 0.000798 0.001436 0.000655

---

2 Hot Air Generator- (2.0 Lacs K cal /Hr)

PNG 30000 SCM/Month

11 0.3 12.0 160 --- 0.001055 0.006239 ---

3 Reaction vessel

--- ---- 18 0.35 8.0 60 ---- 0.0027 ---- 0.009

4 Spray Dryer (1.0 KL /Hr)

--- ---- 20 0.45 12.0 80 0.00069 ---- ---- ---

65




2.17 PROCESS GAS EMISSION:

TABLE 2.19 Process Stack Details

Sr. No.

Stack attached To

Type of emission

Source of Emission

Stack Height

APCD System

1. Reaction vessel

SO2

HCl Sulphonation

during manufacturing

process

11 m Water Scrubber Followed By Alkali

Scrubber

2. Spray Dryer SPM ---- 11 m Cyclone Separator followed by Wet

Scrubber 2.18 FUEL REQUIREMENT

The details of fuels used for the project are given in Table No. 2.20 and Fuel characteristics are shown in Table No. 2.21.

TABLE 2.20

FUEL DETAILS Sr. No. Type of Fuel Quantity

1. LDO 9.36 KL/Month

2. PNG 30000 SCM/Month

TABLE 2.21 FUEL CHARACTERISTICS

2.19 FUGITIVE EMISSION CONTROL:

Fugitive emission could occur from the storage yard of raw materials and finished products. The storage quantity is low since only 6 days inventory will be maintained at site and proper handling methods will be adopted. Emissions from transport of vehicles would occur to a certain extent. The emissions from traffic movements will be controlled by proper planning of the transport of raw materials and finished products to and fro from the factory premises. All the roads inside the plant will be concreted to reduce any dust emissions.

Characteristics Fuel LDO PNG

Gross Calorific Value (Kcal/Kg) 9800 8600

66




Proper planning and maintenance will control the extent of fugitive emissions. During the production, the industry will carry out regular monitoring of fugitive emissions as per the factories Act. Measures taken for fugitive emission control:

• Proper storage of raw materials, products and fuels. • Ensuring closed feeding and sampling. • Establishing SOPs for start-up, shut down and maintenance operational

procedures. • Regular work place monitoring and ambient air quality monitoring as per

post project monitoring plan.

2.20 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT

The hazardous wastes generated by the industry & Method of Management and Handling is given In Table No. 2.22.

TABLE NO. 2.22

DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTES

Sr. No. Waste Category Quantity Facility

1. ETP 35.3 200 MT/ Year

Collection, Storage, Transportation & sell to authorized cement industries or dispose to TSDF site.

2. Used Oil 5.1 20 Liter./Year

Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposed by selling to registered reuse/recyclers

3. Discarded Containers & Bags

33.1 0.7 MT/Year

Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposed by selling to registered recycler

4. Dilute HCl D-2, Sch-2

258 KL/Year Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposed by selling to actual users

5. Sodium Bisulphite

26.1 162 KL/Year Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposed by selling to authorized industries having Rule 9 permission

6. Spent Acid (10-15%)

21.1 1900 KL /Yr Collection, Storage, treatment by neutralization & send to Common Spray drying facility for evaporation

67




Generation of Dilute HCl (25-28%) Sr. No.

Name of product

Production (MT/ Month)

Batch Size (KG)

Generation from Scrubber during process (Liter)

KL/ Per MT of

Product

KL/ Month


12 1000 115.00 0.12 1.4


12 1000 115.00 0.12 1.4


13 1000 400.00 0.40 5.2

4. Direct turqoise blue FBL

13 1000 1040.00 1.04 13.5

TOTAL 21.5

Generation of Sodium Bisulphite Sr. No.

Name of product

Production (MT/ Month)

Batch Size (KG)

Generation from Scrubber during process (Liter)

KL/ Per MT of

Product

KL/ Month


12 1000 85.00 0.09 1.0


12 1000 85.00 0.09 1.0


13 1000 345.00 0.35 4.5

4. Direct turqoise blue FBL

13 1000 540 0.54 7.0

TOTAL 1055 1.07 13.5

68




2.21 NOISE POLLUTION

The following measures have been taken to reduce the noise levels to acceptable limits: i) Sound producing equipment are enclosed in the sound proofing

enclosure to give residual sound pressure level of 85 dB(A) and ii) Providing suitable ear protecting devices for working personnel.

Details of measures proposed for noise pollution abatement & its monitoring. • Noise levels will be monitored and records of same will be maintained, at day

and night at 4-6 locations, fortnightly internally and monthly by third party (GPCB recognized Env. Agency).

• Also periodically workers will be examined for their hearing ability and accordingly corrective actions will also made if required.

• Good working conditions will be developed to avoid chances of Noise Pollution.

• Regular maintenance of machineries, machine guarding and enclosures for the Noisy machines will be done to avoid Noise Pollution.

• Even though Noisy machines will be strictly be operated in day time only. • Effective green belt will be developed to minimize effect of Noise Pollution to

surroundings. • Required PPEs will be given to workers.

2.22 LIST OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

The Raw Materials, which are termed as Hazardous Chemicals as per the "Manufacturing, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989", are as listed in Table No. 2.23]

TABLE NO. 2.23 LIST OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

Name of

Hazardous Chemical

Reference The Manufacturer,

storage & Import of Hazardous chemical

Rules 1989

Maximum quantity that can be stored at a time (MT)

Threshold Quantity in

(MT)

Hydrochloric Acid

Sr. No. 313(Part II, Sch. 1 of MSIHCR, 1989)

1 Not Listed


Sr. No. 136(Part II, Sch. 1 of MSIHCR, 1989)

10 Not Listed

69




Phosphorus Trichloride

Sr. No. 506(Part II, Sch. 1 of MSIHCR,1989)

1 Not Listed

DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

Name of Hazardous Chemicals

Toxicity (Oral LD50) mg/kg

Hazardous Characteristics

Hydrochloric Acid

3124 mg/kg [Rat]

Flammability of the Product: Non-flammable Auto-Ignition Temperature: Not applicable. Flash Points: Not applicable. Flammable Limits: Not applicable. Not applicable. Products of Combustion: Not applicable. Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Non-explosive in presence of open flames and sparks, of shocks. Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: Not applicable

Precautions: Keep locked up.. Keep container dry. Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, organic materials, metals, alkalis, moisture. May corrode metallic surfaces. Store in a metallic or coated fiberboard drum using a strong polyethylene inner package. Storage: Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area.


Not available.

Flammability of the Product: Non-flammable. Auto-Ignition Temperature: Not applicable. Flash Points: Not applicable. Flammable Limits: Not applicable. Products of Combustion: Non-flammable. Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Non-flammable. Explosion Hazards in

Precautions: Keep container dry. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapour/spray. Never add water to this product In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes Keep away from incompatibles such as reducing agents, organic materials, metals, alkalis,

70




Presence of Various Substances: Explosive in presence of reducing materials. Non-explosive in presence of open flames and sparks, of shocks, of heat, of oxidizing materials, of combustible materials, of organic materials, of metals, of acids, of alkalis, of moisture..

moisture. May corrode metallic surfaces. Store in a metallic or coated fiberboard drum using a strong polyethylene inner package. Storage: May corrode metallic surfaces. Store in a metallic or coated fiberboard drum using a strong polyethylene inner package. Corrosive materials should be stored in a separate safety storage cabinet or room.

Phosphorus Trichloride

18 mg/kg [Rat].

Flammability of the Product: Non-flammable. Auto-Ignition Temperature: Not applicable. Flash Points: Not applicable. Flammable Limits: Not applicable. Products of Combustion: Not applicable. Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Not available. Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product in presence of static discharge: Not available. Slightly explosive in presence of heat, of moisture. Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: Not applicable

Precautions: Keep locked up.. Keep container dry. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Keep away from direct sunlight or strong incandescent light. Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Never add water to this product. Avoid shock and friction. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as combustible materials, organic materials, metals, acids, moisture. Storage: Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area.

71




2.23 SAFETY & OCCUPATIONAL MEASURE FOR STORAGE &HANDLING OF THE RAW MATERIAL & PRODUCT:

To prevent any spillage, accident and impacts of human health for safety measure will be taken while handling the raw material and products:

Occupational control measures for no health hazard to the worker and to keep the risk of accidents to a minimum from our manufacturing activities. Mitigatory measures: For the proposed project, company will make following arrangement within the factory premises for the different hazards:

Storage & Handling of Hazardous Chemicals: • Company will do planning to stock all the necessary material as

minimum as possible. • All containers with hazardous chemicals have labels indicating the

contents and warning of the hazard. • Necessary information on safe handling and first aid measures and

antidotes of major hazardous material will be available on the label. • Workers dealing with hazardous chemicals will be trained on health

risks and safe handling. • Exposure to hazardous chemicals will be minimized. • Liquid Hazardous chemicals will be transferred in closed piping system. • Separate storage section will be provided for storage of hazardous and

non-hazardous raw materials. • Drums / Tanks shall be located and marked in designated area of

hazardous chemical storage. • Tanks / Drums of proper MOC will be selected. • All tanks / Drums shall be uniformly tagged. • Level indicator shall be provided in tanks. • Dyke will be provided. • Industrial type electric fittings shall be provided. • Adequate fire fighting equipments will be provided. • Anti corrosive paint shall be done. • Safety instruction board will be displayed.

72




• Proper earthling shall be provided. • Lightning arrestor will be provided. Vessel and other Equipment related: • Checking of process vessels and equipment is carried out regularly. • Records related to maintenance and its planning schedule is

maintained.

Safety Instructions for Transportation of Hazardous Materials:

• The name of the chemical along with pictorial sign denoting the dangerous Goods are marked on the vehicle and the packing material.

• The name of the transporter, his address and telephone number are clearly written on the road tanker and on the vehicle.

• The important safety precautions are mentioned on the tanker as a Warning label.

• Only trained drivers and cleaners are engaged in transport of hazardous Chemicals.

• The transporter and manufacturer must ensure the safe transportation of the material.

Tankers: • The tankers are checked for its fitness and safe condition before

loading. • During loading and unloading, the tanker should be braked and

isolated against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety appliances.

• Check for leakages from the line connections before starting and stopping the filling operations.

• Drive the vehicles carefully, especially in crowded localities and on bumpy Roads.

• Do not apply sudden break. • The tanker should not be parked for long time on the way and

especially in Crowded Places. Park the vehicle away from residential areas.

Fire control plan:

73




• Overhead water storage tank with adequate capacity is provided to ensure 24 hr. supply.

• Fire water tank with sufficient capacity of 100 KL (02 Nos. X 50 KL) will be provided with fire pump (02 Nos.)

• Fire hydrant system will be provided. • Sprinkler system will be provided at raw material storage area and tank

farm area. • Fire extinguisher will be provided at production plant as per the

requirement. Contact numbers of nearest fire agency will be provided. • Nearest fire station is Chhatral. Time required to reach the project site

is 10 minutes. • Unit will appoint qualified and trained fire personnel having qualification

like B.Sc or Diploma in Fire and Safety. • Flame proof equipments and fittings will be provided for handling of

hazardous chemicals. • Tanks and all pump motors shall be earthed. • Road tanker earthing lines shall provide near the unloading pumps. • Independent dykes will provide for hazardous chemicals storage to

contain leakages. Floors of the dyke area shall of impervious finish. • Housekeeping of the plant shall as per prescribed norms. Floors,

platforms, staircases, passages will be kept free of any obstruction. • All hazardous operations shall explain to the workers. They will

periodically trained on the hazardous processes. • Dedicated supply of firewater shall available in the plant. • Only authorized persons shall be allowed inside the plant. • All instrument and safety devices will be checked and calibrated during

installation. They will also be calibrated, checked at a frequent interval. Calibration records shall maintain.

• All electrical equipments will be installed as per prescribed standards. • All the equipments of the plant shall periodically tested as per standard

and results shall documented. All equipments undergo preventive maintenance schedule.

• The area will fence to isolate the same from all other departments. • Proper Earthing will be provided to each tank. Also earthing would be

taken care during solvent transfer from tanker into the underground vessel.

• Flame arrestors shall provide on each tank. • Flameproof pumps & motors shall provide for solvent transfer. • In addition to fire hydrant system, fire extinguishers will be installed at

different locations within premises.




• Adequate ventilation arrangement shall provide for safe and better working in the plant as per the standard.

• Process, equipments, plant involving serious fire hazards are designed as per prescribed guideline.

• Sufficient access for fire fighting shall provide in the plant. • Protection against lightning will be taken care in the plant. • Precautions against ignition will be taken.

Details of Fire and Safety Equipment

Sr. No. Type Total Quantity

1 Dry Chemical Powder 10 2 Carbon dioxide 10

TOTAL 20 • Overhead 02 water tank storage capacity: 10 KL , 10 KL • Underground water tank storage capacity: 100 KL • No. of Fire Sand Storage: 10 No.

Electrical related:

• All electrical fitting and motors in the storage areas will be flameproof. • Checking of all earthings, wiring & connection will be carried out

regularly. • Proper earthing will be provided at all equipments and will be provided

for additional equipment. Adequate Nos. of earth pits will be provided.

Safety related:

• Adequate types of personal protective equipment will be provided and also safety training will be provided to workers.

• Emergency showers and eye wash stations will be available at the worksite.

• Arrangement for 24 hr. medical facilities by contact with nearest health care centre/ hospital.

• Pre-employment medical check-up and annual medical check-up will be carried out and its records will be maintained properly.

Fire control plan:

75




• Overhead water storage tank with adequate capacity is provided to ensure 24 hr. supply.

• Fire water tank with sufficient capacity of 100 KL (02 Nos. X 50 KL) will be provided with fire pump (02 Nos.)

• Fire hydrant system will be provided. • Sprinkler system will be provided at raw material storage area and tank

farm area. • Fire extinguisher will be provided at production plant as per the

requirement. Contact numbers of nearest fire agency will be provided. • Nearest fire station is Kalol. Time required to reach the project site is

15 minutes. • Unit will appoint qualified and trained fire personnel having qualification

like B.Sc or Diploma in Fire and Safety. • Flame proof equipments and fittings will be provided for handling of

hazardous chemicals. • Tanks and all pump motors shall be earthed. • Road tanker earthing lines shall provide near the unloading pumps. • Independent dykes will provide for hazardous chemicals storage to

contain leakages. Floors of the dyke area shall of impervious finish. • Housekeeping of the plant shall as per prescribed norms. Floors,

platforms, staircases, passages will be kept free of any obstruction. • All hazardous operations shall explain to the workers. They will

periodically trained on the hazardous processes. • Dedicated supply of firewater shall available in the plant. • Only authorized persons shall be allowed inside the plant. • All instrument and safety devices will be checked and calibrated during

installation. They will also be calibrated, checked at a frequent interval. Calibration records shall maintain.

• All electrical equipments will be installed as per prescribed standards. • All the equipments of the plant shall periodically tested as per standard

and results shall documented. All equipments undergo preventive maintenance schedule.

• The area will fence to isolate the same from all other departments. • Proper Earthing will be provided to each tank. Also earthing would be

taken care during solvent transfer from tanker into the underground vessel.

• Flame arrestors shall provide on each tank. • Flameproof pumps & motors shall provide for solvent transfer. • In addition to fire hydrant system, fire extinguishers will be installed at

different locations within premises.




• Adequate ventilation arrangement shall provide for safe and better working in the plant as per the standard.

• Process, equipments, plant involving serious fire hazards are designed as per prescribed guideline.

• Sufficient access for fire fighting shall provide in the plant. • Protection against lightning will be taken care in the plant. • Precautions against ignition will be taken.

Fire fighting System:-

Adequate fire fighting system will be provided in the proposed plant.

Sufficient numbers of Fire extinguishers will be installed in all plants and

storage area and details of existing fire control equipments are given in

Table 2.24.

Table 2.24: Details of fire extinguishers

Sr. No.

Type

Capacity

Proposed Quantity

1 CO2 4.5 kg 10

2 Dry Chemical Powder

6 kg

10

3

Mechanical Foam

50 Lit. 03

9 Lit. 03

4 Fire stand storage bucket

5 Lit 08

01 nos. of fire hydrants will be installed in the proposed plant.

Location of fire extinguishers, fire hydrants and fire monitor are shown in

Figure 2.3. Separate underground fire water tank of 100 KL is provided with main

pump and Jockey Pump. Details of Fire water pump is given in Table 2.25

77




Table 2.25

Details of fire-water pump

Sr. No.

Location

Types

Capacity

Quantity

1 Fire Pumping area

Jockey Pump 10 HP (15 m3/hr) 1

2 Main Pump 15 HP (40 m3/hr) 1 Adequate numbers of VOC detector with alarm and Automatic sprinkling

system will be installed at various suitable locations. Details for the same is

given in following Table 2.26. Table 2.26

Details of provision for fire-fighting system.:

Sr. No.

Particular

Location

1 VOC Detector Process Plant

Hazardous chemical storage area

Hazardous waste storage area

2 Automatic Sprinkling Admin building, hazardous chemical storage area,

Utility

If in future required then, they will install DG Sets of 01 Nos. x 125 KVA w for

emergency power supply after obtaining necessary permission. Mock drill and training will be scheduled and conducted once in six months. Respiratory PPEs like self contained breathing apparatus, bubble hood point

with air compressor, online respirator and non-respiratory PPEs like PVC apron, gum boot, goggles, rubber hand gloves are provided in case of fire.

Nearest fire station Kalol is located at a distance of 10 km from project site.

78




Figure No. 2.3 Fire Hydrant Diagram

TABLE 2.27 ANTIDOTES OF CHEMICALS

Sr. No.

Name of Hazardous Chemical

Name of Antidote

1. Hydrochloric Acid Wash with plenty of water if eyes or skin is affected. Do not give chemical antidotes because it increases heat and injury with reaction. Do not induce vomiting.

2. Chloro Sulfonic Acid

Milk of Magnesia, 4% Sodium Hydro Carbonate Solution Milk

3. Phosphorus Trichloride

In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and shoes

4. Ammonia Liquor Lemon juice, diluted vinegar or acetic acid.

Fire Water Tank

Raw Material Storage

area Process

area

Utility area

Finished goods

storage area

Office Building

Fuel storage

area

Hydrant Pipeline

79




2.24 ACTION PLAN FOR TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS

AND PRODUCTS INCLUDING HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS:

Following safety precautions are suggested during transportation of hazardous chemicals in tankers / or other vehicles, while unloading, transportation and meeting the emergencies arising out of leakages and spillages of hazardous materials:







Tankers:

• The tankers are checked for its fitness and safe condition before loading.

• During loading and unloading, the tanker should be braked and isolated against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety appliances.

• Check for leakages from the line connections before starting and stopping the filling operations.

• Drive the vehicles carefully, especially in crowded localities and on bumpy Roads.

• Do not apply sudden break. • The tanker should not be parked for long time on the way and

especially in Crowded Places. Park the vehicle away from residential areas.

2.25 COST OF THE PROJECT

The total project cost will be 3.2 Cr including Building, machinery & others. Total capital and recurring cost towards Environmental protection Measures per annum will be 63.5 lacs & 120.8 lacs respectively.




TABLE - 2.28 Capital Cost & Recurring Cost of the Project

2.26 POWER REQUIREMENT

TABLE 2.29 POWER REQUIREMENT

Electricity

Source

Sr. No

System Approximate Capital cost per

annum (in Lac)

Approximate Recurring cost

(Rs. In Lac)

Basis for cost estimates

1 Air pollution control

20.0 3.0 The capital cost would include cost of providing adequate height of the stack, ladder and platform, Air Pollution Control Systems and recurring cost would include cost of monitoring of air environment.

2 Water pollution control

25.0 100.0 Capital cost would include cost of ETP, In capital cost civil work, mechanical work, Electrical work and piping work is included. Recurring cost is for operational phase regarding Evaporation cost of Spray Drying etc.

3 Noise pollution monitoring

0.0 1.0 The recurring cost would include cost of noise monitoring.

4 Solid and hazardous waste management

10.0 10.0 Capital cost would include cost of providing storage space for hazardous waste and membership of TSDF Fee. Recurring cost would include cost of land filling and transportation.

5 Environment monitoring and management

3.0 1.5 The recurring cost would be incurred on hiring of consultants and payment of various statutory fees to regulatory agencies.

6 Green belt 2.5 2.0 Development of Greenbelt including Gardening and Plantation.

7 Occupational health (OHC)

3.0 2.0 Occupational health check up of Employees and workers

8 CER 0.0 1.3 2% of the proposed project cost. Green belt development, Drinking water facility, solar Lighting etc.

Total 63.5 120.8

81




150 KW UGVCL

2.27 MAN POWER

The requirement of personnel for the Plant is met with keeping in view the following: • Technical support of Plant, including Process Control and

Instrumentation • Smooth and efficient operation of Plant • Effective co-ordination between the various Departments within the

Plant • Optimum organization with well-defined and judicious job distribution • Optimum utilization of different grades of workmen and supervisory

staff and Maximum capacity utilization of facilities. Total Manpower at Nirvana Enterprise will be summarized in Table No. 2.30

TABLE NO. 2.30

DETAILS OF MAN POWER Total Workers in all Shifts

Male Female Total 13 2 15

2.28 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

The development of Green Belt is an important aspect for any plant because: • It acts as a 'Heat Sink' • It improves the Ambient Air Quality by controlling SPM in air • It helps in noise abatement for the surrounding area • It helps in settlement of new birds and insects within itself and • It increases the aesthetic value of Site.

82




Total plot area is 2090.13 Sq. Meter. From that they had done planning for gardening and plantation for 638.86 Sq. Meter. • Unit will develop 25 -30 trees every year for 05 year in and around the

premises.

• The tree species selected for the plantation will be pollutant tolerant ,fast growing, wing firm, deep rooted and ever green.

• The company will select pollutant tolerant plant species. For example, Asopalav, Neem Tree, Gulmahor, Julie, etc.

• We will also develop plantation as per the MoEF guidelines all along the periphery of plant so that these trees perform as natural barrier and bring down the fugitive emission and stop carryover of dust along with wind current.

• The tree species selected for the plantation will be pollutant tolerant, fast growing, wing firm, deep rooted, and ever green. The company will select pollutant tolerant plant species.

They will also develop plantation as per the MoEF guidelines all along the periphery of plant so that these trees perform as natural barrier and bring down the fugitive emission and stop carryover of dust along with wind current.

83




2.29 SCHEME FOR RAIN WATER HARVESTING

The source of water for the project will be water tanker. The unit has also proposed to design & implement rain water harvesting scheme within premises. The parameter considered for designing the Rain water harvesting is as follows:

• The average rainfall of the area considered for the design is 800 mm/year.

• The paved area available in front. • The amount of water collected from the run off. • The roof top area available. • The amount of water collected from the roof top. • Considering one hour of peak rainfall. • Total rain water to be collected.

Hence rain water harvesting pit will be made to collect the rain water from roof top and paved area based on the above data consideration. M/s RGB Chemicals & Dyes (Proposed project) has assigned M/s Bhagawati Enviro Care Pvt. Ltd. to conduct EIA/EMP study & Comprehensive hydro-geological & rainwater harvesting studies in Plot No. 5, Old Survey No.72, New Survey No. 120, Nilkanth Estate, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar (Gujarat). The project area details are as under:

S. No. Particulars Area (sq. m )

1 Total Plot Area 2090.13

2 Roof top area 968.36

3 Paved /road area 277.87

4 Green belt area /Open area 843.90

The water supply by tankar of the project is 10.0 m3/day & it falls in city- Kalol

block of Gandinagar District, which falls under “Over-Exploited ” category

according to CGWB Publication “Dynamic Ground Water Resources of India –

2011”. The assignment was given to work out the scope of

geology,Hydrogeological & artificial recharge through detailed survey.




DESIGN OF RAINWATER HARVESTING: For good design of rainwater harvesting, following points are to be kept under

consideration:

(a) Ideal location with good ground slope.

(b) The location has adequate subsurface permeability of the aquifer to

accommodate maximum recharge of rainwater through injection well.

(c) Rate of filtration should exceed average rainfall intensity.

(d) Clogging of filtration media should be cleaned periodically.

(e) Ground water pollution does not take place.

ROOFTOP RAIN WATER HARVESTING: Total rooftop area of project is 968.36 m2 that may be connected through pipes and

drains to Rainwater harvesting structures which has storage chamber and the

percolation pits as per sites having rooms for recharge in resonance with average

rainfall, catchment area and peak rainfall intensity.

Looking in to the average rainfall in this region, roof top area of the building, rain water

harvesting structures are designed in such a way that even at peak rainfall intensity of

40 mm/day, water does not spill over & the entire rainwater falling over the total area

goes in to the ground water body. Following dimensional parameters are considered

for design of Rainwater harvesting system in the project premises.

Total Rooftop area = 968.36 m2

Average rainfall =857 mm = 0.86 m

Catchment factor for Roof top = 0.85 (as per C.G.W.A)

Total volume of water to be captured = 968.36 x 0.86 x 0.85 = 707.87 m3

The dimension of the structures to be designed for 40 mm/hour peak rainfall

intensity. Considering 15 minutes of peak rainfall, runoff volume in a single storm

should be:

(968.36m2 x 0.85 x 0.04 m)/4 = 8.23 m3

85




ROAD/PAVED AREA STORM WATER RUNOFF HARVESTING: In road storm water harvesting system, drains may be made along the roads with

iron net filter of 2 mm opening at every 20 m. Rainwater falling on the road/paved

area is carried through these drains to rainwater harvesting structure and allow to

infiltered in groundwater regime. This will improve groundwater quality as well as

quantity in and around the project premises. Following dimensional parameters are

considered for design of road storm water harvesting system in the project premises.

Total Road/paved area = 277.87 m2

Average rainfall = 857 mm = 0.86 m

Catchment factor for Road/paved area = 0.75 (as per C.G.W.B.)

Total volume of water to be captured = 277.87 x 0.86 x 0.75 = 179.22 m3/annum

The dimension of the structures to be designed for 40 mm/hour peak rainfall

intensity. Considering 15 minutes of peak rainfall, runoff volume in a single storm

should be:

277.87 m2 x 0.75 x 0.04 m/4 = 2.084 m3

OPEN AREA RAINWATER HARVESTING: The total open area of project is 843.90 m2 which may be connected through drains to rainwater harvesting structures which has storage chamber and the percolation

pits as per sites having rooms for recharge in resonance with average rainfall,

catchment area and peak rainfall intensity.

Following dimensional parameters are considered for design of open area rainwater harvesting system in the project premises.

Total open area = 843.90 m2

Average rainfall = 857 mm = 0.86 m Catchment factor for open area = 0.15 (as per C.G.W.A) Total volume of water to be captured = 843.90 x 0.86 x 0.15 = 108.86 m3

The dimension of the structures to be designed for 40 mm/hour peak rainfall intensity. Considering 15 minutes of peak rainfall, runoff volume in a single storm should be:

843.90 m2 x 0.15 x 0.04 m/4 = 1.26 m3




DESIGN OF RAINWATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE: The total volume of water generated in project premises from rooftop, road/paved & open area in a single storm on 40 mm peak rainfall intensity would be

= 8.23 m3 + 2.084 m3 + 1.26 m3 = 11.574 m3

The individual design is made for accumulation of 27 m3 of water i.e. 18 m3 of water

in collection tank (3 m height x 3 m length x 2 m width and about 9 m3 in the

process of infiltration through filtration media of recharge well. Hence, the

dimensional parameters of collection chamber would be 3 m (length) x 3 m (width) x

2 (depth). The filtration tank dimension would be 3 m (length) x 3 m (width) x 1 m

(depth) with 0.15 m dia recharge well (1 nos.) of 8 m depth depending upon the

formation for recharge in aquifer through vadose zone. The systematic design of the

structures will be given in fig. – 2.4.




Fig: 2.4- systematic design of the RW harvesting structures




TOTAL RECHARGE POTENTIAL On completion of Rainwater Harvesting & other recharge factors, additional recharge potential in the premises would be as under: 1. Rooftop Rainwater harvesting in the premises

968.36*0.85*0.86 = 707.87

2. Road storm water harvesting in the premises

277.87*0.86*0.75 = 179.22

3. Recharge due to open area in the premises

843.90*0.86*0.15 = 108.86

4. Recharge due to return flow of water used in plantation

2*305*.05 = 30.5

Total 1026.45 (Note - formula =area * run-off coefficients* rain fall {mm/1000}) The recharge potential to be created by artificial measures will be 1026.45 m3/annum

which would help in maintaining groundwater regime in terms of quantity & quality.

RECOMMENDATIONS: The total volume of water generated in project premises from rooftop, road/paved & open area in a single storm on 40 mm peak rainfall intensity would be 11.574 m3. It is revealed from recharge test that the aquifer would good

accept water to the order of 10 m3/day @0.42 m3/hour continuously in long term

through vadose zone. Considering the space availability, The individual design is

made for accumulation of 27 m3 of water i.e. 18 m3 of water in collection tank (3 m

height x 3 m length x 2 m width and about 9 m3 in the process of infiltration through

filtration media of recharge well. Hence, the dimensional parameters of collection

chamber would be 3 m (length) x 3 m (width) x 2 (depth). The filtration tank

dimension would be 3 m (length) x 3 m (width) x 1 m (depth) with 0.15 m dia

recharge well (1 nos.) of 8 m depth depending upon the formation for recharge in

aquifer through vadose zone.

One piezometers are proposed to be installed in the plant premises as per CGWB

norms for monitoring of season-wise water levels & water quality for ascertaining the




impact of ground water extraction & artificial recharge measures on ground water

regime. As per design, a borehole of 6” diameter should be drilled up to 20 m depth

by powerful DTH machine having air compressor of at least 300 psi and 1100 cfm.

Thereafter, development of tube-well should be carried out by at least 300 psi &

1100 cfm air compressor for minimum of 4 hrs or till nearly sand free water is

obtained. The pipe of the bore well should be left 0.5 m above the ground level &

concrete structure may be made around this pipe in 14 inch thickness to prevent the

bore well from surface pollutants. Around the bore well, 14” dia chamber may be

made with well cap having lock & key arrangement . There should be provision of 2’

dia PVC air line in the bore well for inserting probe of automatic water level recorder

for complete precision in measurement of the water level data.

PRECAUTIONS While carrying out roof top rain water harvesting & surface runoff utilization works

following precautions must be taken so that maximum benefits are derived.

The roof tops of the buildings to be used for collection rainwater must be

cleaned before the onset of first rainfall so that any dust, leaves, pollutants do not

enter the filtration tank. Grating must be used to trap debris or tree leaves before rain

water enters the drainpipes.

A steel wire mesh may be enveloped around the slotted pipe of injection well

to minimize the clogging of slots.

The filter material must be washed with water before putting in the filtration

tanks as these may be covered with silt or clay. Every year, before the onset of first

monsoon, the filter material must be taken out and washed and then put back in the

filtration tank & others recharge structures sot that silt/ clay deposited during the

filtration process of preceding year is removed and original filtration rate is achieved.

90



Plot No. 5, Old S. No. 72, New S. No. 120, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar, Gujarat

CHAPTER: 3 BASE LINE ENVIRONMENT QUALITY

3.1 INTRODUCTION Preparation of this study needs a datum on which the evaluation can be done. It is necessary to collect data about different environmental attributes that are being affected by the development of the region which, in turn, defines an existing environmental quality of the region to serve as the datum.

Base line data requirement is also necessary to identify environmentally significant issues as well as to enumerate the critical environmental changes that are occurred due to the industrial development of the region.

Here an attempt has been made to collect the information about an existing environment on the below mentioned eight major environmental attributes:

I - Air Environment

II - Meteorology

III - Water Environment

IV - Hydro-geomorphology

V - Noise

VI - Land Environment

VII - Ecology

VIII - Socio-economic

3.2 STUDY AREA

The study area for Baseline Environmental Quality is the area with a radius of 10 Kms keeping project site as a centre. The same is shown in Figure No. 3.1 and the villages falls under the same is listed in Table No. 3.1.


91



Table No. 3.1

Name of Villages in Study Area.

Sr. No. Name of village Distance from project Site

Direction from project Site

1. Chhatral 2.48 SE 2. Dhanot 1.32 S 3. Bioleshwarpura 1.20 SE 4. Indrad 2.61 WSW 5. Iarana 4.75 WNW 6. Rajpur 3.92 NW 7. Chadasana 2.56 NE 8. Jhulasan 5.39 NE 9. Ambavpura 2.88 E 10. Ola 5.61 SSE 11. Isand 6.38 SE 12. Vadavsvami 5.28 ESE 13. Pansar 5.12 E 14. Dinghucha 8.97 NE 15. Vadu 9.31 NE 16. Dangarva 8.57 NNE 17. Anandpura 9.01 N 18. Ghumasan 5.17 NNE 19. Chandarda 5.19 NNE 20. Nandasan 7.95 NNW 21. Kanmabadpura 7.26 NNW 22. Lakshmipura 7.05 NNW 23. Kherpur 7.74 NNW 24. Sarsav 8.99 NW 25. Aldesan 9.79 NW 26. Untva 7.11 NW 27. Kundal 8.29 W 28. Kadi 10.0 W 29. Budasan 6.22 SW 30. Karannagar 6.27 SW 31. Pirojpuara 8.76 SW 32. Ankhol 4.23 SSW 33. Achrasan 4.66 S 34. Lunasan 5.75 S 35. Piyaj 6.12 SSE 36. Kalol 10.0 SE 37. Borisana 9.61 SE


92



38. Pratappura 8.00 SSE 39. Vansol 6.83 S 40. Vamaj 9.22 SSW 41. Fuletra 9.45 SSW 42. Borisana 9.90 SW


93



Figure No. 3.1

Study Area Map of Base line Study for 5 KM Radius and 10 KM Radius


94



Figure No. 3.2

Toposheet map


95




96



Figure No. 3.3

Sampling Location map


97



3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS OF THE REGION

• AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

National Ambient Air Quality Standards are reproduced in Annexure 3. The State has not promulgated separate Ambient Air Quality Standards.

• WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

Standards prescribed by BIS (IS 10500-91) and Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) for drinking water are given in Annexure 4.

• AMBIENT NOISE QUALITY STANDARDS

National Ambient Noise Quality Standards are presented in Annexure 5. The State has not promulgated separate Ambient Noise Quality Standards.

3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

3.4.1. AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (AAQ) IN THE STUDY AREA

The collection of base line information for Air Environment includes identification of specific air pollutants being released into the atmosphere having significant impact on neighborhood. The Ambient Air Quality status, with respect to the identified air pollutants, has been studied at eight major locations. This has been done through Air Quality surveillance program and based on TOR.

The back-ground air quality for PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), CO, HC, HCl including VOCs was monitored. The monitoring for these parameters has been done at sites located in different directions and situated within the suspected impact zone, in and around the existing project site. We had considered minimum one monitoring station in the upwind direction and minimum one monitoring station in the pre dominant downwind direction at a location where maximum ground level concentration is likely to occur.

3.4.1.1. THE LOCATION OF AAQ STATIONS

The locations of the AAQ stations are based on prevailing meteorology,

pollution source and available infrastructure facilities. One station has been particulary set-up in down wind direction.


98



Thus, monitoring has been done at eight sampling stations located in different directions and situated within the suspected impact zone in and around the existing project site. The locations map of the AAQ monitoring station is shown in Figure No. 3.1 and tabulated in Table No. 3.2.

Table No.3.2 Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Sr. No. Locations Direction Distance in KM

1 Project site --- ---- 2 Budasan 6.22 SW 3 Indrad 2.61 WSW 4 Dhanot 1.32 S 5 Julasan 5.39 NE 6 Ambavpura 2.88 E 7 Chadasana 2.56 NE 8 Bileshwarpura 1.20 SE

3.4.1.2. BASE LINE DATA

At every sampling station, important parameters namely PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) including HC, CO, HCl, and VOCs were monitored. The results are given in Table No.3.4.a to 3.4.c. The minimum, mximum, Average and 98 % of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx are as shown in Table No 3.3


99



Table No.3.3.

Ambient Air Quality Analysis Results (minimum, mximum, Average and 98 %)

For Indivisual Location

Sr. no. Sampling Location

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX

01 Project sitr

Min 73.20 30.28 12.75 21.51 Max. 86.24 43.01 28.55 47.08 Avg. 78.86 38.71 19.18 31.16 98 % 86.11 42.92 27.33 45.09

02 Budasan

Min 73.78 30.41 9.42 12.99 Max. 87.75 42.31 35.07 49.51 Avg. 79.07 37.73 19.61 29.53 98 % 87.13 42.14 34.06 44.97

03 Indrad

Min 72.40 31.72 15.51 19.89 Max. 84.19 42.31 42.02 41.80 Avg. 78.61 37.62 20.19 30.20 98 % 84.12 42.31 34.72 41.80

04 Dhanot

Min 73.20 34.37 15.65 20.70 Max. 85.24 44.75 30.87 49.92 Avg. 79.91 40.06 18.95 30.26 98 % 85.00 44.56 29.14 47.37

05 Julasan

Min 74.42 36.33 15.36 20.70 Max. 86.98 44.77 33.62 45.05 Avg. 80.83 40.89 20.84 31.21 98 % 86.57 44.76 32.40 45.05

06 Ambavpura

Min 76.96 34.58 15.51 19.89 Max. 88.48 43.87 38.26 45.05 Avg. 81.03 40.48 19.96 30.04 98 % 87.57 43.87 31.76 42.21

07 Chadasana

Min 76.39 32.36 14.64 20.70 Max. 88.66 44.33 28.11 48.30 Avg. 82.45 38.88 19.16 29.43 98 % 88.02 44.23 26.49 46.31

08 Bileshwarpura

Min 78.30 32.23 15.22 20.29 Max. 87.38 43.42 30.58 40.99 Avg. 82.76 39.43 20.16 29.10 98 % 87.32 43.29 29.46 40.99


100



Photograph of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Village: Chadasana

Village: Julasan


101



Table No.3.4

Ambient Air Quality Analysis Report for the Month of October to December 2018

No Location Date of

Sample

PM10 PM2.5 SOx NOx GPCB

limit 100 µg/m3

GPCB limit 60 µg/m3

GPCB limit 80 µg /m3


24 Hrs 24 Hrs 8 hrs 8 hrs 8 hrs 8 hrs 8 hrs 8 hrs 1 Project site RGB 08-10-2018 73.20 35.84 17.82 19.13 17.68 27.19 25.16 36.93 2 Budasan 09-10-2018 81.96 39.05 20.14 21.59 19.71 38.96 35.31 26.79 3 Indrad 09-10-2018 83.85 33.49 17.82 20.00 18.11 36.53 21.92 29.22 4 Dhanot 10-10-2018 81.61 39.27 18.69 20.29 19.13 26.79 26.38 23.13 5 Julasan 10-10-2018 78.82 38.93 18.69 20.29 19.13 25.16 22.32 31.25 6 Ambavpura 11-10-2018 82.37 37.95 19.27 17.82 19.71 45.05 32.87 30.03 7 Chadasana 11-10-2018 78.30 37.63 18.11 19.71 17.97 48.30 35.31 32.06 8 Bileshwarpura 12-10-2018 84.71 40.15 20.14 21.59 19.71 40.58 30.84 23.54

No Location Date of

Sample


limit 100 µg/m3





No Location Date of

Sample


limit 100 µg/m3






102



No Location Date

of Sample


limit 100 µg/m3





No Location Date of

Sample


limit 100 µg/m3





No Location Date of

Sample


limit 100 µg/m3






103



No Location Date

of Sample


limit 100 µg/m3





No Location Date of

Sample


limit 100 µg/m3





No Location Date of

Sample


limit 100 µg/m3






104



No Location Date

of Sample


limit 100 µg/m3





No Location Date of

Sample


limit 100 µg/m3





No Location Date of

Sample


limit 100 µg/m3






105



VOC & Other Gases Analysis Report for the Month of October to December 2018

No Location Date Benzene Toluene Xylene CO 4000 µg/m3

HC µg/m3

HCL 200 µg/m3

1 Project site RGB 08-10-2018 0.53 1.77 0.67 121.43 1.78 < 1 2 Budasan 09-10-2018 0.70 1.94 0.87 131.78 1.68 < 1 3 Indrad 09-10-2018 0.72 1.88 0.82 119.47 2.17 < 1 4 Dhanot 10-10-2018 0.68 1.85 0.81 146.85 2.5 < 1 5 Julasan 10-10-2018 0.68 1.92 0.77 133.38 2.49 < 1 6 Ambavpura 11-10-2018 0.69 1.9 0.87 99.76 2.27 < 1 7 Chadasana 11-10-2018 0.79 2.24 1.04 113.58 2.75 < 1 8 Bileshwarpura 12-10-2018 0.69 1.93 0.86 131.77 1.67 < 1


HC µg/m3

HCL 200 µg/m3



HC µg/m3

HCL 200 µg/m3



HC µg/m3

HCL 200 µg/m3



106




HC µg/m3

HCL 200 µg/m3

1 Project site RGB 05-11-2018 0.7 1.91 0.88 99.77 2.28 < 1 2 Budasan 06-11-2018 0.69 1.88 0.74 131.36 2.78 < 1 3 Indrad 06-11-2018 0.59 1.82 0.78 127.53 2.91 < 1 4 Dhanot 07-11-2018 0.62 1.91 0.76 154.38 2 < 1 5 Julasan 07-11-2018 0.59 1.78 0.72 126.37 2.71 < 1 6 Ambavpura 08-11-2018 0.56 1.8 0.7 121.46 1.81 < 1 7 Chadasana 08-11-2018 0.73 2.14 1.03 98.72 2.01 < 1 8 Bileshwarpura 09-11-2018 0.73 1.97 0.9 131.81 1.71 < 1


HC µg/m3

HCL 200 µg/m3



HC µg/m3

HCL 200 µg/m3



HC µg/m3

HCL 200 µg/m3



107




HC µg/m3

HCL 200 µg/m3



HC µg/m3

HCL 200 µg/m3



HC µg/m3

HCL 200 µg/m3



HC µg/m3

HCL 200 µg/m3



108



3.4.1.3. SAMPLE ANALYSIS

Monitoring and testing of ambient air quality were carried out for various parameters namely PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOx, HCl by using Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS). Twenty four -hourly samples were collected for PM10 , PM2.5 and for SO2 & NOx 8 hourly samples were collected for the month of October – November – December - 2018. The sampling and testing of Ambient Air Quality Parameters were carried out as per relevant parts of IS: 5182. The brief details of testing procedures adopted are given in Table No.3.5.

Table No. 3.5 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring & Analysis Procedures

Parameter Ambient Air Quality Monitoring & Analysis Procedure

PM10 Gravimatric Method, IS:5182, 11255 & Operational Manual of Instrument

PM2.5 Gravimatric Method & Operational Manual of Instrument

NOx Jacob & Hochheiser Method. Absorption in dilute NaOH and then estimating colorimetric with Sulphanilamide N(1-Nepthyl) Ethylene Diamine Dihydrochloride and Hydrogen Peroxide (IS : 5182 Part II : 1975)

SO2 Improved West & Gaeke Method. Absorption in Mercury Sodium Tetra Chloride followed by colorimetric estimation using P-Rosaniline Hydrochloride and Formaldehyde (IS : 5182 Part II : 1969)

VOC (Benzene, Toluene, Xylene,)

Instrumental manual method

CO and HC Instrumental manual method HCl Methods of Air sampling and analysis, 2nd Edition

APHA


109



3.5 METEOROLOGY Meteorological conditions, of the site, regulates the transport and diffusion of air-pollutants released into the atmosphere. Ambient temperature, wind speed, wind direction and atmospheric stability are called primary or basic Meteorological Parameters because the dispersion and diffusion of pollutants depend mainly on these Parameters. Humidity, precipitation, pressure and visibility are secondary Meteorological Parameters as this control the dispersion of the pollutants indirectly by affecting primary Parameters.

3.6 Baseline Data Meteorological data were obtained from our Envitrans for project site specific. for the parameters namely ambient temperature, wind speed, wind direction, relative humidity for the period October, November & December 2018.The Wind Rose diagram for the month of October, November & December 2018. is shown in Figure No. 3.4.

3.6.1 Ambient Temperature

The monthly variations of monthly highest and monthly lowest temperatures recorded are as follows:

Location – Project site Temperature, oC

October 2018

November 2018

December 2018

Minimum 17.45 15.45 7.65 Maximum 35.95 33.55 29.05

3.6.2 Wind Speed

Wind speed determines the rate of diffusion and travel time of air pollutants. The results of monitoring are as follows:

Location – Project Site Wind Velocity, m/s

October 2018

November 2018

December 2018

Minimum 0 0 0 Maximum 9.12 8.96 9.11

3.6.3 Wind Direction

This is important in air pollution since it determines the direction of transport of air pollutants. The mean wind direction will be indicative of the direction of travel of the pollutants. The meteorological parameters namely: ambient temperature, wind speed, wind direction and stability class were obtained from Envitrans specific to the project site. for the Period of October, November & December 2018. As specific mixing heights were not available, mixing height based on CPCB


110



publication “Spatial Distribution of Hourly Mixing Depth over Indian Region”, PROBES/88/2002-03 has been used. The windrose diagram is shown in Figure No. 3.4

Figure No. 3.4

Windrose Diagram FOR THE MONTH OF October, November & December 2018


111



Table No.3.6

WIND ROSE (Frequency Distribution data)

Directions / Wind Classes (m/s)

Wind Speed (m/s) 0.50 - 2.10

2.10 - 3.60 3.60 - 5.70 5.70 - 8.80 8.80 - 11.10 >= 11.1 Total

348.75 - 11.25 0.00861 0.00362 0.00362 0.00362 0 0 0.01947 11.25 - 33.75 0.00906 0.00861 0.00725 0.00589 0 0 0.0308 33.75 - 56.25 0.01268 0.00815 0.00725 0.01042 0 0 0.0385 56.25 - 78.75 0.03397 0.02853 0.03895 0.04937 0 0 0.15082 78.75 - 101.25 0.02763 0.04484 0.07337 0.03261 0 0 0.17844 101.25 - 123.75 0.01313 0.01449 0.00951 0.0163 0 0 0.05344 123.75 - 146.25 0.01223 0.00498 0.00679 0.02355 0 0 0.04755 146.25 - 168.75 0.00951 0.00543 0.00996 0.02763 0 0 0.05254 168.75 - 191.25 0.00634 0.00589 0.00815 0.02038 0 0 0.04076 191.25 - 213.75 0.01042 0.00543 0.00996 0.03397 0.00226 0 0.06205 213.75 - 236.25 0.01223 0.00272 0.01178 0.02853 0.00408 0 0.05933 236.25 - 258.75 0.02582 0.01042 0.01812 0.01902 0.00362 0 0.07699 258.75 - 281.25 0.01721 0.00589 0.00634 0.02174 0.00045 0 0.05163 281.25 - 303.75 0.01223 0.00362 0.00362 0.01042 0 0 0.02989 303.75 - 326.25 0.00996 0.00679 0.00272 0.00725 0 0 0.02672 326.25 - 348.75 0.01404 0.00589 0.00317 0.00272 0 0 0.02582

Sub-Total 0.23505 0.16531 0.22056 0.31341 0.01042 0 0.94475 Calms 0.05525

Missing/Incomplete 0 Total 1


112



Table No.3.7

WINDROSE FREQUENCY COUNT

Directions / Wind Classes

(m/s) 0.5 - 2.1

2.1 - 3.6

3.6 - 5.7

5.7 - 8.8

8.8 - 11.1 >= 11.1 Total

1 348.75 - 11.25 19 8 8 8 0 0 43 2 11.25 - 33.75 20 19 16 13 0 0 68 3 33.75 - 56.25 28 18 16 23 0 0 85 4 56.25 - 78.75 75 63 86 109 0 0 333 5 78.75 - 101.25 61 99 162 72 0 0 394 6 101.25 - 123.75 29 32 21 36 0 0 118 7 123.75 - 146.25 27 11 15 52 0 0 105 8 146.25 - 168.75 21 12 22 61 0 0 116 9 168.75 - 191.25 14 13 18 45 0 0 90

10 191.25 - 213.75 23 12 22 75 5 0 137 11 213.75 - 236.25 27 6 26 63 9 0 131 12 236.25 - 258.75 57 23 40 42 8 0 170 13 258.75 - 281.25 38 13 14 48 1 0 114 14 281.25 - 303.75 27 8 8 23 0 0 66 15 303.75 - 326.25 22 15 6 16 0 0 59 16 326.25 - 348.75 31 13 7 6 0 0 57

Sub-Total 519 365 487 692 23 0 2086

Calms

122

Missing/Incomplete

0

Total

2208


113



Fig. No .3.5

WIND CLASS FREQUANCY DISTRIBUTION


114



3.6.4 Relative Humidiy (RH)

Mean Monthly Relative Humidity is given in Table No.3.8

Table No.3.8

Relative Humidity

Month Relative Humidity ( % ) Minimum Maximum

October 2018 14 69 Npvember 2018 14 60 December 2018 10 68

3.6.5 Climate & Rain Fall

The district experiences semi-arid type of climate. The rainy season lasts from June to September and coincides with south-west monsoon. Winter season last from November to February and summer season from March to June. About 95% of the annual rainfall is received during south-west monsoon season (June to Sept.), July being the heavy rainfall month. There is no climatological station in Gandhinagar, however, the IMD Station located at Ahmedabad Airport is quite close to Gandhinagar and is representative for the district. The general temperature in Gandhinagar district increases rapidly from February to May, the later being the hottest month with mean daily maximum and minimum temperature as 41° and 26°C respectively. The district is sometimes affected by cold waves due to western disturbances that pass across north India causing minimum temperature to drop the freezing point. In the monsoon months, the relative humidity is generally 65% or more. However, the rest of the year is comparatively dry. March and April are the driest months where the humidity in less than 45% dropping to 20% or less in the afternoons. Rainfall plays a major role in groundwater availability. Almost 90% of the total annual rainfall is received during the southwest monsoon, The mean annual rainfall of last 5 years (2013 to 2017) for the nearest rain gauge station –Gandinagar is about 857 mm, based on IMD data.


115



Table No.3.9

Rainfall pattern at Gandinagar Rain gauge Station

Years Rainfall (mm) 2013 1048.0 2014 677.5 2015 695.8 2016 653.6 2017 1207.2

Average 856.42 ≈ 857

3.6.6 Topography

The topography of the project site and the study area of 10 km radial zone are almost plain. The average elevation of the study area is about 68 m -73 m above mean sea level. There are no hills or hillocks in the study area. The site area is plain with little undulating at few places. Agriculture and allied activities are most predominant in this area. Fallow land and barren lands were less observed near project site. There was no any Eco Fragile Zone or Natural Forest Observed near project site in study area.

Buffer Zone/Drainage: The study area is a part of Kalol, Gandhinagar district and having average

elevation of 68 m to 73 m above mean sea level .

Buffer Zone:- The topography of the project site and the study area of 10 km radial zone are

almost plain. The average elevation of the study area is about 71.628 m above

mean sea level. There are no hills or hillocks in the study area

Core Zone:- The project area has built up and opens part, comprises of soil and has flat

terrain. The open area is covered by alluvium, which is used for grassing and

paved. The project site lies latitude 23°18’ 11.22” N and 72° 25’ 48.00” E. The

average ground elevation of the study area is 229 ft from mean sea level.

Vegetation is present along the boundary wall. There are no major nalah and

river. Only narmada canal is 6.01 km away from project site in South direction.


116



3.6.7 Mixing Height

As specific mixing heights were not available, mixing height based on CPCB

publication “SPATIAL DISTRIBUTION OF HOURLY MIXING DEPTH OVER INDIAN REGION”, PROBES/88/2002-03 has been tabulated in Table No.3.10

Table No.3.10

Hourly Mixing Depth over Indian Region

Hour of the Day Mixing Height (mts.)

5 50 6 50 7 100 8 400 9 500

10 500 11 1000 12 1000 13 1000 14 1000 15 1000 16 1000 17 1000 18 500 19 500

3.7 ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY

The hourly occurrence of various stability classes at project site is determined by wind direction fluctuation method by employing on-line instrument.

The stability classification system based on wind direction fluctuation method is as follows. Relationship between σθ and stability class as suggested by Slade (1965) is given in Table:-

Stability Class σθ (degrees)

A > 22.5 B 22.4 - 17.5 C 17.4 - 12.5 D 12.4 - 7.5 E 7.4 - 3.5 F < 3.5


117



3.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise, often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication, causes annoyance, distracts from work and disturbs sleep thus deteriorating quality of human environment. The noise is generated from multiple sources such as medium and heavy industries, urban activities in the commercial and human settlements, and vehicular traffic in the region.

The noise level in the study area has been measured through Leutron sound level meter, for a period of one day for 30 minutes interwal at each monitoring station. In the study area noise levels were monitored in eight locations at different locations for day and night time and are given Table No.3.11

Table No.3.11 AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS WITHIN STUDY AREA

S. No

Name of the Location

Category of Area/zone

Day Time in Leq dB

(A)

CPCB Standard Day Time

Night Time in Leq dB

(A)

CPCB Standard Night time

1. Project site Industrial 68 75dB (A) 51 70dB (A) 2. Budasan Residential 55 55dB (A) 44 45dB (A)

3. Indrad Residential 52 55dB (A) 42 45dB (A)

4. Dhanot Residential 54 55dB (A) 44 45dB (A)

5. Julasan Residential 52 55dB (A) 42 45dB (A)

6. Ambavpura Residential 54 55dB (A) 44 45dB (A)

7. Chadasana Residential 53 55dB (A) 42 45dB (A)

8. Bileshwarpura Residential 55 55dB (A) 43 45dB (A)

In order to assess the noise levels in the study area, monitoring was carried out at

eight different locations within 10 km radius of the study area. The noise

monitoring locations are shown in figure 3.3 and monitoring location mentioned in

Table 3.10. Noise levels were recorded and computed for equivalent noise levels

for day-equivalent, night-equivalent & day-night equivalent.

Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) measurements were recorded at eight locations.

The readings were taken for every hour for 24-hrs. The day noise levels

have been monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night noise levels during 10


118



pm to 6 am at all the locations covered in the study area.

Daytime Noise Levels (Lday)

Industrial Zone: The day time noise level at the Project site was 39-64

dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 75 dB(A).

Commercial Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the commercial

locations were observed to be in the range of 39 dB(A) – 58 dB(A). The

noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 65

dB(A).

Residential Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the residential

locations were observed to be in the range of 38 dB (A) – 55 dB(A). The

noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB(A).

Night time Noise Levels (Lnight)

Industrial Zone: The night time noise level in the Project site was observed

be 39-50 dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 70 dB (A).

Commercial Zone: The night time noise levels in all the commercial

locations were observed to be in the range of 40 dB(A) – 51 dB(A). The

noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 55

dB(A).

Residential Zone: The nighttime noise levels in all the residential

locations were observed to be in the range of 38 dB(A) to 44 dB(A). The

noise levels were below the permissible limits of 45 dB(A) in nighttime at all

the locations.


119



Table No.3.12

Noise Levels in the Study Areas in the Month of October 2018

Noise Levels

Sampling Date 15-10-2018

Location Project Site

Monitoring Time Result in dB (A) Monitoring

Time Result in dB (A)

Day Time Night Time 6.00 am 41 10.00 pm 51 6.30 am 42 10.30 pm 49 7.00 am 41 11.00 pm 46 7.30 am 40 11.30 pm 44 8.00 am 42 12.00 pm 43 8.30 am 44 12.30 am 42 9.00 am 46 1.00 am 43 9.30 am 49 1.30 am 42

10.00 am 51 2.00 am 40 10.30 am 54 2.30 am 41 11.00 am 53 3.00 am 40 11.30 am 56 3.30 am 40 12.00 pm 52 4.00 am 41 12.30 pm 55 4.30 am 43 1.00 pm 56 5.00 am 43 1.30 pm 58 5.30 am 41 2.00 pm 60 2.30 pm 62 3.00 pm 64 3.30 pm 63 4.00 pm 64 4.30 pm 61 5.00 pm 62 5.30 pm 65 6.00 pm 68 6.30 pm 59 7.00 pm 56 7.30 pm 53 8.00 pm 52 8.30 pm 52 9.00 pm 56 9.30 pm 54


120




Location Budasan






121




Location Indrad






122



Sampling Date 17-10-2018 Location Dhanot






123




Location Julasan






124



Sampling Date 18-10-2018 Location Ambavpura






125




Location Chadasana






126




Location Bileshwarpura






127



3.9 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water is the most vital resource for all kinds of life. It should not only be available in sufficient quantity but should be of good quality as well. Defilement of water, as a result of human activities, industrial activities and consequent pollution of water, cause deterioration of the water environment.

3.9.1 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION GW & SW

Physico-chemical Parameters have been used for assessing the base line quality of ground water environment and identification of impacts due to the proposed project. Methodology for Water Quality Monitoring The Samples, under all categories, were analysed for various Parameters specified by the Department of Environment. For the collection, preservation and analysis, APHA/IS methods were followed. The requisite Procedures, laid down in APHA/IS methods, were adopted for preserving the Samples with suitable preservative chemicals. The Samples were analysed within the time limits prescribed for each Parameter. Ground water sources and surface water sources covering 10-km radial distance were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metals and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on ground water and surface water. The samples were analyzed as per the procedures specified in 'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater' published by American Public Health Association (APHA). Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physicochemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like pH and temperature were analyzed at the time of sample collection. The details of surface and ground water sampling locations are given in Table 3.13 and sampling locations of ground water quality and surface quality monitoring are shown in Figure 3.3. The physico - chemical characteristics of the ground water samples and surface water samples are presented in the Tables 3.14.


128



The monitoring has been done at eight sampling stations located in different directions and situated within the suspected impact zone in and around the project site.

Table No. 3.13 Locations of Water Quality Monitoring Stations

Sr. No.

Type of sample Water sample location

1 Near Project site Bore water 2 Budasan Tap water 3 Indrad Tap water 4 Dhanot Tap water 5 Julasan Tap water 6 Ambavpura Tap water 7 Chadasana Tap water 8 Bileshwarpura Tap water 9 Narmada Canal Lake water

10 Chhatral Pond Lake water 11 Budasana Pond Lake water


129



Photographs of water sampling

Vill: Dhanot

Village: Budasana


130



Table No.3.14 Water Quality Analysis for the month of October 2018.

RESULTS OF WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

Ground Water

No Parameter Project Site RGB Budasana Indrad Dhanot

Unit Permissible Limit

Sampling Date 15-10-2018 15-10-2018 15-10-2018 15-10-2018 1 pH 7.3 7.7 7.6 7.1 -- 6.5-8.5 2 Colour Colourless Colourless Colourless Colourless -- -- 3 Odour Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless -- -- 4 Turbidity < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 NTU 10

5 Total Dissolved Solids 936 939 997 781 mg/lit 2000

6 Total Hardness 272 270 246 216 mg/lit 600 7 Calcium 53.7 48.9 51.3 44.9 mg/lit -- 8 Magnesium 33.6 36.0 28.7 25.3 mg/lit -- 9 Sodium 230 230 250 210 mg/lit --

10 Potassium 12 12 14 8 mg/lit -- 11 Chloride 375 298.2 335 281 mg/lit 1000 12 Sulphate 66.6 41.0 44.1 45 mg/lit 400

13 Phenolic Compound < 0.002 < 0.002 < 0.002 < 0.002 mg/lit 0.002

14 Fluoride 0.61 0.79 0.84 0.50 mg/lit 1.5 15 Mineral Oil < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 mg/lit 0.03

16 Suspended Solids < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 mg/lit --

17 Chemical Oxygen Demand < 4 < 4 < 4 < 4

mg/lit --

18 Biological Oxygen demand < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2

mg/lit --

19 Ammonical Nitrogen < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 mg/lit --

20 Alkalinity 360 390 310 350 mg/lit 600 21 Copper < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 mg/lit 1.5 22 Nitrate 5.7 6.6 5.2 4.5 mg/lit 45 23 Phosphate < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 mg/lit -- 24 Iron 0.29 0.23 0.13 0.19 mg/lit 1.0 25 Mercury < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 mg/lit 0.001 26 Cadmium < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.01 27 Arsenic < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.01 28 Lead < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.05 29 Chromium < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.05 30 Total Coliform < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 Nos 10/100ml


131



No Parameter Julasan Ambavpura Chadasana Bileshwarpura Unit Permissible

Limit

Sampling Date 15-10-2018 15-10-2018 15-10-2018 15-10-2018

1 pH 7.9 7.5 7.5 7.9 -- 6.5-8.5 2 Colour Colourless Colourless Colourless Colourless -- -- 3 Odour Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless -- -- 4 Turbidity < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 NTU 10

5 Total Dissolved Solids

905 826 831 993 mg/lit

2000

6 Total Hardness 270 238 248 256

mg/lit 600

7 Calcium 51.3 41.7 50.5 51.3 mg/lit -- 8 Magnesium 34.6 32.6 29.7 31.2 mg/lit -- 9 Sodium 230 200 220 240 mg/lit -- 10 Potassium 10 7 10 12 mg/lit -- 11 Chloride 292 338 383.4 380.5 mg/lit 1000 12 Sulphate 66.6 48 65.9 69 mg/lit 400

13 Phenolic Compound < 0.002 < 0.002 < 0.002 < 0.002 mg/lit 0.002

14 Fluoride 0.87 0.74 0.68 0.61 mg/lit 1.5 15 Mineral Oil < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 mg/lit 0.03

16 Suspended Solids < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5

mg/lit --

17 Chemical Oxygen Demand

< 4 < 4 < 4 < 4 mg/lit

--

18 Biological Oxygen demand

< 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 mg/lit

--

19 Ammonical Nitrogen < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 mg/lit --

20 Alkalinity 390 360 330 350 mg/lit 600 21 Copper < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 mg/lit 1.5 22 Nitrate 8.5 9.6 5.4 4.6 mg/lit 45 23 Phosphate < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 mg/lit -- 24 Iron 0.22 0.23 0.21 0.25 mg/lit 1.0 25 Mercury < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 mg/lit 0.001 26 Cadmium < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.01 27 Arsenic < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.01 28 Lead < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.05 29 Chromium < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.05 30 Total Coliform < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 Nos 10/100ml


132



Surface water

No Parameter Narmada Chhatral Pond

Budasan Pond

Unit Permissible Limit

Sampling Date 15-10-2018 15-10-2018 15-10-2018

1 pH 7.8 8.0 7.8 -- 6.5-8.5 2 Colour Colourless 8.4 5.1 -- -- 3 Odour Odourless Odourless Odourless -- -- 4 Turbidity < 1 1.2 2.4 NTU 10

5 Total Dissolved Solids

351 1382 822 mg/lit

2000

6 Total Hardness 96 224 136

mg/lit 600

7 Calcium 21.6 48.4 33 mg/lit -- 8 Magnesium 10.2 24.9 13.1 mg/lit -- 9 Sodium 80 320 220 mg/lit -- 10 Potassium 6 16 14 mg/lit -- 11 Chloride 99.4 545 261 mg/lit 1000 12 Sulphate 19.7 92.2 40.3 mg/lit 400

13 Phenolic Compound < 0.002 < 0.002 < 0.002 mg/lit 0.002

14 Fluoride < 0.02 0.38 0.38 mg/lit 1.5 15 Mineral Oil < 0.02 1.0 0.8 mg/lit 0.03

16 Suspended Solids < 0.5 20 13

mg/lit --

17 Chemical Oxygen Demand

< 4 44 24 mg/lit

--

18 Biological Oxygen demand

< 2 10.4 < 5 mg/lit

--

19 Ammonical Nitrogen < 1 < 1 < 1 mg/lit --

20 Alkalinity 140 270 190 mg/lit 600 21 Copper < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 mg/lit 1.5 22 Nitrate 1.26 17.0 14.2 mg/lit 45 23 Phosphate < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 mg/lit -- 24 Iron < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 mg/lit 1.0 25 Mercury < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 mg/lit 0.001 26 Cadmium < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.01 27 Arsenic < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.01 28 Lead < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.05 29 Chromium < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.05

30 Total Coliform < 2 700 800 Nos 10/100ml


133



3.10 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.10.1 GEOLOGY:

Geological Structure of Gujarat state and Figure no. 3.6 of Geology plan of Study Area. No other rock formations are exposed in the area.

The area forms part of North Gujarat Alluvial Plain with elevations ranging from 40 to 50 m MSL. The area is under lain by post Miocene alluvium comprising sand, gravel, silt and clay. The alluvium is about 400 m thick under lain by tertiary formation. The alluvium mainly consists of palaeo deltaic, fluvial and Aeolian sediments, comprising alternate bands of fine to course grained sand, gravel and yellowish brownish sticky clay.

REGIONAL GEOLOGY The Quaternaries which comprise mainly alluvial sediments rest on the

Tertiary sediments which in turn lie on the Deccan Traps Himmatnagar

Sandstone of Cretaceous age is exposed along the Seatmate river The stratigrsphic sequence of the area is given below:

LOCAL GEOLOGY:- In the project side, no out crops are seen. The area belongs to deccan trap

age. The litho logically, the area covered with soil which have 3-5 m thickness.


134



Figure no. 3.6: Geological Structure of Gujarat State

Source: Water Resources Dept from http://guj-nwrws.gujarat.gov.in/

3.11 TYPE OF SOILS

Soil may be defined as a thin layer of earth’s crust that serves as a natural medium for the growth of vegetations. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic and environmental factors. Soil serves as a reservoir of nutrients for plants and crops and also provides mechanical anchorage and favourable tilth. The sub soil condition below the existing ground level is almost uniform in nature. Sub soil is composed of Clay mixed with little fine grained silty sand, moram and Kankar with low resistivity due to clay and soil moisture. The area is covered with recent to sub recent alluvial deposits comprising of brownish clay mixed with little fine grained sand, silty sand. The Soil below ground level consist of top silty low plastic soil layer having no swelling nature. Blockish brown to yellowish brown clayey silt or sand silt layer extends to the depth of 2 to 3 mts.


135



3.11.1 CHARACTERISTICS OF SOILS

BASE LINE DATA

The soil samples were collected from different places in the study area. The soil samples are taken from eight villages.

The present study on soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics in the study area surrounding the project site. The study has been addressed with the following objectives. o To determine the base line characteristics

o To determine the soil characteristics of plant site and surrounding areas with in 10 km radius.

o To determine the impact of industrialization/Urbanization on soil characteristics.

o To determine the impacts on soils from agricultural productivity point of view.

At each sampling site, the samples were collected at random at a depth of 15 cms and mixed together to form a composite sample. Large stones, gravels and plant roots were removed from soil. The homogenized soil samples collected at different locations were packed in a polyethylene plastic bag and sealed. The sealed samples were sent to laboratory for analysis. The important physical, chemical parameter concentrations were determined from all samples. The soil was then crushed and water suspension was prepared. The supernatant liquid was then subjected to Physico-Chemical analysis. Standard Procedures were followed for analysis. The results of soil analysis are tabulated in Table No. 3. 15


136



Table No.3.15

Analysis Results of Soil Samples

Sr. No

Parameters Unit Project Site Budasana Indrad Dhanot

Date of Sampling 15-10-2018 15-10-2018 15-10-2018 15-10-2018 1 pH (5% - Solution) -- 8.2 7.7 8.0 8.0 2 Total Hardness mg/Kg 620 480 660 620 3 Calcium mg/Kg 160.3 96.2 176 160 4 Magnesium mg/Kg 53.6 58.5 53.6 53.6 5 Sodium mg/Kg 320 96 80 76 6 Potassium mg/Kg 54 58 49 65 7 Total Alkalinity mg/Kg 220 160 240 200 8 Chloride mg/Kg 120.7 78.1 92.3 99.4 9 Organic Carbon % 0.63 1.1 0.8 1.0 10 Organic matter % 1.09 1.9 1.37 1.17 11 Available Nitrogen mg/Kg 218.4 239 201 313

12 Available Phosphorus mg/Kg 4.27 9.5 8.14 10.6

13 Boron mg/Kg < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 14 Cadmium mg/Kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 15 Chromium mg/Kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 16 Cobalt mg/Kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 17 Copper mg/Kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 18 Nickel mg/Kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 19 Zinc mg/Kg 7.4 7.3 3.7 5.5 20 Lead mg/Kg 2.1 3.6 3.1 4.1 21 Bulk Density g/cm3 1.11 1.47 1.69 1.72 22 Texture -- 23 Slit (%) % 25 26 25 26 24 Clay (%) % 29 32 29 28 25 Sand (%) % 46 42 46 46

26 Electrical Conductivity µmho/cm 719 178 180 219

27 Cation Exchange Capacity

mg/ 100 gm 32.1 31.9 31.7 32.7


137



Sr. No

Parameters Unit Julasan Ambavpura Chadasana Bileshwarpura

Date of Sampling 15-10-2018 15-10-2018 15-10-2018 15-10-2018 1 pH (5% - Solution) -- 8.2 7.8 7.6 8.3 2 Total Hardness mg/Kg 540 760 440 760 3 Calcium mg/Kg 152.3 216.4 120.2 232 4 Magnesium mg/Kg 39 53.6 34.1 44 5 Sodium mg/Kg 93 89 110 92 6 Potassium mg/Kg 69 60 42 61 7 Total Alkalinity mg/Kg 220 240 140 240 8 Chloride mg/Kg 120.7 99.4 113.6 113.6 9 Organic Carbon % 0.79 0.91 0.76 0.74 10 Organic matter % 1.36 1.56 1.31 1.27 11 Available Nitrogen mg/Kg 310.8 263 221 126

12 Available Phosphorus mg/Kg 10.7 11.0 8.4 9.2

13 Boron mg/Kg < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 14 Cadmium mg/Kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 15 Chromium mg/Kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 16 Cobalt mg/Kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 17 Copper mg/Kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 18 Nickel mg/Kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 19 Zinc mg/Kg 5.8 6.9 8.5 6.5 20 Lead mg/Kg 4.3 5.1 2.7 9.1 21 Bulk Density g/cm3 1.75 1.51 1.58 1.21 22 Texture -- 23 Slit (%) % 28 27 28 27 24 Clay (%) % 31 28 27 21 25 Sand (%) % 41 52 45 52

26 Electrical Conductivity µmho/cm 224 208 187 262

27 Cation Exchange Capacity

mg/ 100 gm 33.5 28.8 27.6 31.5


138



Photograph of soil sampling

Village: Bileshwarpura

Village: Dhanot


139



Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas

in the buffer zone and one from the project site reveals that all basically Silt

loams. It is due to the fact that the upper soil layers are formed by the

deposition of fine sand and silt carried down by the storm waters from the

surrounding areas. They are moderately productive and they are not prone to

water logging.

• It has been observed that the pH of the soil quality ranged from 7.6 to 8.3

• Percentage of total Organic Carbon is observed in between 0.63

to 1.1 indicating that On an avg. sufficient in nature.


140



Table 3.16 :STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION

S.No Soil Test Classification

1

pH

<4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 5.51-6.00 Moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 Slightly acidic 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 Slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 Moderately alkaline 8.51-9.00 Strongly alkaline >9.00 Very strongly alkaline

2 Salinity Electrical Conductivity

(μS/cm) (1ppm = 640 μS/cm)

Upto 1.00 Average 1.01 - 2.00 harmful to germination 2.01 - 3.00 Harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)

3

Organic Carbon (%)

Upto 0.20: Very less 0.21- 0.40: Less 0.41- 0.50: Medium, 0.51- 0.80: On an avg. sufficient 0.81 - 1.00: Sufficient >1.00 : More than sufficient

4

Nitrogen (kg/ha)

Upto 50 Very less 51-100 Less 101-150 Good 151-300 Better >300 Sufficient

5

Phosphorus (kg/ha)

Upto 15 Very less 16-30 Less 31-50 Medium, 51-65 On an avg. sufficient 66-80 Sufficient >80 More than sufficient

6 Potash (kg/ha)

0 -120 Very less 120-180 Less 181-240 Medium 241-300 Average 301-360 Better >360 More than sufficient

Source: Hand book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi


141



3.12 LAND USE PATTERN

Remote Sensing is a process of identification and demarcation of various

earths’ objects from a distance without directly coming into contact with them.

Remote sensing is largely concerned with the measurement of

electromagnetic radiation from the sun, which is reflected, scattered, and

emitted by the objects on the surface of the earth. Different objects on the

surface of the earth reflect different amounts of the electromagnetic spectrum.

The potential of remote sensing in natural resources mapping basically

depends on spatial, radiometric and temporal resolution of the sensor. Thus

the satellite remote sensing with its capability of repetitive coverage, multi-

spectral imaging, synoptic view and low cost can play an important role in the

delineation of various landuse landcover classes.

Land cover is a fundamental parameter describing the Earth’s surface. This

parameter is a considerable variable that impacts on and links many parts of

the human and physical environments. Remote sensing technique has ability

to represent of land cover categories by means of classification process. With

the availability of multispectral remotely sensed data in digital form and the

developments in digital processing, remote sensing supplies a new

prospective for landuse/landcover analysis. Geographical Information Systems

have already been used for assessing environmental problems, since they

provides a flexible environment and a powerful tool for the manipulation and

analysis of spatial information for land cover feature identification and the

maps of all variables were combined to extract information to better

understand analyzing. Satellite remote sensing, in conjunction with geographic

information systems, has been widely applied and been recognized as a

powerful and effective tool in analyzing land cover/use categories This study

made use of remotely sensed data and GIS technologies; to evaluate

qualitatively and quantitatively outcome of part of land cover/use distribution.

Obtained results were compared, visualized and analyzed, in Geographic

Information System.


142



The Study Area up to 10 kms radius from the proposed project Site comprises

of 42 villages of Gandhinagar & Mehsana District.The locations of these

villages are shown in Figure No. 3.1.

The important land uses, as classified by the Census Records, are the Forest,

Land irrigated by different water sources, un-irrigaed areas, Cultivable waste

land and areas not available for cultivation.

Landuse and landcover distribution in the study area has been estimated using

the satellite imagery of generated from Landsat ETM+ scene of October 2006

(Refer: Figure 3.7). The landuse and landcover pattern of the study area (10

km radial zone) has been studied by the same. The land use distribution in the

study area (10 km radial zone) is presented in Table 3.17.

Table 3.17: Land Use Distribution in Study Area (10 km Radial Zone)

Area Calculation

Sr no Discription AREA IN SQ.KM area in Ha Percentage

1 Habitation 15.95 1595.00 5.08 2 Industrial area 13.22 1322.00 4.21 3 Agricultural 228.14 22814.00 72.62 4 Land Without Scrub 9.40 940.00 2.99 5 Water Body 2.14 214.00 0.68 6 Canal 2.53 253.00 0.81 7 Scrub 9.56 956.00 3.04 8 Open Vegetation 18.67 1475.56 5.94 9 Plantation 14.55 1455.00 4.63

Total area 314.16 31024.56


143



Fig: 3.7

Land Use / land cover map of 5 km & 10 km radius area around Project Site


144



3.13 HYDROGEOLOGY

Hydrology is the science that deals with the depletion and replenishment of water resources. It deals with surface as well as ground water. The water below the water table is known as ground water and water above the water table is known as soil moisture.

The area forms part of North Gujarat Alluvial Plain with elevations ranging from 40 to 50 m MSL. The area is under lain by post Miocene alluvium comprising sand, gravel, silt and clay. The alluvium is about 400 m thick under lain by tertiary formation. The alluvium mainly consists of palaeo deltaic, fluvial and Aeolian sediments, comprising alternate bands of fine to course grained sand, gravel and yellowish brownish sticky clay. . Ground water & Narmada water is the main source of water in the study area. Ground water is utilized for almost all uses in the area. Generally, every village has open wells and hand pumps to draw water for domestic uses. In addition to that, there are rain water storage ponds at each village of the study area, which are used by the villagers for irrigation, domestic applications other than drinking and also for cattle feeding.

The hydrogeology investigation work carried out in the study area, reveals that the litho logical logs of exploratory bore holes, electrical logging results by govt. agencies in and around Kadi taluka have been studied to understand the subsurface geology and the aquifer system. These bore holes have penetrated the thick sequence of post Miocene sediments down to 300 + m depth. The hydro geological cross sections have been prepared by CGWB to study the subsurface geology and aquifer system in the area. It is reveals that the existence of multilayered aquifer system, within a depth of 300 + m bgl. In general three distances confined aquifer with thickness varies from 12 to 30 m can be identified. The aquifer lies between,

i. 45 to 90 m ii. 100 to 180 m iii. 180 to 260 m bgl, Separated by clays.

The district forms a part of Cambay basin and is occupied by quaternary alluvium comprising mainly of sand, gravel, silt clay and Kankar etc. The Hydro-geological map of the district is presented as figure- . The ONGC has established that the thickness of alluvium in the North Gujarat is about 700 m. However. As per the studies carried out by CGWB under UNDP Project the Miocene formations were encountered within 611 m at the deepest borehole drilled in the district at Sardhao. There is a sequence pf alternating layers of granular sandy and clayey horizons, the uppermost granular zone varies in thickness from 5 to 65 m. it is underlain by a thick clay bed followed by alternating sequence of arenaceous and argillaceous horizons.


145



The granular horizons occurring at various depths forms potential aquifers. The aquifer system of the district is described below. Aquifer System Geological survey of India during its studies had identified three confined aquifers within a depth of 600 m in the adjoining Mahesana district. These were designated as “A”, “B” and “C” aquifers. Subsequently, the studies carried out by CGWB under UNDP project, which also covered the northern part of Gandhinagar district, a multi-aquifer system was established. A total of 7 aquifers zones, each separated by aquiclude of varying thickness, were identified as “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F” and “G”. Of these first five i.e. “A to E” represents Quaternary alluvium, whereas, last two i.e. “F & G” represents Miocene sediments. A brief discussion of these aquifers is given in table. The thickness of quaternary alluvium is limited in the eastern part and all the aquifers are not developed in this part. Moreover, identification of different aquifers also becomes very difficult in the eastern part due to limited thickness of aquiclude. However, the aquifer system is well developed in the western part. The aquifers in the entire district are the southward and eastward extension of those identified in the UNDP Project area. The aquifer “A” in the district occurs as phreatic and semi-confined aquifer. The thickness varies from less than 25 m in the east to more than 80 m in the 9 western part. Most of the dug wells and shallow tubewells tap this aquifer. However, over the years it has gone dry and at present occurs as saturated zone only in the vicinity of Sabarmati River and in the eastern parts of Dahegam & Gandhinagar Talukas. The aquifer “B” and “C” which occurs within a depth of about 225 m, are the most exploited aquifer in the district and most of the tubewells constructed tap these aquifers. Aquifer “D” is also being developed in some parts of the district particularly in Mansa and Kalol Talukas. The deeper aquifers, i.e., “E”, “F” and “G” are required to be properly explored and tested for future use. The depth of most prolific and most exploited aquifers in the district range from about 50 m to more than 300 m. The depth of tubewells gradually increases from east to west. The Dug-cum-bore wells and shallow tubewells (<100m) are feasible in the eastern part. However, in the western part only deep tubewells are feasible. The feasible depth of tube wells ranges from less then 100 m in the eastern part to more than 300 m in parts of Mansa Taluka. The tubewells tap all potential zones upto the depth constructed. The aquifers being tapped are “B and/or C” in major part of the district. However, aquifer “A” and “D” are also being developed either in isolation or in combination of other aquifers in the eastern and western parts respectively.


146



Table No. 3.18

Hydrogeological Characteristics of the Aquifers


147



3.14 ECOLOGY

Collection of comprehensive baseline information on flora and fauna

is a prerequisite for assessment of impacts of any developmental

activities The biological environment is an important component of

the environment of any area. It covers flora & fauna in the region,

details of forests and wildlife sanctuaries in the region, with list of

endangered species. These components are addressed in details in

the following sections:

Flora and fauna are important components of the environment. They

are organized into natural communities with natural dependencies

among their members and show various responses and sensitivities

to anthropogenic activities. Flora and fauna describes information on

various species of trees, plants, shrubs, crops and natural

vegetation, animal, birds etc. and endangered species.

. Though, the need of collecting ecological data is many fold more. In

the context of present study, where the time was a serious constraint

for seasonal data collection on different ecological parameters, the

focus was, therefore, on to collect data on current status of plants

and animals as baseline information for future comparisons.

Following methodology was adopted in order to collect scientific

data.

We attempted to create baseline information through 1) review of

literature, 2) consultation and 2) first hand data collection through

field surveys.

Field Surveys

In order to get the first hand information on the project and

surrounding ecological status, field surveys were conducted. The

field surveys were conducted to assess baseline status of flora and

fauna between October – November – December 2018.


148



Sampling Strategy

For assessment of flora and fauna, study team randomly sampled in

10.0 km radius of the project site. We collected the data on flora and

fauna in each sample plot of 10X10 mtr quadrate. Total 30

quadrates were laid in the study area in order to rapidly study the

fauna and flora of the region.

No national park / Wildlife Sanctuary / Reserve Forest cover was

found in 10 Km radius of the project area. A detailed survey report

with the methodology and study is as given in the following section.

The surrounding area particularly in the 10.0 Km periphery of the

project unit area is dominated with irrigated agriculture farms, roads,

canal, and villages etc. The details of some major landuses are

described below.


149



TABLE NO. 3.19

List of Commonly Found Flora in the Study Area

No Botanical Name Local Name Family HERBS

1 Aloe vera Kunvar patha Lilaceae 2 Alysicarpus procumbens Samero Papilionaceae 3 Amaranthus gracilis Tandaljo Nyctaginaceae 4 Ammania Baccifera Lal agaio Lythraceae 5 Blumea mollis Chanchadmani Compositae 6 Boerhavia diffusa Satodi Nyctaginaceae 7 Brassica nigra Kali Rai Cruciferae 8 Cassia abrus Chimed Caesalpiniaceae 9 Cassia tora Puwad Caesalpiniaceae

10 Cleome viscosa Pili tilwan Capparaceae 11 Clitoria biflora Garni Papilionaceae 12 Cressa cretica Rudravanti Convolvulaceae 13 Desmodium dichotomum Shal parni Papilionaceae 14 Dipteracanthus prostratus Kalighavani Acanthaceae 15 Emilia sonchifolia Hirankhani Compositae 16 Evolvulus alsinoides Kalishankhavali Convolvulaceae 17 Glinus lotoides Mitho okharad Molluginaceae 18 Justicia simplex Kalikariatu Acanthaceae

SHRUBS 20 Agave americana Ketaki Agavaceae 21 Bougainvillea spectabilis Boganvel Nyctaginaceae 22 Calotropis procera Ankdo Asclepiadaceae 23 Capparis decidua Kerdo Capparaceae 24 Carica papaya Papaya Caricaceae 25 Cassia auriculata Awal Caesalpiniaceae 26 Cucumis callosus Kothimda Cucurbitaceae 27 Dioscorea hispida Bhoi kand Dioscoriaceae 28 Dolichos lablab Papadi Papilionaceae 29 Euphorbia nerifolia Thor Euphorbiaceae 30 Euphorbia nivulia Thor Euphorbiaceae 31 Hemidermus indicus Dudhvel Asclepiadaceae 32 Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Jasud Malvaceae 33 Lawsonia cuspidata Mendi Lythraceae 34 Momordica dioca Kankodi Cacurbitaceae 35 Nerium indicum Karen Apocynaceae 36 Zizyphus mauritiana Bordi Rhamnaceae


150



37 Zizyphus nummularia Chanibor Rhamnaceae TREES

38 Acacia catechu Kher Fabiaceae 39 Acacia leucophloea Baval Fabiaceae 40 Acacia nilotica Desi Bawal Mimosaceae 41 Acacia senegal Kher Fabiaceae 42 Acacia tortilis Israili baval Fabiaceae 43 Azadirachta indica Limdo Meliaceae 44 Balanites aegyptica Ingoriya Balanitaceae 45 Butea monosperma Khakhro Fabiaceae 46 Cassia fistula Garmalo Fabiaceae 47 Eucalyptus globulus Nilgiri Myrtaceae 48 Ficus benghalensis Vad Moraceae 49 Ficus racemosa Umaro Moraceae 50 Ficus religiosa Piplo Moraceae 51 Mangifera indica Amba Ancardiaceae 52 Moringa concanensis Sargavo Moringaceae 53 Moringa oleifera Jungli Sargavo Moringaceae 54 Peltophorum pterocarpum Tamra parni Fabiaceae 55 Pithecollobium dulce Goras Amli Mimosaceae 56 Pongamia pinnata Karanj Papilionaceae 57 Prosopis cineraria Khijdo Mimosaceae 58 Prosopis juliflora Gando Bawal Mimosaceae 59 Tamarindus indica Khati Amli Caesalpiniaceae 60 Terminalia catappa Badam Combretaceae


151



TABLE NO. 3.20

Bird species reported during the study

No

Name of Species

Conservation Status as per IWPA-1972 (Schedule I

to VI)

Conservation Status as per

IUCN Common Name Scientific Name 1 Ashy Prinia Prinia socialis IV LC

2 Ashy-crowned Finch-lark Eremopterix grisea IV LC

3 Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopacea IV LC

4 Bank Myna Acridotheres ginginianus IV LC

5 Baya Weaver Ploceus philippinus IV LC

6 Bay-backed Shrike Lanius vittatus IV LC

7 Black drongo Dicrurus macrocercus IV LC

8 Black Ibis Pseudibis papillosa IV LC

9 Black-headed Bunting Emberiza melanocephala IV LC

10 Black Redstart Phoenicurus ochruros IV LC

11 Black-rumped Flameback Dinopium benghalense IV LC

12 Black winged stilt Himantopus himantopus IV LC

13 Blue rock pigeon Columba livia IV LC

14 Bluethroat Luscinia svecica svecica IV LC

15 Brahminy Starling Sturnus pagodarum IV LC

16 Cattle egret Bulbulcus ibis IV LC

17 Comb Duck Sarkidiornis melanotos IV LC

18 Common babbler Turdoides caudatus IV LC

19 Common Crested Lark Galerida cristata IV LC

20 Common Iora Aegithina tiphia IV LC

21 Common Kingfisher Alcedo atthis IV LC

22 Common myna Acridotheres tristis IV LC

23 Common Swift Apus apus IV LC

24 Common tailor bird Orthotomus sutorius IV LC

25 Common Whitethroat Sylviacommunis IV LC

26 Common Woodshrike Tephrodornis pondicerianus IV LC

27 Coppersmith Barbet Megalaima haemacephala IV LC

28 Eurasian collared dove Streptopelia decaocto IV LC

29 Eurasian Stone-Curlew Burhinus oedicenemus IV LC

30 Franklin's Prinia Prinia hodgsonii IV LC

31 Greater Coucal Centropus sinensis IV LC


152



32 Greater Short-toed Lark Calandrella brachydactyla IV LC

33 Green bee eater Merops orientalis IV LC

34 Green Sandpiper Tringa ochropus IV LC

35 Grey francolin Francolinus pondicerianus IV LC

36 House crow Corvus splendens V LC

37 House sparrow Passer domesticus IV LC

38 Indian Baya Weaver Ploceus philippinus IV LC

39 Indian Peafowl Pavo cristatus I LC 40 Indian pond heron Ardeola grayii IV LC

41 Indian robin Saxicoloides fulicata IV LC

42 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis IV LC

43 Indian silverbill Lonchura malabarica IV LC

44 Jungle babbler Turdoides striatus IV LC

45 Large Grey Babbler Turdoides malcolmi IV LC

46 Laughing dove Streptopelia senegalensis IV LC

47 Long tailed shrike Lanius schach IV LC

48 Oriental magpie robin Copsychus saularis IV LC

49 Purple sunbird Nectarinia asiatica IV LC

50 Red vented bulbul Pycnonotus cafer IV LC

51 Red wattled lapwing Vanellus indicus IV LC

52 Rose ringed parakeet Psittacula krameri IV LC

53 Rosy Starling Sturnus roseus IV LC

54 Rufous-tailed Shrike Lanius isabellinus IV LC

55 Rufus tailed lark Ammomanes phoenicurus IV LC

56 Ruff (M) and Reeve (F) Philomachus pugnax IV LC 57 Small Pratincole Glareola lactea IV LC

58 Southern Grey Shrike Lanius meridionalis IV LC

59 Spotted Owlet Athene brama IV LC

60 White throated kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis IV LC Vu=Vulnerable, LC=Least Concerned


153



TABLE NO. 3.21 Mammals species reported during the study

No

Name of Species Conservation Status as per

IWPA-1972 (Schedule I to

VI)

Conservation Status

as per IUCN

Scientific Name Common Name

1 Boselaphus tragocamelus Nilgai III LC 2 Canis aureus Indian Jackal II LC 3 Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare IV LC 4 Sus scrofa Wild Pig III LC 5 Herpestes edwardsi Common mongoose II LC 6 Funambulus pennanti Palm squirrel IV LC 7 Rattus rattus House rat IV LC 8 Pteropus giganteus Indan Flying Fox IV LC 9 Semnopithecus dussumieri Hanuman langur II LC 10 Rhinopoma microphyllum Greater mouse-tailed bat V LC 11 Pipistrellus mimus Indian pipistrelle V LC

LC= Least Concerned There are no rare, endemic or threatened species of mammals present in the study area. Except Indian Peafowl, no other Schedule-I species are reported in the study area. Most of the species are common throughout semi arid landscape of the Gujarat. Forests & Wildlife There are 4 National Parks and 21 Wildlife Sanctuaries in Gujarat; however, none of them are falling in the study area. The Forest Vegetation Map of Gujarat is shown in Figure 3.8, and National Parks with Wildlife Sanctuaries Map of Gujarat is shown in Figure 3.9:


154



Figure 3.8, Forest Vegetation Map of Gujarat


155



Figure 3.9 - National Park and Sancturies of Gujarat

National Parks- 1-Gir National Park, 2-Blackbuck National Park, 3-Vansda National Park, 4-Marine National Park. Wildlife Sanctuaries: 1-Gir Wildlife Sanctuary, 2-Wild Ass Wildlife Sanctuary, 3-Nalsarovar Bird Sanctuary, 4-Balaram-Ambaji Wildlife Sanctuary, 5-Barda Wildlife Sanctuary,6-Hingolgadh Nature Education Sanctuary, 7-Marine Wildlife Sanctuary, 8-Narayan Sarovar Wildlife Sanctuary, 9-Khijadiya Wildlife Sanctuary, 10-Ratanmahal Wildlife Sanctuary, 11-Kutch Desert Wildlife Sanctuary, 12-Gaga Wildlife Sanctuary, 13- Rampara Wildlife Sanctuary, 14-Thol Rampara Wildlife Sanctuary, 15- Shoolpaneshwar Wildlife Sanctuary, 16-Porbandar Bird Sanctuary, 17-Mitiyala Wildlife Sanctuary, 18-Jessore Wildlife Sanctuary, 19-Jambughoda Wildlife Sanctuary, 20-Purna Wildlife Sanctuary, 21-Kutch Bustard Sanctuary, 22-Girnar Wildlife Sanctuary, 23-Pania Wildlife Sanctuary.

Protected Areas: There are no protected areas in the vicinity of the project area. There are also no monuments of historical and archaeological importance within the study area.


156



3.15 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Baseline data such as demographic pattern, occupational status, educational, health and other amenities as existing in the study area have been studied. The study of socio-economic component of environment incorporates various facets, viz. demographic structure, availability of basic amenities such as housing, education, health and medical services, occupation, water supply, sanitation, communication and power supply, prevailing diseases in the region as well as features such as places of tourist attraction and monuments of archaeological importance. The study of these parameters helps in identifying predicting and evaluating the likely impacts due to project activity in the surrounding region. M/s. RGB Chemicals and Dyes is a proposed unit located at Plot No. 5, S.No. 120, Nilkanth Estate, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar, Gujarat. In their proposed unit, they will manufacture Synthetic Organic Chemical @ 50 MT/M. Considering scale of unit and its categorization, according to EIA notification dated 14th September 2006, by Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF), Government of India, their Proposed manufacturing activity is falls under Synthetic Organic Chemicals – Schedule 5(f)) & cat -B. For that unit needs Environmental clearance from State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority, Gandhinagar, Gujarat. The study area for the project has been considered 10 km peripheral from Gandhinagar & Mehsana district of Gujarat state from the project boundary. On the basis of available census data, 2011 different aspects of socio economic condition of all total 37 villages, 04 wards and 02 towns in the study area have been analyzed and presented in Table 3.1 Study Area map is given at Figure 3.1


157



Socio- Economic Status The latest available data have been complied to generate the existing socio-

economic scenario of the study area. Information on socio-economic profile

was collected from the Primary Census Abstract CD 2011, including the

population details of the region and Village Directory CD 2011, having the

details of basic amenities available in the region. In the 10km radius study

area constitute Gandhinagar & Mehsana districts from Gujarat state.

The villages surveyed under Study Areas are shown in Table 3.12. The details of village and ward wise (rural and urban) demography and the occupational structure of the Study Areas are appended (Table 3.18) Literacy details in Table 3.19 The Socio-Economic status of the above eleven study areas is mentioned below:

Demographic Structure Details regarding the demographic structure of the region were collected from

Primary Census Abstract of Gandinagar and Mehesana districts of Gujarat for

the year 2011.

Demographic details such as number of persons per household, total area,

population density, sex ratio, SC and ST population, and literacy rate and

employment pattern are summarized .The salient observations are as follows:

Population Structure

As per 2011 Census, total population of the study area was 338748, out of which

male population was 178376(53%) and female population was 160372(47%)

Total number of households were 70770 with average occupancy of 4.79

persons per household

Total child (below 6 years of age) population was 40791(12%)

Total SC population was 35060(10%) , and ST population is 3025(1%) available

in the study area

Sex ratio (number of females per 1000 males) of total population was only

899person.

Total geographical area of the study area of 29003.64 hectors. And total density

of the study area was 431 person/skm.


158



Tehsil and village wise demographic details are given in Table 3.22 and Figure

3.10

Literacy According to census 2011, in the study area, overall literate population 254148(75%)

and illiterate population was 84600(25%)

Out of total literates, male literates were 143280(56%) and female literates were

110868(44%)

Out of total illiterates, male illiterates were 35096(41%) and female illiterates were

49504(59%)

Tehsil and village wise literacy details are given in Table 3.23 and Figure 3.11

Occupational Pattern Occupational Pattern of any region mainly depends upon its economically active

group i.e. the working population involved in productive work. There are different types of

workers that may be classified as -

Employment Pattern

Economic resource base of any region mainly depends upon its economically

active group i.e. the working population involved in productive work. Work may be defined as

participation in any economically productive activity. Such participation may be physical or

mental in nature. Work not only involves actual work but also effective supervision and

direction of work. It also includes unpaid work on farm or in family enterprise.

There are different types of workers that may be classified as - those persons who

had worked for at least six months or 183 days are treated to be Main Workers, on the other

hand if person categorized as worker has participated in any economic or productive activity

for less than six months or 183 days during the last one year is treated as Marginal Worker.

Non–workers are those who have not worked any time at all in the year preceding the

enumeration.

The workers coming under the main and marginal workers category are those

involved in activities such as cultivation, agriculture, livestock, forestry, fishing, hunting,

plantations, orchards and allied activities, mining and quarrying, manufacturing, processing,

servicing and repairs in household industry, construction, trade and commerce, transport,

storage and communication and other services.

According to 2011 Census, total worker population in the study area was 117899(35%).


159



Main workers were 104250(31%) and marginal workers were 13649(4%).Total non-

working population was 220849(65%)

Tehsil and village wise details of employment pattern are given in Table 3.24 and Figure 3.12

Main Workers Employment Pattern

Main workers are classified in four categories as cultivators, agricultural workers,

household industry workers and other workers. As per 2011 Census, Out of total 104250

main workers in the study area, there were total 10310 cultivators (10%), 12967 agricultural

workers (12%), 1264 household industry workers (2%) and other workers 79709(76%).

Mostly in main workers population other workers were highly found in study area.

Tehsil and village wise details of main workers employment pattern, is given in Table 3.25 and Figure 3.13

The details concerning the demographic structure of the study area was collected

from Census record of Mehsana district from Gujarat state, 2011 census. The details

about demographic structure are given in Table No. 3.18


160



Table No. 3.22 Population Details

Sr.No.

Town/Village

Name TRU Household

Total Population 0_06 Child

SC ST Total Male Fema

le Tehsil -Kalol, District - Gandhinagar, Gujarat 2 802474 Chhatral INA (INA) Urban 766 2660 1760 900 358 130 10

9 8 802475 Kalol (M) Urban 23800 113153 5983

9 53314

12752 17586

1636

1 802475 Dhanot (OG) WARD NO.-0009 (Rural MDDS CODE:511186)

Urban 273 1299 684 615 192 98 9

4 802479 Ambapur (OG) WARD NO.-0048 (Rural MDDS CODE:511301)

Urban 696 3387 1741 1646 457 80 5

7 802475 Ola (OG) WARD NO.-0010 (Rural MDDS CODE:511187)

Urban 394 1976 1023 953 282 207 0

9 802475 Borisana (OG) WARD NO.-0011 (Rural MDDS CODE:511188)

Urban 3774 17998 9449 8549 2220 568 227

3 511145 Pansar Rural 1874 8438 4467 3971 930 1061

93

5 511148 Vadavsvami Rural 245 1186 597 589 155 111 1 6 511147 Isand Rural 817 3881 2057 1824 509 419 4 10 511151 Piyaj Rural 826 4342 2222 2120 631 490 5 11 511155 Ramnagar Rural 384 2038 1058 980 211 134 0 12 511154 Sherisa Rural 1183 6167 3084 3083 962 482 0 13 511156 Vansajada Rural 600 3035 1502 1533 449 53 0

Sub-total 35632 169560 89483

80077

20108 21419

2089

Tehsil -Kadi, District - Mahesana, Gujarat 14 509653 Balasar Rural 584 2959 1502 1457 438 247 15 15 509680 Ankhol Rural 389 1891 1020 871 225 3 0 16 509681 Achrasan Rural 390 2079 1034 1045 343 262 0 17 509682 Lunasan Rural 516 2522 1292 1230 333 486 0


161



18 509683 Vansol Rural 388 1904 1000 904 283 290 0 19 509679 Karannagar Rural 1436 6794 3489 3305 829 367 12

8 20 509658 Irana Rural 717 3562 1863 1699 482 535 0 21 509662 Indrad Rural 1006 4938 2665 2273 706 269 1 22 509663 Budasan Rural 762 3249 1730 1519 451 242 62 23 509664 Nani Kadi (Part) Rural 601 2923 1481 1442 386 450 0 24 509666 Sujatpura Rural 252 1141 574 567 141 110 0 25 509657 Kundal (Part) Rural 1984 9395 5020 4375 1118 700 21

6 26 509656 Untva Rural 428 2065 1081 984 277 139 3 27 509641 Aldesan Rural 504 2423 1233 1190 318 265 0 28 509639 Rajpur Rural 1791 8621 4525 4096 1260 615 37 29 509633 Kherpur Rural 351 1704 862 842 171 227 0 30 509635 Chandarda Rural 419 2210 1146 1064 345 0 0 31 509638 Ghumasan Rural 951 4631 2408 2223 601 519 0 32 509612 Chalasan Rural 390 2001 1044 957 269 263 13 33 509659 Jhulasan Rural 1073 5046 2605 2441 678 225 14 34 509684 Vamaj Rural 810 3625 1895 1730 410 376 10 35 509685 Fuletra Rural 616 3065 1620 1445 403 157 0 36 509702 Vadavi Rural 622 3146 1601 1545 414 177 7 37 509700 Merda Rural 58 322 161 161 44 0 0 38 509701 Adraj Rural 1076 5415 2820 2595 650 858 0 39 509687 Jetpura Rural 199 995 480 515 149 29 0 40 509686 Borisana Rural 610 3092 1640 1452 459 296 10 41 509676 Shiyapura Rural 221 1083 556 527 159 265 0 42 509677 Rangpurda Rural 420 1968 998 970 255 319 0 43 509678 Pirojpur Rural 230 1191 617 574 149 246 0 44 802465 Kadi (M) Urban 15344 73228 3893

1 34297

7937 4704

420

Sub-total 35138 169188 88893

80295

20683 13641

936


162



Grand-total 70770 338748 178376

160372

40791 35060

3025

Source: Primary census abstract 2011, Gandhinagar & Mehsana district, state Gujarat

Note: No_ HH: No of households, TOT_P: Total Population, TOT_M: Total Male, TOT_F: Total Female, P_06: Population o-6 age, M_06: Male o-6 age F_06: Female 0-6 age, P_SC: population SC, M_SC: Male SC, F_SC: Female SC, P_ST: Population ST, M_ST: Male ST, F_ST: Female ST


163



Figure 3.10 Population Details

Figure 3.11 Literacy details

0

50000

100000

150000

200000

250000

300000

350000

TOT_P TOT_M TOT_F P_06 P_SC P_ST

338748

178376160372

40791 350603025

75%

25%

Literate

Illiterate


164



Table 3.23

Literacy details

Sr.No.

Town/Village

Name TRU Literate Illiterate Total Male Femal

e Total

Male Female

Tehsil -Kalol, District - Gandhinagar, Gujarat 2 802474 Chhatral INA (INA) Urba

n 1901 1385 516 759 375 384

8 802475 Kalol (M) Urban

87948 48790 39158 25205

11049

14156


Urban

864 507 357 435 177 258


Urban

2410 1375 1035 977 366 611


Urban

1351 788 563 625 235 390


Urban

14558 7888 6670 3440 1561 1879

3 511145 Pansar Rural

6257 3564 2693 2181 903 1278

5 511148 Vadavsvami Rural

814 455 359 372 142 230

6 511147 Isand Rural

2806 1590 1216 1075 467 608

10 511151 Piyaj Rural

2725 1660 1065 1617 562 1055

11 511155 Ramnagar Rural

1655 893 762 383 165 218

12 511154 Sherisa Rural

3961 2272 1689 2206 812 1394

13 511156 Vansajada Rural

1917 1139 778 1118 363 755

Sub-total 12916 72306 56861 4039 1717 23216


165



7 3 7 Tehsil -Kadi, District - Mahesana, Gujarat 14 509653 Balasar Rura

l 1829 1048 781 1130 454 676

15 509680 Ankhol Rural

1320 799 521 571 221 350

16 509681 Achrasan Rural

1316 762 554 763 272 491

17 509682 Lunasan Rural

1692 1003 689 830 289 541

18 509683 Vansol Rural

1299 778 521 605 222 383

19 509679 Karannagar Rural

4935 2779 2156 1859 710 1149

20 509658 Irana Rural

2340 1379 961 1222 484 738

21 509662 Indrad Rural

3440 2086 1354 1498 579 919

22 509663 Budasan Rural

2253 1338 915 996 392 604

23 509664 Nani Kadi (Part) Rural

2236 1210 1026 687 271 416

24 509666 Sujatpura Rural

815 457 358 326 117 209

25 509657 Kundal (Part) Rural

6890 4022 2868 2505 998 1507

26 509656 Untva Rural

1487 840 647 578 241 337

27 509641 Aldesan Rural

1591 925 666 832 308 524

28 509639 Rajpur Rural

6099 3500 2599 2522 1025 1497

29 509633 Kherpur Rural

1281 700 581 423 162 261

30 509635 Chandarda Rura 1426 847 579 784 299 485


166



l 31 509638 Ghumasan Rura

l 3741 2002 1739 890 406 484

32 509612 Chalasan Rural

1382 819 563 619 225 394

33 509659 Jhulasan Rural

3371 1967 1404 1675 638 1037

34 509684 Vamaj Rural

2694 1514 1180 931 381 550

35 509685 Fuletra Rural

1822 1128 694 1243 492 751

36 509702 Vadavi Rural

2034 1221 813 1112 380 732

37 509700 Merda Rural

240 116 124 82 45 37

38 509701 Adraj Rural

3843 2217 1626 1572 603 969

39 509687 Jetpura Rural

597 342 255 398 138 260

40 509686 Borisana Rural

2063 1199 864 1029 441 588

41 509676 Shiyapura Rural

771 427 344 312 129 183

42 509677 Rangpurda Rural

1322 753 569 646 245 401

43 509678 Pirojpur Rural

835 493 342 356 124 232

44 802465 Kadi (M) Urban

58017 32303 25714 15211

6628 8583

Sub-total 124981

70974 54007 44207

17919

26288

Grand-total 254148

143280

110868

84600

35096

49504

Source: Primary census abstract 2011, Dist – Mehsana & Gandhinagar, state Gujarat


167



3.16 Economic Attributes Economic resource base of any region mainly depends upon its economically active group i.e. the working population involved in productive work. Work may be defined as participation in any economically productive activity. Such participation may be physical or mental in nature. Work involves not actual work but also effective supervision and direction of work. It also includes unpaid work on farm or in family enterprise. The employment pattern of worker and Main worker of the study area is described below and presented in Table 3.20 as well as in Figure 3.15

According to 2011 Census, total worker population in the study area was 117899(35%).

Main workers were 104250(31%) and marginal workers were 13649(4%).Total non-working

population was 220849(65%)

Types of main workers

Main workers are classified in four categories as cultivators, agricultural workers,

household industry workers and other workers. As per 2011 Census, Out of total 104250 main

workers in the study area, there were total 10310 cultivators (10%), 12967 agricultural workers

(12%), 1264 household industry workers (2%) and other workers 79709(76%). Mostly in main

workers population other workers were highly found in study area.


168



Figure 3.12 Employment pattern

Figure 3.13 Main Worker Employment pattern

31%

4%

65%

Main

Marginal

Non-Worker

10%

12%

2%

76%

Cultivator

Agriculture

Household

Other


169



Table 3.24

Employment pattern and main worker employment pattern

Sr.No.

Town/Village

Name TRU Total workers

Workers Pattern Main Margin

al Non-Worker


n 1441 1391 50 1219


37351 33438 3913 75802


Urban

524 469 55 775


Urban

1171 951 220 2216


Urban

756 605 151 1220


Urban

6039 5661 378 11959

3 511145 Pansar Rural 3008 2707 301 5430 5 511148 Vadavsvami Rural 354 333 21 832 6 511147 Isand Rural 1385 1299 86 2496 10 511151 Piyaj Rural 1662 1406 256 2680 11 511155 Ramnagar Rural 735 674 61 1303 12 511154 Sherisa Rural 2521 1708 813 3646 13 511156 Vansajada Rural 1097 830 267 1938

Sub-total 58044 51472 6572 111516 Tehsil -Kadi, District - Mehsana, Gujarat 14 509653 Balasar Rural 1142 1011 131 1817 15 509680 Ankhol Rural 649 597 52 1242 16 509681 Achrasan Rural 981 593 388 1098 17 509682 Lunasan Rural 929 634 295 1593 18 509683 Vansol Rural 1059 689 370 845 19 509679 Karannagar Rural 2546 2000 546 4248 20 509658 Irana Rural 1346 1101 245 2216 21 509662 Indrad Rural 2019 1395 624 2919 22 509663 Budasan Rural 1252 1181 71 1997 23 509664 Nani Kadi (Part) Rural 1138 969 169 1785 24 509666 Sujatpura Rural 682 425 257 459 25 509657 Kundal (Part) Rural 3085 2848 237 6310 26 509656 Untva Rural 716 649 67 1349




27 509641 Aldesan Rural 964 802 162 1459 28 509639 Rajpur Rural 3062 2851 211 5559 29 509633 Kherpur Rural 559 522 37 1145 30 509635 Chandarda Rural 882 800 82 1328 31 509638 Ghumasan Rural 1597 1548 49 3034 32 509612 Chalasan Rural 628 557 71 1373 33 509659 Jhulasan Rural 1794 1457 337 3252 34 509684 Vamaj Rural 1639 1388 251 1986 35 509685 Fuletra Rural 1121 1081 40 1944 36 509702 Vadavi Rural 941 913 28 2205 37 509700 Merda Rural 93 93 0 229 38 509701 Adraj Rural 2171 1949 222 3244 39 509687 Jetpura Rural 377 377 0 618 40 509686 Borisana Rural 1774 971 803 1318 41 509676 Shiyapura Rural 337 305 32 746 42 509677 Rangpurda Rural 737 662 75 1231 43 509678 Pirojpur Rural 355 322 33 836 44 802465 Kadi (M) Urba

n 23280 22088 1192 49948

Sub-total 59855 52778 7077 109333 Grand-total 117899 10425

0 13649 220849

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011, District Gandhinagar & Mehsana, Gujarat State

Table 3.25

Main worker employment pattern

Sr.No.

Town/Village

Name TRU Main Worker Employment Pattern Cultivator

Agriculture

Household

Other


n 0 1 40 1350


252 322 465 32399


Urban

46 137 0 286


Urban

227 160 3 561


Urban

95 108 3 399




9 802475 Borisana (OG) WARD NO.-

0011 (Rural MDDS CODE:511188)

Urban

494 450 51 4666

3 511145 Pansar Rural 323 510 61 1813 5 511148 Vadavsvami Rural 43 143 1 146 6 511147 Isand Rural 179 522 60 538 10 511151 Piyaj Rural 478 479 4 445 11 511155 Ramnagar Rural 222 196 41 215 12 511154 Sherisa Rural 601 412 17 678 13 511156 Vansajada Rural 483 123 4 220

Sub-total 3443 3563 750 43716

Tehsil -Kadi, District - Mehsana, Gujarat 14 509653 Balasar Rural 255 301 2 453 15 509680 Ankhol Rural 25 186 0 386 16 509681 Achrasan Rural 188 71 33 301 17 509682 Lunasan Rural 92 207 5 330 18 509683 Vansol Rural 284 298 4 103 19 509679 Karannagar Rural 425 429 5 1141 20 509658 Irana Rural 226 358 2 515 21 509662 Indrad Rural 330 318 6 741 22 509663 Budasan Rural 143 186 16 836 23 509664 Nani Kadi (Part) Rural 238 360 7 364 24 509666 Sujatpura Rural 68 204 0 153 25 509657 Kundal (Part) Rural 102 209 24 2513 26 509656 Untva Rural 100 342 0 207 27 509641 Aldesan Rural 116 529 8 149 28 509639 Rajpur Rural 607 950 40 1254 29 509633 Kherpur Rural 168 46 1 307 30 509635 Chandarda Rural 221 246 0 333 31 509638 Ghumasan Rural 340 276 10 922 32 509612 Chalasan Rural 244 130 30 153 33 509659 Jhulasan Rural 257 274 18 908 34 509684 Vamaj Rural 408 367 8 605 35 509685 Fuletra Rural 233 602 2 244 36 509702 Vadavi Rural 301 267 0 345 37 509700 Merda Rural 41 4 0 48 38 509701 Adraj Rural 411 629 40 869 39 509687 Jetpura Rural 69 121 0 187 40 509686 Borisana Rural 320 351 2 298 41 509676 Shiyapura Rural 47 146 0 112 42 509677 Rangpurda Rural 140 285 0 237 43 509678 Pirojpur Rural 43 107 18 154




44 802465 Kadi (M) Urba

n 425 605 233 2082

5 Sub-total 6867 9404 514 3599

3 Grand-total 10310 12967 1264 7970

9 Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011, District Gandhinagar & Mehesana, Gujarat State

3.17 AVAILABILITY OF BASIC AMENITIES ACTIVITIES

Table 3.26

Availability of Basic Amenities Activities

Education As per 20011 village directory record, almost all villages having education facility in the form of

primary schools, and middle school are as follows.

Private Pre - Primary School (Nursery/LKG/UKG)

Govt. Primary School

Private Primary School

Govt. Secondary School

Private Secondary School

Govt. Senior Secondary School

Private Senior Secondary School

Private Engineering College

Private Vocational Training School/ITI

Government School For Disabled

1 49 7 12 2 5 3 1 1 1

Medical/Primary Health Care Medical facilities in terms of community health workers are available in some of the villages.

Primary health center and primary health sub centers are available in few villages.

Community Health Centre

Primary Health Centre

Primary Health Sub Centre

Maternity And Child Welfare Centre

TB Clinic Veterinary Hospital

0 3 19 1 1 4




Drinking Water

The water supply in the region is through dug wells, hand pumps, taps and other allied

sources

Tap Water Untreated

Covered Well

Uncovered Well

Hand Pump

Tube Wells/Borehole

River/Canal Tank/Pond/Lake

37 8 10 1 36 2 13

Drainage and Sanitation Facilities

Drainage and sanitation facilities were not adequate in the study area. Mostly Open drainage,

and open kuccha drainage observed in the village.

Closed Drainage

Open Drainage

No Drainage Open Pucca Drainage Covered with Tiles Slabs

Open Pucca Drainage Uncovered

Open Kuccha Drainage

23 6 8 5 1 4

Communication

Communication facility is fairly good in this region. Near about 50% villages having telephone

connectivity and having post office.

Post Office Sub Post Office Telephone (landlines) Public Call Office /Mobile (PCO)

2 19 36 31

Transportation A well planned and efficient network of transport is an essential component for a developing

country. In the absence of efficient network of transport, a State’s economy would suffer from major grid

lock in terms of overall growth potential of that area. In village public bus facility was availed and other

facilities were private bus.

174




Public Bus Service

Private Bus Service

Railway Station

Auto/Modified Autos

Taxi Vans Tractors Carts Drivens by Animals

37 2 5 34 19 25 36 36

Road Approach Facilities Road condition facility was found in village from following.

Black Topped (pucca) Road

Gravel (kuchha) Roads

Water Bounded Macadam

All Weather Road

Foothpath

37 33 7 36 37

Bank Facilities Banking and credit society facility was found in village. Self help group activities were

performed by the women groups

ATM Commercial Bank Cooperative Bank

Agricultural Credit Societies

Self - Help Group (SHG)

1 5 5 20 36

Power Supply Almost all villages are electrified in the region and electricity is available for both domestic and

agriculture.

Power Supply For Domestic Use

Power Supply For Agriculture Use

Power Supply For Commercial Use

Power Supply For All Users

37 37 37 37




Source: District census hand book 2011, District – Gandhinagar & Mehsana , state Gujarat

Note:

PPPS: Private Pre - Primary School

TP:Telephone TW:Tap Water A/MA:Auto/Modified Autos

FP: Footpath

GPS: Govt Primary School

PCP:Public Call Office /Mobile SPO:Sub Post Office TX:Taxi CMB:Commercial Bank

PPS: Private Primary School

PO:Post Office TP:Telephone V:Vans COB:Cooperative Bank

GMS:Govt Middle School

HP: Hand Pump PCP:Public Call Office /Mobile T:Tractors ED:Power Supply For Domestic Use

PMS:Private Middle School

TW/BH:Tube Wells/Borehole PO:Post Office BTPR:Black Topped (pucca) Road

EAG:Power Supply For Agriculture Use

GSS:Govt Secondary School

S:Spring BS:Public Bus Service GKR:Gravel (kuchha) Roads

EC:Power Supply For Commercial Use

PSS:Private Secondary School

R/C:River/Canal PBS:Private Bus Service WBMR:Water Bounded Macadam

EA:Power Supply For All Users

GSS:Govt Senior Secondary School

T/P/L: Tank/Pond/Lake RS:Railway Station All Weather Road




Details of main commodities in the villages is given in Table 3.27

Table 3.27 Main commodities in the study area

Sr. No.

District Name

Sub District Name

Village Code

Village Name

Agricultural Commodities (First)

Agricultural Commodities (Second)

Agricultural Commodities (Third)

1 Gandhinagar Kalol 511145 Pansar Wheat Paddy Cotton 2 Gandhinagar Kalol 511148 Vadavsvami Cotton Castor Rapeseed 3 Gandhinagar Kalol 511147 Isand Wheat Paddy Cotton 4 Gandhinagar Kalol 511151 Piyaj Pearlmillet/Bajra Castor Wheat 5 Gandhinagar Kalol 511154 Sherisa Wheat Vegetables Milk 6 Gandhinagar Kalol 511155 Ramnagar Cotton Sorghum Pearlmillet/Bajra 7 Gandhinagar Kalol 511156 Vansajada Paddy Wheat Pearlmillet/Bajra 8 Mahesana Kadi 509653 Balasar Pearlmillet/Bajra Cotton Sorghum 9 Mahesana Kadi 509680 Ankhol Pearlmillet/Bajra Fennel Cumin 10 Mahesana Kadi 509681 Achrasan Pearlmillet/Bajra Fennel Wheat 11 Mahesana Kadi 509682 Lunasan Wheat Cotton Pearlmillet/Bajra 12 Mahesana Kadi 509683 Vansol Pearlmillet/Bajra Paddy Wheat 13 Mahesana Kadi 509679 Karannagar Pearlmillet/Bajra Sorghum Castor 14 Mahesana Kadi 509658 Irana Cotton Pearlmillet/Bajra Wheat 15 Mahesana Kadi 509662 Indrad Sorghum Castor Paddy 16 Mahesana Kadi 509663 Budasan Sorghum Castor Paddy 17 Mahesana Kadi 509664 Nani Kadi

(Part) Pearlmillet/Bajra Wheat Fennel

18 Mahesana Kadi 509666 Sujatpura Paddy Pearlmillet/Bajra Cotton 19 Mahesana Kadi 509656 Untva Cotton Pearlmillet/Bajra Wheat 20 Mahesana Kadi 509657 Kundal CITRUS Castor Sorghum




(Part) 21 Mahesana Kadi 509639 Rajpur Castor Wheat Pearlmillet/Bajra 22 Mahesana Kadi 509641 Aldesan Wheat Castor Mung Bean 23 Mahesana Kadi 509633 Kherpur Pearlmillet/Bajra Wheat Sorghum 24 Mahesana Kadi 509635 Chandarda Pearlmillet/Bajra Cotton Sesame 25 Mahesana Kadi 509638 Ghumasan Pearlmillet/Bajra Cotton Wheat 26 Mahesana Kadi 509612 Chalasan Pearlmillet/Bajra Sorghum Castor 27 Mahesana Kadi 509659 Jhulasan Wheat Pearlmillet/Bajra Castor 28 Mahesana Kadi 509684 Vamaj Ginger Wheat Castor 29 Mahesana Kadi 509685 Fuletra Pearlmillet/Bajra Cotton Fennel 30 Mahesana Kadi 509700 Merda Cotton Castor Pearlmillet/Bajra 31 Mahesana Kadi 509701 Adraj Pearlmillet/Bajra Wheat Castor 32 Mahesana Kadi 509702 Vadavi Pearlmillet/Bajra Cotton Wheat 33 Mahesana Kadi 509686 Borisana Castor Cotton Pearlmillet/Bajra 34 Mahesana Kadi 509687 Jetpura Pearlmillet/Bajra Cotton Castor 35 Mahesana Kadi 509676 Shiyapura Pearlmillet/Bajra Castor Wheat 36 Mahesana Kadi 509677 Rangpurda Cotton Mung Bean Wheat 37 Mahesana Kadi 509678 Pirojpur Cotton Mung Bean Wheat

Source: Village directory 2001, Distrci – Gandhinagar & Mehsana , State Gujarat




3.18 SOCIO - ECONOMIC SURVEY

Sampling Method A judgmental and purposive sampling method was used for choosing respondents

of various sections of the society i.e. Sarpanch, adult males and females, teachers, medical

practitioners, businesspersons, agriculture laborers, fishermen, unemployed group etc.

Judgmental and purposive sampling method includes the right cases from the total

population that helps to fulfill the purpose of research needs.

Data Collection Method Data collection is a term used to describe a process of preparing and

collecting data, for example, as part of a process improvement or similar project. The

purpose of data collection is to obtain information to keep on record, to make decisions

about important issues, to pass information on to others. Primarily, data are collected to

provide information regarding a specific topic. Data collection usually takes place early on in

an improvement project, and is often formalized through a data collection plan which often

contains the following activity.

• Pre collection activity — agree on goals, target data, definitions, methods

• Collection — data collection

• Present Findings — usually involves some form of sorting analysis and/or

presentation

Main types of data collection include census, sample survey, and administrative by-product

and each with their respective advantages and disadvantage.

Field Survey and Observations Field research involves the collection of primary data or information that is new.

This is collected through surveys and questionnaires that are made out specifically for a

purpose Observations can be conducted on nearly any subject matter and the kinds of

observations will do depend on survey question. Field Survey and Observations were made

at each sampling village and the quality of life of that region is studied.

Visits were made at hospitals, primary health centers and sub-centers to know the health

status of the region. Various governmental organizations such as statistical department,

department of census operations are visited to collect the population details of that region.


179

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Process_improvement

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_collection_plan



Interview Method Interview is verbal questioning. Surveys are also conducted through interviews. Interviews

consist of asking questions, listening to individuals and recording their responses. At times,

you may find it more profitable to ask questions to a few individuals instead of carrying out a

large-scale questionnaire based survey. The interview can be done very informally, e.g. as

conversations with people met in the fields, co-operative stores or block offices. In these

settings, one question leads to the next based on. The responses given to the previous

one. At the other end of the scale, highly structured interviews often rely on questionnaires

or interview schedules with mostly closed-ended questions that allow the respondents only a

limited range of possible answers. Structured interview method is used to collect data

regarding the awareness and opinion from the sample selected of the various socio-

economic sections of the community. The questionnaire mainly highlights the parameters of

primary needs.

The interview method has the advantage that almost all perfect sample of the

general population can be reached and respond to the approach. Interview method helps to

collect more correct and accurate information as the interviewer is present during the field

survey.

Socio-economic survey was conducted in 8 villages within the study area located

in all directions with reference to the project site.

The respondents were asked for their awareness/opinion about the project and

their opinion about the impacts of the project, which is an important aspect of socio-

economic environment, viz. job opportunities, education, health care, transportation facility

and economic status.Villages surveyed are given in Table 3.28


180



Table 3.28

Name of Villages for survey in the Study Area for Socio Economics

Sr. No Villages

1. Pansar

2. Vadavsvami

3. Isand

4. Piyaj

5. Ramnagar

6. Balasar

7. Ankhol

8. Achrasan

9. Lunasan

10. Vansol

Salient Observation of the Survey/ Study Area

House pattern: It is notable that nearly 85% of the houses were semi pakka with good

construction and others were pakka at survey area.

Employment: Main occupation of the people in the study area was labour work and

Business. And some of agriculture. The labours were getting daily wage in the range of

Rs. 200-250, depending on type of work involved.

Fuel: Most of the villagers use fire woods and LPG for cooking purpose

Main Crops: The principal crops grown in agricultural farm were Jowwar, Sugarcane &

cotton Average crop productivity of cotton was 12-15 quintal per acre. Water from dug

well and bore well and cannel was used for irrigation

Migration: During survey it was found that local population were migrating for

employment purpose. As well as others state peoples were came in that area for the

labour work also.


181



Sanitation: Toilet facility is one of the most basic facilities required in a house. The

findings of the survey show that more than 90% of the households were having toilet

facilities in their houses. There was open drainage system were seen at the surveyed

villages. The overall condition of cleanliness was satisfactory.

Drinking Water Facilities: Ground water is the major source of drinking water in the

villages wherein hand pumps, tap water and dug wells are installed.

Education Facilities: Most of the villages had education facilities in the form of

Anganwadi and Primary Schools. Higher education facilities were available in the range

of 5-10 km. Colleges and other diploma courses were available at district place.

Transportation Facility: For transportation purpose Auto, Public and Private Bus

services were available. Transportation facilities were frequently available in the study

area and connecting major cities. Private vehicles like Bicycles & Motor Cycles were

mostly used by villagers for transportation purpose

Road Connectivity: Most of the roads were pucca and connecting to villages. Dambar

and cement roads were commonly seen inside the villages

Communication Facilities: For communication purpose mainly mobile phones,

newspaper & post offices were seen in the villages.

Medical Facilities: There were few health care facilities available in the study area. In

some of the villages, Primary Health Sub-Centers were available. Hospitals and other

better medical facilities were available in the range of 05-10 km at town/city place

Electricity: All villages were availing electricity facility for all uses

Market Facility: Study area was predominantly semi urban type. In villages, small

shops were available for daily needs. Weekly market facility was available in some

villages. Wholesale markets were available at town place.


182



Awareness and Opinion Awareness is the state or ability to perceive, to feel, or to be conscious of

events, objects or sensory patterns. In this level of consciousness, sense data can

be confirmed by an observer without necessarily implying understanding. In general,

an opinion is a subjective belief, and is the result of emotion or interpretation of facts.

An opinion may be supported by an argument, although people may draw opposing

opinions from the same set of facts. For assessing the awareness and opinion about

the project activity socio-economic survey was conducted in the sampling villages.

The salient observations drawn through survey are described below:

• Some of the respondents are aware about the project activity.

• Some of the respondents have very good opinion about the project and they opined

that due to project activity, quality of life of the villages will improve.

• Respondent have suggested minimizing the environmental pollution during and after

project activity

• Village leaders suggested that employment opportunity should given to local

population


183

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Conscious

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Object_(philosophy)

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pattern

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subjectivity

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Emotion

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fact



CHAPTER 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an activity or an attempt to identify, predict, evaluate and communicate the likely environmental impacts of the Proposed project as well as proposed project on the surrounding environment. The major element involved in the process of Environmental Impact Assessment is the Identification of impacts as it forms the basis for quantification and evaluation of impacts. In this section, the impacts on the environment, either beneficial or deleterious due to the proposed project have been identified. The aspects of the environment, which are likely to be disturbed or damaged due to the proposed project, are represented as parameters. Prediction of impacts is the most important component in the Environmental Impact Assessment studies for quantification and evaluation of impacts. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to predict impacts of developmental activities on physical, ecological and socio-economic environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction of impacts helps in minimizing the impacts on environmental quality during the post project execution. The identified impacts for various components of environment viz., air, noise, water, land, socio-economy, etc. are presented herewith. EIA is an activity or an attempt to identify, predict, evaluate and communicate the likely environmental impacts of the activity/project on the environment.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY INCLUDES:

• Identification of all the probable impacts (be it positive or negative) of the various activities involved in the completion of the project.

• Classification of the probable impacts i.e. positive or negative, reversible or irreversible, short term or long term.

• Evaluation of the probable impacts i.e. qualitative and quantitative assessment of the likely impacts.

• Communication to the general public, interested parties, controlling authorities (Government or Municipality) through a Public Hearing process, revealing all the probable impacts, which are likely to occur due to the Proposed project, on the environment. It also includes the mitigation measures of those impacts, which are inevitable.


184



This chapter presents the identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts with mitigation measures of the proposed project of M/s. RGB Chemicals & Dyes effected in the baseline environmental status.

4.2 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION

Considering that identification of significant environmental impact is essential in the preparation of EIA report, an attempt has been made here through the use of “Activity Effect” Matrix.

IDENTIFICATION MATRIX

The impact identification matrix is shown in the Table No. 4.1. For simplicity the entire project has been divided into two phases:

1. Construction Phase

2. Operation Phase

Various activities belonging to each phase have been grouped separately and arranged in Columns. The environmental Factor or Parameter, which are anticipated to be impacted, has been arranged in Rows. A preliminary scrutiny has been done and the cells, which fall at the junction of the ‘Activity’ and ‘Factor’, that have possible interaction with each other, have been ‘marked’.

The matrix thus establishes the possible ‘cause-effect’ relationship and identifies the environmental factors likely to be impacted and activities responsible for the same. The impact identified may be positive and negative, short term and long term, reversible and irreversible, minor and major. This determination will be done at prediction stage.

A. Construction Phase

Unit needs to do construction activity for installation of plant machineries. The various activities involved in construction phase of a proposed project are listed below:

• Construction / foundation.

• Erection/Installations of equipment and machinery

• Transportation

• Material handling

• Employment of labour

• Green belt development


185



B. Operational Phase

The activities involved in the operation phase of the proposed project are listed below:

• Raw material handling and Storage

• Product Manufacturing

• Utility Consumption

• Product Handling & Storage

• Effluent Generation

• Gaseous Emissions

• Hazardous Waste Generation

• Employment

• Green belt development


186



Table No. 4.1: Impact Identification Matrix

Activity

Env. Resource

Air Env. Water Env. Noise Env.

Land Env. Biological Env. Socio Economics

Fuel & Energy

Air Quality

Water Availability

Water Quality

Land Use Pattern

Soil Forest Eco- Logy

Demo-graphic

Eco. Structure

Basic Amenities

Health

PLANT CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Construction / Foundation √ √ √

Erection of equipment and machinery √ √ √

Transportation Material handling √ √ √ √

Employment of labour √

GBD √ √ √ √ √ √

PLANT OPERATIONAL PHASE

Raw Mat. /Product Handling & Storage √

Manufacturing of Industrial Products √ √ √ √ √ √ √

√ √

Industrial Power Requirement √ √

Industrial Water Req. √ √

Industrial Air Emission √ √ √ √ √ √ √

Industrial Waste Water Generation √ √ √

√

Hazardous waste Generation √ √

√

Employment √ √ √ √

Green Belt Development √ √ √ √

Vehicular movement √ √ √ √ √ √


187



Table No. 4.2. : Impact Prediction Matrix Activity

Env. Resource

Air Env. Water Env. Noise Env.

Land Env. Biological Env. Socio Economics

Fuel & Energy

Air Quality

Water Availability

Water Quality

Land Use Pattern

Soil Forest Eco- logy

Demo-graphic

Eco. Structure

Basic Amenities

Health

PLANT CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Construction / Foundation

(-Ve), S.T. (-Ve), S.T.

Erection of equipment and machinery

(-Ve), S.T.

(-Ve), S.T. (-Ve), S.T.

Transportation Material handling

(-Ve), S.T.

(-Ve), S.T.

(-Ve), S.T. (-Ve), S.T.

Employment of labour (+Ve), S.T

GBD (+Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), S.T.

(-Ve), S.T.

(-Ve), S.T. (-Ve), S.T.

(-Ve), S.T.

PLANT OPERATIONAL PHASE

Raw Mat. /Product Handling & Storage

(-Ve), L.T.

Manufacturing of Industrial Products

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T. (-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T. (-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

Industrial Power Requirement

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

Industrial Water Req. (-Ve), L.T. (-Ve), L.T.

Industrial Air Emission (-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T. (-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

Industrial Waste Water Generation

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T. (-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

Hazardous waste Generation

(-Ve), L.T. (-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

Employment

(+Ve), L.T.

(+Ve), L.T.

(+Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

Green Belt Development (+Ve), L.T.

(+Ve), L.T.

(+Ve), L.T.

(+Ve), L.T.

Vehicular movement (-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T. (-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.


188



This section is devoted to the prediction and assessment of impacts, which are the most important components of EIA. Such predictions are superimposed over the base-line status of the environmental quality to derive the ultimate environmental scenario.

4.3 IMPACT PREDICTION AND ASSESSMENT WITH

MITIGATIVE MEASURES:

This section is devoted to the prediction and assessment of impacts, which are the most important components of EIA. Such predictions are superimposed over the base-line status of the environmental quality to derive the ultimate environmental scenario. Prediction involves determination of the nature and extent of the probable impacts due to the proposed Project. Here it is determined, whether the likely environmental impacts are: 1. Positive or Negative 2. Long term or Short term Prediction of impacts during the construction and operational phase is as Shown in Table No 4.2. Based on Environmental Impact Analysis, the Environmental Impacts under this step are quantitatively and qualitatively assessed. Quantitative assessment with the help of a mathematical model has been done wherever possible. In other cases, the impact assessment has been qualitative which is based on available scientific knowledge and judgment. The mathematical model used for prediction in the present study includes “Aermod view” model for ambient air quality. For other cases i.e. Water, Noise, Land/Soil, Ecology, Socioeconomic etc., the available scientific knowledge and judgments have been used.


189



4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

A. Impact during Construction Phase:-

The impacts during construction phase will be short-term impacts as they will be limited to the period of construction. These activities may result in temporary increase in SPM levels, primarily, in the working environment. Following mitigative measures during construction phase have been planned Main Impacts during construction period is dusting and Air Pollution from vehicles. There will be impact on Air Environment during construction phase and also during operation phase. The impact during construction phase will be short term and reversible. However impacts during operation phase will have long term impacts due to flue gas emission as well as process gas emission. But suitable air pollution control measures will be adopted to keep the quality of air emission below the prescribed norms so as to have minimal impact on air quality. The main sources of emission during the construction period are the movement of equipment at site and dust emitted during the leveling, grading, earthwork, foundation works and exhaust emissions from vehicles and equipment deployed during the construction phase is also likely to result in marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOx, SPM and CO.

B. Mitigation measures during Construction Phase :-

The activities like site development, construction and vehicular traffic contribute to increase in SPM and NOx concentrations. The mitigation measures recommended to minimize the impacts are:

o Water sprinkling in construction area.

o Proper maintenance of vehicles and construction equipment.

o Tree plantation in the area earmarked for greenbelt development.


190



Hence, the impacts on ambient air quality during construction phase will be marginal temporarily and reversible in nature (for short duration) and restricted to small plant area only.

C. Impact during Operational Phase:-

The impacts on air quality from project depend on various factors like design capacity, configuration, process technology, raw material, fuel to be used, air pollution control measures, operation and maintenance. Apart from the above, other activities associated with transportation of fuel, raw materials and finished products, storage facilities and material handling within the plant premises may also contribute to air pollution. 1. Source of Air Pollution

The operational phase activities are expected to have long - term impacts on the air quality. The main sources from project are Flue gas emission, process gas emission, Fugitive emission etc. 2. Flue gas Emissions

Steam Boiler and Hot Air generator will be the main sources of flue gas emissions from the plant. RGB Chemicals & Dyes proposed to install LDO based boiler of capacity 1 TPH and PNG based Hot Air Generator of capacity 2.0 Lacs K cal /Hr. PM, SO2 and NOx are the main air pollutants generated from the boiler, and HAG. The emissions from the boiler, HAG, stacks are given in Table 4.6, 4.7 & 4.8. Generally, the operational activities are expected to have long-term negligible impacts on the air quality. The operational activity from proposed project is expected to have long term impact on the air quality. Generally, the operational activities are expected to have long-term impacts on the air quality. Based on the above stated facts, predictions related to the Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) have taken into account the flue gas emissions from the proposed stack attached to Steam boiler and Hot Air generator.

3. Process/Fugitive Emissions

The most probable emitted pollutants from process are SPM, SO2 & HCl. The emission from the process is mainly liberated gases from various reactions. The various gases emanating from reactions shall be scrubbed in two stage scrubber system to control the gaseous emission into the atmosphere, by using the suitable scrubbing media.


191



Fugitive emission :

The main sources of fugitive emissions from project are handling of raw materials The raw materials will be stored in drums in elevated flat from under the roof. Bulk quantities will be stored in drums to avoid the fugitive emissions. Liquid and solid are handled in closed conditions thereby reducing the losses in the form of evaporation.

Data used for the evaluation of the Ground Level Concentration for the proposed project is given in the Table No. 4.4. All the suitable precautionary measures will be taken for the control of fugitive emissions.


192



TABLE NO.4.3

BASIS OF EMISSION RATE CALCULATIONS

Sr.

No. Stack

attached to

Type of Fuel

Fuel Consump

tion

Height

(m)

Dia. (m)

Exit Velocity (m/sec)

Exit Temp.

(° C)

Emission Rates (gm/s)

SPM SO2 NOX HCl

1 Industrial

Boiler

(1

Ton/Hr.)

LDO 9.36

KL/Month 11 0.3 6.0 140 0.000798 0.001436 0.000655

---

2 Hot Air

Generato

r-

(2.0 Lacs

K cal /Hr)

PNG 30000

SCM/Mon

th

11 0.3 12.0 160 --- 0.001055 0.006239 ---

3 Reaction

vessel

--- ---- 18 0.35 8.0 60 ---- 0.0027 ---- 0.009

4 Spray

Dryer

(1.0 KL

/Hr)

--- ---- 20 0.45 12.0 80 0.00069 ---- ---- ---


193



4. Prediction of Impacts on Air Environment The concentration of pollutants at the ground level has been computed using computer model to assess the impact of source emissions from the proposed stacks which will be installed. Air quality impact assessment is an important study; Mathematical modeling is an established and accepted technique to predict the air quality.

In this study, impact on environment due to the proposed plant has been assessed with the help of Mathematical modeling following the Central Pollution Control Boards Guidelines. The mathematical model used for conducting the study is the latest version of AERMOD developed by the Lakes Environmental Software, which is entirely in line with the requirements of Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi. A mathematical model developed by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is used for calculating GLCs. This is based, on the original Gaussian Plume Model equation but is defined in terms related to atmospheric phenomenon.. The average and maximum Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) have been determined for SPM, SO2 , NOx., HCl. The average 24hrs. concentrations have been determined in polar grid of 100 up to 3600 for a distance of 100 m, 200m, 300m, 500m, 1000m, 2000 m, 3000 m, 4000m, 5000 m, 7000 m, 8000 m, 9000 m and 10000 m. has been calculated based on the micro-meteorological data collected from Envitrans specific to the project site. The objective of dispersion modelling is to predict the ground level concentration during the operation of plant and its impact on ambient air quality of the area. Air quality assessment is done by integrating the measurement techniques and modelling tools. The air modelling tools are routinely used in the environmental impact assessments, risk analysis, emergency planning, and source apportionment studies. Recent strategies for air pollution control in industries have largely neglected the emission reduction measures which are the prime polluting sources. To accomplish this, various air dispersion models have been developed and used worldwide so far for different applications under different scenarios. The Gaussian plume model is a standard approach for studying the transport of pollutants due to turbulent diffusion and advection by the wind. Applications of such models have been made mandatory. In this study, the AERMOD (the American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee’s Dispersion Model, Gaussian dispersion model is selected to predict the ground level concentrations (GLC’s) of Particulate Matter (PM) µg/m3, sulphur dioxide (SO2) µg/m3 , oxides of nitrogen (NOx)- µg/m3 and HCl from point source emissions will be investigated in the study area.


194



Methodology :

Prediction of GLC values are made by using AERMOD software approved

by U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and has adopted it as

its regulatory model since 2005. In point source emissions, the stacks are

subjected to plume rise which again is dependent on force of buoyancy

and momentum. The higher is the plume rise or stack, the lesser will be

ground level concentrations (GLC’s).The emissions when released into

the atmosphere are subjected to transportation, dispersion,

transformation, and fall out and wash out and finally reach the ground

level at a particular distance and concentrations. The relationship between

the source of emissions and its magnitude with the ground level

concentrations (GLC’s) at receptor points is governed by air dispersion

models which take into the account by the source strength, plume rise,

atmospheric stability, mixing height, wind velocity, terrain and other

meteorological conditions. The comparison between the predicted and

field sampled downwind concentrations for PM, SO2 & NOX (µg/m3) ,

HCl will be carried out in this study to predict the average

downwind ground level concentrations (GLC’s)

Data Used for Computation

Stack emissions data have been used for prediction of short-term incremental GLC values of PM, SO2 , NOx HCl using the meteorological data collected during the October – November – December 2018. Details of the data used for computations are given below.

Meteorological Data

The meteorological data recorded continuously during the month of October 2018 to December 2018, on hourly basis. AERMOD model requires hourly surface data values for wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity and cloud cover. Both data files for the surface and profile files were then used to generate the meteorological file required by the AERMOD dispersion model using the AERMET meteorological pre-processor. This AERMET has three stages to process the data. The first stage extracts meteorological data and assesses data quality through a series of quality assessment checks. The second stage merges all data available for 24-hour periods and writes these data


195



together in a single intermediate file. The third and final stage reads the merged meteorological data and estimates the necessary boundary layer parameters for dispersion calculations by AERMOD.

Dispersion Modeling Results

The 24 hourly average ground level concentration (GLC) values from plant

have been computed for PM, SO2 & NOx considering topographical

features around the plant and applicable stability classes. The maximum

24 hourly average GLC values for PM, SO2 , NOx, & HCl from plant are

given in Table 4.6 to 4.10. Corresponding isopleths plotted are shown in

Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.5 for SPM, SO2 NOx, HCl.

5. Predicted 24-hourly short term incremental ground level

concentration

The results of the GLCs are given in the Table No. 4.4 When the above stated GLCs results are added in to the average ambient air parameters it gives overall AAQ of the surrounding study area. Air quality contours are shown in the Figure No. 4.1 to 4.4


196



TABLE NO.4.4 MAXIMUM COMPUTED GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION AT PROJECT SITE

Sr. No

Description Value

Concn * ( µg/m3)

Co-ordinates

X (m) Y (m)

A PM10

1 1st Highest 24 hr. Result 0.12918 849687.76 2581395.73

B SO2


C NOx


D HCl


Note :-(*) This predicted maximum Ground Level Concentration (GLC) is based on worst case scenario, considering maximum stack emission limit of SPM-150 mg/Nm3, SO2 100 PPM and NOx-50 PPM. As the actual emissions will be well below this predicted GLCs.


197



TABLE 4.5 CUMULATIVE CONCENTRATIONS DUE TO INCREMENTAL GLC's at 08 sampling location

Station Dista

nce(k

m)

Direct

ion

Maximum Baseline Concentration (μg/m3)

Predicted GLC (μg/m3) Cumulative Concentration (μg/m3)

PM10 SO2 NOx HCl PM10 SO2 NOx HCl PM10 SO2 NOx HCl

Project site --- ----

86.24 28.55 47.08 <1 0.13 0.40 0.54 0.07 86.37 28.95 47.62 <1

Budasan 6.22 SW 87.75 35.07 49.51 <1 0.02 0.05 0.08 0.01 87.77 35.12 49.59 <1

Indrad 2.61 WSW 84.19 42.02 41.80 <1 0.04 0.11 0.15 0.02 84.23 42.13 41.95 <1

Dhanot 1.32 S 85.24 30.87 49.92 <1 0.03 0.11 0.13 0.01 85.27 30.98 50.05 <1

Julasan 5.39 NE 86.98 33.62 45.05 <1 0.02 0.04 0.07 0.01 87.00 33.66 45.12 <1

Ambavpura 2.88 E 88.48 38.26 45.05 <1 0.02 0.05 0.06 0.01 88.50 38.31 45.11 <1

Chadasana 2.56 NE 88.66 28.11 48.30 <1 0.02 0.04 0.05 0.01 88.68 28.15 48.35 <1

Bileshwarpura 1.20 SE 87.38 30.58 40.99 <1 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.02 87.41 30.66 41.03 <1


198



Incremental & resultant concentration at project site:

Pollutant

Maximum

Baseline

Concentrati

on (μg/m3)

Incremental

Concentrations due

to Proposed Project

(μg/m3)

Resultant

Concentration

(μg/m3)

NAAQ

Standards

(μg/m3)

PM 10 86.24 0.13 86.37 100

SO2 28.55 0.40 28.95 80

NOx 47.08 0.54 47.62 80

HCl <1 0.07 <1 200

With this marginal contribution due to the proposal of the project, the levels of SPM, SO2 ,NOx, HCl will remain below the 24 –hourly ambient air quality standards for SO2 & NOx (80 μg/m3) and PM10 (100μg/m3) prescribed by CPCB. The operation of plant is not likely to cause any significant impact on the ambient air quality of the study area.

The Dispersion modeling assumptions are considered as follows:

1. The receptor locations for 36 wind directions starting with 10 degrees and incrementing with 10 degrees for radial distances viz. 100m, 200m, 300m, 500m, 1000m, 2000m, 3000m, 5000m,6000m, 8000m, 9000m and 10000m has been taken for the Air Quality Modelling.

2. The impacts of the pollutants were identified up to 10000 meters. 3. The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT. 4. Stability Class was evaluated based on Temperature Profile and Cloud

Cover. 5. The mathematical equations used for the dispersion modelling

assumes that the earth surface acts as a perfect reflector of plume and physic-chemical process, such as dry and wet deposition, and chemical transformation of pollutants are negligible.

6. The micro-meteorological data viz. Temperature, Wind Speed, Wind Direction and Cloud Cover has been collected from Envitrans for project specific met station.


199



6. RESULTS OF THE AERMOD MODEL

The overlapped Isopleths plathes on Google Image of the same is shown as at Figure No. 4.1 to 4.4. & concentration values are shown in Table No. 4.6 to 4.9.

Isopleths plathes

Figure No. Description Page No.

4.1 SPM 209

4.2 SO2 211

4.3 NOx 213

4.4 HCl 215

Concentration values

Table No. Description Page No.

4.6 SPM 201

4.7 SO2 203

4.8 NOx 205

4.9 HCl 207


200



TABLE NO. 4.6 THE 1ST HIGHEST 24-HR AVERAGE

CONCENTRATION VALUES OF SPM IN MICROGRAMS/M3

DIRECTION DISTANCE (M)

(DEGREES) 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 6000 7000 9000 10000

10 0.0663 0.02739 0.01451 0.00923 0.00655 0.01743 0.02034 0.02075 0.01822 0.01634 0.01458 0.01322 0.01244

20 0.06511 0.02742 0.0141 0.0104 0.00986 0.01384 0.01144 0.01013 0.01179 0.01164 0.01105 0.00954 0.00968

30 0.05941 0.03823 0.04558 0.04448 0.04072 0.02236 0.01898 0.02184 0.01857 0.01643 0.01451 0.01145 0.01026

40 0.05223 0.0683 0.0844 0.07926 0.06912 0.0329 0.0198 0.01608 0.01205 0.01176 0.01231 0.01188 0.0114

50 0.05255 0.05984 0.07355 0.06345 0.05138 0.01999 0.01992 0.01739 0.01238 0.01043 0.01166 0.01192 0.01168

60 0.05688 0.03338 0.02757 0.02126 0.01563 0.01038 0.02035 0.01628 0.01654 0.01631 0.01558 0.01364 0.01268

70 0.05613 0.03384 0.02255 0.01504 0.01022 0.00548 0.01763 0.02092 0.0182 0.01669 0.01515 0.01291 0.01227

80 0.05147 0.03777 0.02583 0.01804 0.01293 0.01311 0.02083 0.01901 0.01699 0.01566 0.015 0.01318 0.01225

90 0.05083 0.04277 0.03151 0.02086 0.01639 0.01107 0.01715 0.01875 0.01723 0.0157 0.01413 0.0114 0.01027

100 0.05172 0.04694 0.05494 0.05745 0.052 0.02636 0.01011 0.00899 0.01392 0.01373 0.01308 0.01138 0.01053

110 0.05396 0.07915 0.08443 0.07862 0.06689 0.03165 0.02934 0.02271 0.01852 0.01643 0.01454 0.01151 0.01032

120 0.05887 0.06264 0.0593 0.05011 0.04053 0.02944 0.02662 0.02129 0.01448 0.01337 0.01214 0.0099 0.00895

130 0.06428 0.05993 0.03372 0.02227 0.0152 0.01618 0.01175 0.01267 0.01639 0.01596 0.01509 0.01306 0.01209

140 0.06082 0.0631 0.05861 0.07277 0.07878 0.04799 0.02291 0.01879 0.01121 0.00895 0.00731 0.00515 0.00442

150 0.08347 0.06274 0.04832 0.05149 0.04986 0.03137 0.03326 0.02594 0.01524 0.01212 0.00986 0.00689 0.00588

160 0.0813 0.05506 0.03153 0.02127 0.01502 0.02483 0.02573 0.02131 0.01305 0.01058 0.00875 0.00631 0.00547

170 0.08217 0.04935 0.03376 0.02235 0.0156 0.03125 0.03372 0.02614 0.01595 0.01294 0.01073 0.00777 0.00674

180 0.08865 0.04832 0.03407 0.02235 0.01521 0.03237 0.03674 0.02932 0.01839 0.01511 0.01267 0.00936 0.0082

190 0.09661 0.04604 0.02939 0.02078 0.02331 0.03018 0.0388 0.03168 0.02032 0.01675 0.01408 0.01042 0.00914

200 0.06984 0.04055 0.02303 0.02284 0.02462 0.03633 0.03465 0.02861 0.01852 0.0153 0.01287 0.00953 0.00836


201



210 0.07984 0.04747 0.03078 0.02135 0.02515 0.03422 0.03714 0.02984 0.01875 0.01534 0.01281 0.00938 0.00819

220 0.09376 0.04926 0.0495 0.04677 0.0364 0.03253 0.03027 0.02153 0.01233 0.01001 0.00833 0.0061 0.00534

230 0.09639 0.08104 0.08583 0.0785 0.06964 0.03686 0.03281 0.02723 0.01772 0.01466 0.01236 0.00919 0.00808

240 0.08585 0.04884 0.05374 0.05005 0.04909 0.04412 0.03719 0.02874 0.01789 0.01461 0.01219 0.00892 0.00778

250 0.09895 0.07753 0.05767 0.04716 0.04304 0.03614 0.03672 0.02923 0.01846 0.01517 0.01274 0.00943 0.00827

260 0.0999 0.09102 0.06477 0.04761 0.05626 0.04989 0.035 0.02929 0.01913 0.01585 0.01337 0.00996 0.00876

270 0.09823 0.10091 0.07117 0.07422 0.07272 0.04598 0.03926 0.0319 0.02038 0.01678 0.01409 0.0108 0.01086

280 0.124 0.11487 0.09027 0.06857 0.05327 0.05851 0.03946 0.02926 0.01725 0.01399 0.0118 0.00872 0.00762

290 0.11707 0.10486 0.08492 0.07582 0.07332 0.05097 0.04387 0.03134 0.01817 0.01468 0.01216 0.00881 0.00768

300 0.12918 0.0689 0.05753 0.0458 0.0594 0.06137 0.03433 0.02151 0.01106 0.00859 0.00718 0.0056 0.00498

310 0.12837 0.07139 0.04248 0.02835 0.02078 0.01944 0.02895 0.02763 0.01952 0.01651 0.01414 0.01072 0.00947

320 0.11121 0.05525 0.03179 0.02051 0.01439 0.01792 0.01418 0.01776 0.01753 0.0161 0.01462 0.01197 0.01124

330 0.11887 0.05691 0.03298 0.02195 0.01612 0.02113 0.01494 0.01368 0.01343 0.01307 0.01325 0.01257 0.01201

340 0.10175 0.04674 0.02637 0.01726 0.0124 0.02034 0.01451 0.01669 0.01724 0.01635 0.01517 0.01277 0.0117

350 0.08773 0.03906 0.02062 0.01255 0.00944 0.02244 0.01859 0.0172 0.01245 0.01173 0.01077 0.01024 0.00979

360 0.06225 0.02464 0.01229 0.00772 0.009 0.02153 0.02119 0.01732 0.01453 0.01462 0.01416 0.01261 0.01178

MIN 0.05083 0.02464 0.01229 0.00772 0.00655 0.00548 0.01011 0.00899 0.01106 0.00859 0.00718 0.00515 0.00442

MAX 0.12918 0.11487 0.09027 0.07926 0.07878 0.06137 0.04387 0.0319 0.02038 0.01678 0.01558 0.01364 0.01268


202




CONCENTRATION VALUES OF SO2 IN MICROGRAMS/M3


(DEGREES) 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 6000 7000 9000 10000

10 0.24745 0.10115 0.05527 0.06381 0.0624 0.03683 0.04072 0.05587 0.05512 0.05049 0.04584 0.03758 0.03524

20 0.24804 0.09866 0.11021 0.11935 0.11342 0.06548 0.03314 0.03823 0.02948 0.0303 0.02992 0.0271 0.02534

30 0.22676 0.09332 0.15019 0.14947 0.13552 0.06985 0.04511 0.05939 0.05651 0.05128 0.04607 0.03715 0.03351

40 0.20002 0.12887 0.17102 0.16119 0.1401 0.0655 0.03918 0.03399 0.02813 0.02607 0.02919 0.03068 0.03023

50 0.22759 0.12033 0.13745 0.12042 0.09808 0.03852 0.03758 0.03806 0.03365 0.02942 0.02611 0.03003 0.03029

60 0.23566 0.12972 0.07209 0.04642 0.03308 0.0193 0.04046 0.04241 0.04368 0.04382 0.04279 0.03954 0.03744

70 0.24478 0.12694 0.08414 0.05414 0.03726 0.01107 0.04162 0.05673 0.05538 0.05052 0.04614 0.03902 0.03653

80 0.2253 0.1407 0.09713 0.07606 0.07213 0.03916 0.03907 0.05055 0.05106 0.04685 0.04234 0.03823 0.03621

90 0.19763 0.15628 0.14026 0.15107 0.14149 0.07849 0.04168 0.05221 0.0503 0.04744 0.04373 0.03634 0.03307

100 0.22424 0.13405 0.18612 0.18747 0.16663 0.07929 0.02814 0.01818 0.03507 0.03646 0.03617 0.03327 0.03139

110 0.23168 0.16699 0.18658 0.17322 0.14666 0.07679 0.10718 0.08144 0.05622 0.05119 0.04609 0.03726 0.03364

120 0.26384 0.18572 0.13108 0.09831 0.07976 0.08345 0.10641 0.07998 0.04731 0.04159 0.03864 0.03237 0.02952

130 0.29687 0.19833 0.11412 0.07557 0.05163 0.04244 0.04811 0.0305 0.04281 0.04375 0.04288 0.03892 0.0366

140 0.26528 0.18053 0.13129 0.17632 0.21587 0.14853 0.06145 0.05431 0.03531 0.02878 0.02384 0.01711 0.01477

150 0.33456 0.22118 0.13119 0.11943 0.1415 0.10673 0.08908 0.0784 0.04893 0.0395 0.03246 0.02299 0.01972

160 0.28858 0.16584 0.1102 0.07719 0.05512 0.06038 0.08736 0.06618 0.04214 0.03472 0.02906 0.02126 0.01852

170 0.31354 0.20367 0.11977 0.07562 0.05198 0.06185 0.09895 0.08448 0.05407 0.0443 0.03698 0.02697 0.02347

180 0.29267 0.20298 0.1196 0.07413 0.05264 0.06482 0.10749 0.09399 0.0617 0.05123 0.04327 0.03224 0.02833

190 0.29384 0.20228 0.12288 0.08198 0.05912 0.07326 0.09908 0.09444 0.0651 0.05457 0.0464 0.03489 0.03075

200 0.25773 0.15486 0.08893 0.05611 0.04482 0.08233 0.11477 0.08907 0.05888 0.04962 0.04233 0.03192 0.02815


203



210 0.34854 0.20416 0.11762 0.07535 0.05332 0.07195 0.11098 0.09321 0.06173 0.05111 0.04303 0.03183 0.02787

220 0.32211 0.19563 0.12831 0.1208 0.09253 0.07292 0.09597 0.07057 0.03942 0.03256 0.02743 0.0204 0.01794

230 0.3271 0.22251 0.24731 0.2585 0.23726 0.12677 0.09035 0.07704 0.05516 0.04672 0.04002 0.03039 0.02689

240 0.31147 0.19781 0.12352 0.11507 0.11896 0.13591 0.11234 0.09201 0.05821 0.04779 0.0403 0.02991 0.02623

250 0.32772 0.24237 0.18724 0.14655 0.12502 0.09581 0.10521 0.08753 0.05889 0.0493 0.04191 0.03152 0.02781

260 0.32095 0.26325 0.21909 0.1651 0.16224 0.14492 0.11389 0.08892 0.05827 0.04951 0.04253 0.03244 0.02875

270 0.3443 0.28875 0.22887 0.16604 0.17982 0.14051 0.11322 0.09224 0.06406 0.05382 0.04583 0.0345 0.03041

280 0.39998 0.32105 0.25374 0.1904 0.1455 0.13611 0.11348 0.08466 0.05635 0.04746 0.04033 0.03006 0.02633

290 0.35803 0.3791 0.31684 0.24776 0.19563 0.1358 0.11989 0.09377 0.05842 0.04788 0.0401 0.02961 0.02596

300 0.3915 0.33483 0.29044 0.23265 0.18712 0.16522 0.10711 0.07018 0.03726 0.03234 0.02813 0.02149 0.01892

310 0.39796 0.24396 0.19323 0.15332 0.12166 0.04923 0.07247 0.08347 0.06377 0.05483 0.04744 0.03645 0.03236

320 0.38764 0.19666 0.11462 0.07398 0.05196 0.0344 0.04019 0.04522 0.0513 0.04877 0.04532 0.0382 0.035

330 0.39507 0.20278 0.11702 0.07705 0.0562 0.04273 0.02976 0.03432 0.03935 0.03719 0.03424 0.03422 0.03353

340 0.36224 0.17115 0.09509 0.06155 0.04406 0.03988 0.03278 0.05296 0.05271 0.04743 0.04434 0.03894 0.03618

350 0.31519 0.13905 0.07188 0.0434 0.02909 0.04596 0.04123 0.04226 0.03373 0.03333 0.03167 0.02714 0.02635

360 0.21795 0.08899 0.04587 0.02887 0.02027 0.0421 0.03886 0.04053 0.03819 0.0385 0.03879 0.03651 0.03477

MIN 0.19763 0.08899 0.04587 0.02887 0.02027 0.01107 0.02814 0.01818 0.02813 0.02607 0.02384 0.01711 0.01477

MAX 0.39998 0.3791 0.31684 0.2585 0.23726 0.16522 0.11989 0.09444 0.0651 0.05483 0.04744 0.03954 0.03744


204




CONCENTRATION VALUES OF NOX IN MICROGRAMS/M3


(DEGREES) 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 6000 7000 9000 10000

10 0.3184 0.09607 0.05704 0.0396 0.02949 0.02167 0.05154 0.07188 0.07249 0.06708 0.06096 0.05685 0.05421

20 0.28809 0.11427 0.0659 0.043 0.0336 0.0307 0.02673 0.06322 0.06673 0.06147 0.05571 0.04531 0.04148

30 0.23823 0.12586 0.09785 0.13699 0.15122 0.11162 0.05213 0.07377 0.07308 0.06679 0.06028 0.04886 0.04415

40 0.28223 0.12596 0.24482 0.28917 0.27936 0.15015 0.05724 0.06889 0.06287 0.05629 0.05183 0.05246 0.05103

50 0.32421 0.13159 0.29077 0.27193 0.22178 0.07608 0.042 0.07387 0.0679 0.06023 0.05382 0.04852 0.04858

60 0.35646 0.14639 0.15214 0.10374 0.06782 0.01898 0.0506 0.07378 0.06961 0.06463 0.06382 0.05815 0.0547

70 0.35837 0.17292 0.09921 0.06597 0.04652 0.01401 0.05486 0.07327 0.07137 0.06815 0.06341 0.05497 0.0518

80 0.3325 0.21186 0.12958 0.08401 0.05794 0.01842 0.04522 0.06982 0.07216 0.06619 0.06333 0.05766 0.05418

90 0.30142 0.20981 0.15965 0.1069 0.08034 0.05553 0.04671 0.0636 0.06891 0.06522 0.06018 0.04997 0.04545

100 0.23249 0.22507 0.18153 0.26891 0.27325 0.16324 0.07003 0.04097 0.05172 0.0539 0.05321 0.04824 0.04521

110 0.07829 0.26612 0.25045 0.30696 0.28211 0.13575 0.11432 0.09614 0.07511 0.06864 0.06191 0.0501 0.04524

120 0.0502 0.29665 0.20601 0.13072 0.09436 0.04399 0.10154 0.09161 0.05967 0.05157 0.04847 0.04122 0.03777

130 0.05516 0.34271 0.17364 0.1149 0.07779 0.02257 0.03897 0.03423 0.06398 0.06523 0.06352 0.05682 0.0531

140 0.10878 0.43404 0.20598 0.24642 0.35798 0.23803 0.10122 0.08549 0.05225 0.04184 0.03422 0.02414 0.02072

150 0.17199 0.32012 0.19413 0.11855 0.09597 0.11052 0.1501 0.12142 0.07276 0.05798 0.0472 0.03296 0.02813

160 0.42816 0.39854 0.192 0.10712 0.07451 0.04848 0.13017 0.09954 0.06132 0.04921 0.04083 0.02953 0.02562

170 0.49754 0.3856 0.18517 0.11818 0.08393 0.06258 0.15876 0.12588 0.07334 0.05788 0.04708 0.0345 0.03007

180 0.53573 0.28762 0.1869 0.12962 0.08972 0.07099 0.14939 0.12878 0.08432 0.0696 0.05848 0.0432 0.03783

190 0.5272 0.30118 0.14318 0.08558 0.1453 0.17644 0.14629 0.13363 0.09108 0.07592 0.06425 0.04796 0.04216

200 0.47196 0.29347 0.18049 0.09433 0.08046 0.18354 0.16062 0.11356 0.0767 0.06462 0.05508 0.04149 0.03658

210 0.4877 0.2936 0.24524 0.12328 0.09159 0.16458 0.16473 0.13608 0.0861 0.07113 0.05974 0.04402 0.03848


205



220 0.45836 0.21563 0.40558 0.39017 0.29844 0.1529 0.14806 0.10928 0.05822 0.04447 0.03671 0.02723 0.02391

230 0.46101 0.33826 0.24907 0.27582 0.29683 0.19896 0.14294 0.10614 0.07496 0.06311 0.05382 0.04061 0.03585

240 0.52678 0.43479 0.2859 0.24811 0.22713 0.17502 0.16245 0.13196 0.08346 0.06856 0.05738 0.04213 0.03679

250 0.47442 0.3629 0.31395 0.23222 0.2122 0.20189 0.15683 0.12424 0.08239 0.0684 0.05777 0.04308 0.03788

260 0.43682 0.39647 0.28918 0.22111 0.23043 0.219 0.15112 0.12442 0.08537 0.0714 0.06062 0.04551 0.04012

270 0.38974 0.4051 0.32536 0.27893 0.27531 0.19672 0.16534 0.14088 0.09318 0.07721 0.06508 0.04832 0.04363

280 0.39359 0.31961 0.26335 0.20806 0.17105 0.23996 0.17414 0.1331 0.07986 0.06457 0.05347 0.03974 0.03488

290 0.37452 0.37002 0.33184 0.27886 0.26827 0.19203 0.18872 0.1391 0.0829 0.06757 0.05618 0.04077 0.03541

300 0.39607 0.33258 0.3072 0.26405 0.22442 0.25247 0.15028 0.09598 0.05007 0.03905 0.03148 0.02328 0.02114

310 0.44286 0.25702 0.21071 0.17518 0.14426 0.10072 0.09542 0.10803 0.08342 0.07192 0.06235 0.04803 0.04267

320 0.36624 0.20756 0.12773 0.08625 0.06281 0.09066 0.07444 0.05782 0.0672 0.06414 0.05975 0.05052 0.04656

330 0.33497 0.19745 0.12753 0.09058 0.06988 0.10742 0.10059 0.07611 0.0511 0.05012 0.05126 0.05135 0.04993

340 0.37039 0.19203 0.10514 0.07104 0.05372 0.11029 0.10091 0.07443 0.06653 0.06586 0.06287 0.0548 0.05075

350 0.35136 0.1699 0.09787 0.06254 0.04322 0.09008 0.08231 0.07484 0.06254 0.059 0.05446 0.0455 0.04349

360 0.32614 0.14427 0.06642 0.03453 0.02184 0.05094 0.06628 0.0703 0.05658 0.05868 0.0588 0.05456 0.0516

MIN 0.0502 0.09607 0.05704 0.03453 0.02184 0.01401 0.02673 0.03423 0.05007 0.03905 0.03148 0.02328 0.02072

MAX 0.53573 0.43479 0.40558 0.39017 0.35798 0.25247 0.18872 0.14088 0.09318 0.07721 0.06508 0.05815 0.0547


206




CONCENTRATION VALUES OF HCl IN MICROGRAMS/M3


(DEGREES) 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 6000 7000 9000 10000

10 0.04347 0.01797 0.01765 0.0206 0.02023 0.01198 0.00488 0.00695 0.00843 0.00782 0.00712 0.00582 0.00527

20 0.04475 0.01734 0.03075 0.03431 0.03292 0.01918 0.00829 0.01137 0.0094 0.00819 0.00715 0.00553 0.00501

30 0.04118 0.01555 0.02408 0.02521 0.02308 0.0116 0.00625 0.01002 0.00905 0.00805 0.00712 0.00561 0.00513

40 0.03765 0.01996 0.01108 0.00757 0.00644 0.00243 0.00661 0.01116 0.00929 0.00817 0.00721 0.00567 0.00507

50 0.04474 0.02272 0.01251 0.00816 0.0059 0.00243 0.00353 0.00715 0.00788 0.00715 0.00639 0.00507 0.00453

60 0.04751 0.02403 0.01289 0.00826 0.0059 0.0023 0.0107 0.01259 0.00921 0.00778 0.00664 0.00539 0.00513

70 0.04809 0.0233 0.01512 0.00978 0.0067 0.00206 0.0029 0.00598 0.00745 0.00714 0.00664 0.00559 0.00521

80 0.04437 0.02528 0.02186 0.02451 0.02327 0.01264 0.0048 0.00475 0.0065 0.00635 0.00598 0.00509 0.00469

90 0.03533 0.02734 0.03952 0.04261 0.0399 0.0224 0.00974 0.00579 0.00647 0.00631 0.00609 0.00536 0.00497

100 0.04363 0.02342 0.0289 0.02927 0.02605 0.01206 0.00396 0.002 0.00283 0.00352 0.00392 0.00414 0.00408

110 0.04482 0.02845 0.02183 0.01459 0.01 0.00601 0.01719 0.01362 0.00831 0.00711 0.00662 0.00558 0.0051

120 0.05264 0.02918 0.02135 0.01392 0.00941 0.00962 0.01849 0.01393 0.00827 0.00666 0.00554 0.00488 0.00452

130 0.06105 0.03204 0.01872 0.01263 0.00869 0.00424 0.00843 0.00531 0.00386 0.00457 0.00493 0.00501 0.00488

140 0.05329 0.02991 0.02282 0.01548 0.02258 0.02176 0.00986 0.00822 0.00527 0.00443 0.00375 0.00277 0.00242

150 0.06138 0.0377 0.02387 0.01644 0.01653 0.0171 0.01164 0.01079 0.00743 0.00617 0.00517 0.00375 0.00324

160 0.05509 0.03252 0.02018 0.01402 0.00992 0.00474 0.01421 0.01116 0.00674 0.00547 0.00467 0.0035 0.00307

170 0.05521 0.03923 0.02095 0.01278 0.00869 0.00299 0.01218 0.01254 0.00875 0.00731 0.00617 0.00457 0.004

180 0.05352 0.03967 0.02081 0.01357 0.00948 0.00712 0.0134 0.01359 0.00982 0.00833 0.00713 0.00541 0.00479

190 0.04001 0.03997 0.02378 0.01535 0.01083 0.00781 0.01662 0.01261 0.00993 0.00856 0.00742 0.00571 0.00507

200 0.05691 0.03124 0.01659 0.0102 0.00722 0.00544 0.01703 0.01425 0.00914 0.00772 0.00672 0.00521 0.00463


207



210 0.06836 0.04054 0.02178 0.01342 0.00933 0.00533 0.01612 0.01425 0.0097 0.00821 0.00701 0.00529 0.00466

220 0.05827 0.03772 0.02352 0.01615 0.01169 0.01043 0.01319 0.01067 0.00626 0.00515 0.00441 0.00335 0.00297

230 0.05594 0.043 0.03045 0.03897 0.03773 0.02119 0.01638 0.01243 0.00812 0.00713 0.00626 0.0049 0.00438

240 0.05656 0.03794 0.02373 0.02058 0.01795 0.01882 0.01605 0.01416 0.00952 0.00793 0.00671 0.005 0.00439

250 0.05835 0.03625 0.02982 0.02357 0.01957 0.01617 0.01539 0.01337 0.00904 0.0077 0.00667 0.00515 0.00458

260 0.05592 0.03842 0.035 0.02808 0.02297 0.02513 0.01737 0.01423 0.00943 0.00787 0.00666 0.00514 0.00461

270 0.05769 0.03798 0.03581 0.02735 0.02061 0.02021 0.01785 0.01403 0.00947 0.00824 0.00718 0.00556 0.00495

280 0.06035 0.03915 0.0292 0.02327 0.01985 0.01374 0.01541 0.01208 0.00886 0.00764 0.0066 0.00501 0.00442

290 0.06005 0.06316 0.05475 0.04318 0.03411 0.01907 0.01395 0.01306 0.00911 0.00765 0.00651 0.0049 0.00433

300 0.05597 0.0716 0.06421 0.0521 0.0422 0.01885 0.01569 0.01105 0.00668 0.00583 0.00506 0.00384 0.00338

310 0.06283 0.05461 0.04842 0.03862 0.0307 0.0129 0.01407 0.01097 0.00971 0.0086 0.0076 0.00598 0.00535

320 0.06408 0.03352 0.02258 0.01691 0.01262 0.01081 0.01282 0.00953 0.00632 0.00645 0.00627 0.00558 0.00521

330 0.06205 0.0348 0.02018 0.01323 0.00963 0.00517 0.00553 0.0068 0.00859 0.00804 0.00736 0.00607 0.00552

340 0.0611 0.03012 0.01665 0.01073 0.00769 0.00302 0.00992 0.01176 0.00897 0.00777 0.00703 0.0057 0.00516

350 0.05426 0.02419 0.01238 0.00746 0.00503 0.00164 0.01152 0.01165 0.00785 0.0071 0.00658 0.00548 0.005

360 0.03702 0.01588 0.00823 0.00523 0.00498 0.00264 0.00216 0.00422 0.00527 0.00499 0.00457 0.00449 0.00446

MIN 0.03533 0.01555 0.00823 0.00523 0.00498 0.00164 0.00216 0.002 0.00283 0.00352 0.00375 0.00277 0.00242

MAX 0.06836 0.0716 0.06421 0.0521 0.0422 0.02513 0.01849 0.01425 0.00993 0.0086 0.0076 0.00607 0.00552


208



Fig: 4.1: Isopleths of SPM


209




210



Fig. 4.2: Isopleths of SO2


211




212



Fig. 4.3: Isopleths of NOX


213




214



Fig. 4.4: Isopleths of HCl


215




216



7. Assessment of Impact on Air Quality

Base line study reveals that the levels of various pollutants like PM, SO2 , NOx, HCl etc., in the ambient air of surrounding study area are well within the limits stipulated by National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standard for Residential, Rural and other areas. It can be seen from Table No. 4.4 that the maximum predicted 24 hours GLC(s) of all the pollutants i.e., PM, SO2 and NOx, HCl and its incremental concentrations on baseline value is below the NAAQS. Thus, it can be concluded that, with proposed emissions from the Plant, the Ambient Air Quality within the industrial premises as well as in the surrounding study area will not exceed the NAAQ standards and hence there is no significant adverse impact on Ambient Air Quality.

D. Mitigation Measures for Air Environment during

Operational Phase

• The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions

emanating out of process reactions by providing vent condensers.

• Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations.

• Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the

all the reactors.

• Adequate stack height of 11 Mtrs will be provided to the 1 TPH boiler and 11 m to Hot Air generator.

• Stack monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring of the stack to

verify the compliance of the stipulated norms. The quantity of LDO will

be 9.36 KL /M used in Industrial Boiler. it means per day consumption

will be approximate 374 Liter /Day & Wet Scrubber will provide as APC

System with Industrial Boiler. Unit will use natural gas as a fuel in Hot Air

generator & Adequate Stack Height will be provided.

• In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop greenbelt in and

around its premises.

• For process gas emission of SO2 and HCl, unit will provide two stage scrubber system (water scrubber followed by alkali scrubber ). For SPM from spray dryer, unit will provide cyclone separator followed by wet scrubber.


217




1. Impact During Construction Phase

Impact on water quality during construction phase / foundation work will be marginal and confined to use of water by workers only.

The sewage generated will be disposed to Soak Pit and septic tank system & they will take all reasonable precautions for wastewater seepage. This will prevent soil contamination.

The water required for construction will be met by Water Tanker sources. The quality of both surface and groundwater may also deteriorate in regard to the labour camps likely to be developed during the construction phase if proper solid waste management practices are adopted. Improper treatment of sewage from labour camps leads to infiltration into soil and finally affects groundwater regime. This will create accumulation dirty water over which mosquitoes and other flies to flourish thereby affecting the health of workers. During the operation phase, irrational disposal of liquid wastes will be avoided. The formation of roads will affect the drainage system as such road laying is to be properly planned protecting the natural drainages by leaving sufficient buffer zone of 7.5 m on either side of natural stream courses. The baseline status of water quality in the core and buffer zone area has been established through sampling and analysis of various water quality parameters as part of the baseline environmental monitoring. Water samples collected from 11 locations in the core and the buffer zone of 10 km radius of the proposed project area during the study period. The prime objective of the baseline water quality study was to establish the existing water quality in the study area and to evaluate the anticipated impact of the proposed project on water quality and to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation. This will also be useful for assessing the conformity to the standards of water quality during the construction and implementation/ operational phase of the project. The contamination of groundwater might occur due to the irrational disposal of liquid wastes.

2. Mitigation measures :

The domestic sewage generated during the construction activity will be

routed to septic tanks followed by soak pit.


218



C. Impact During Operation Phase

Domestic water Consumption will be around 2 KLPD and Sewage generated will be disposed to soak pit via septic tank @ 2 KLPD.

Fresh Water Requirement for Gardening & Plantation: 0.5 KLD. Industrial water consumption will be for washing @ 4.0 KLPD, Cooling @

1.0 KLPD, Boiler @ 1.5 KLPD, Scrubber @ 1.0 KLPD. So, total water consumption will be 10.0 KLPD. Industrial effluent generation will be 11.03 KLPD.

→ Process Effluent 6.73 KLD (Spent Acid-6.28 KLD & Process effluent 0.45 KLD)

→ Utility waste water (including Washing, Boiler b/d, Cooling b/d) – 4.3 KLD

Spent acid 6.28 KLD will be neutralized in ETP-1. Process Effluent & Utility waste water 4.75 KLD will be primary treated in

ETP-2 (Primary treatment units). After treatment in both ETP, finally effluent discharged to Chhatral

Environment Management System Pvt. Ltd., Dhanot for Spray Drying.

• So, unit will achieve Zero Liquid Discharge.

TABLE 4.10

TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT FOR PROPOSED PROJECT

Water Consumption in KL/Day

Domestic 2.0

Gardening 0.5

Industrial

Process 0

Washing 4.0

Cooling 1.0

Boiler 1.5

Scrubber 1.0

Total(C) 7.5

Total (A+B+C) 10.0


219



TABLE 4.11

TOTAL WASTE WATER GENERATION

Effluent Generation In KL/Day

Domestic 2.0

Gardening 0.0

Industrial

Process 6.73

Washing 4.0

Cooling 0.1

Boiler 0.2

Scrubber 0.0

Total(C) 11.03

Total (A+B+C) 13.03

Thus, it can be concluded that negligible impact on surrounding water environment is caused. Further, it is emphasized that all precautionary measures have to be strictly adhered as mentioned in the Environmental Management Plan given in Chapter 10, to maintain ground water quality within norms in the future.

1. Mitigation Measures for Water Environment during Operational Phase :-

• Effluent generated in the plant will be treated in primary Effluent Treatment Plant. Treated effluent will be sent to Chhatral Environment Management System Pvt. ltd. For Spray drying. So, unit will achieve be zero Liquid discharge.

• Domestic wastewater will be disposed to soak pit system via septic tank.

• Unit has proposed to recharge ground water through roof water

harvesting pits in the project area and rain water harvesting pits outside

plant area wherever possible to balance the water table.

• Minimization of water use providing drip system for gardening.

• Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor and process

equipment to reduce the amount of wastewater generated during

washings.


220



4.6 SOLID / HAZARDOUS WASTE :

A. Impact of Solid / hazardous waste during Construction Phase:-

Improper disposal of debris, used oil will result in surface and groundwater contamination and in turn affects the drainage of the area. As such proper housekeeping programme needs to be formulated for proper disposal of solid and liquid wastes.

B. Impact of Solid / hazardous waste during Operation Phase:-

The details of hazardous waste to be generated from the proposed project, is mentioned at Chapter - 2. The proposed practice of storage of generated hazardous waste, in a closed room having an impervious bottom, and disposed of as per the prescribed guidelines will be continued for the generation of hazardous waste. Hence, the impact due to the same will be negligible as the handling of hazardous waste to be generated will be disposed as per guidelines. The details of solid/Hazardous waste details are shown in below Table 4.13.

TABLE 4.12: SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL MODE

Sr. No.

Waste Category Quantity Facility

1. ETP 35.3 200

MT/ Year

Collection, Storage, Transportation

& sell to authorized cement

industries or dispose to TSDF site.

2. Used Oil 5.1 20

Liter/Year


& Disposed by selling to registered

reuse/recyclers.

3. Discarded

Containers &

Bags

33.1 0.7

MT/Year



recycler.


258 KL/Year Collection, Storage, Transportation

& Disposed by selling to actual

users having Rule 9 permission.


26.1 162 KL/Year Collection, Storage, Transportation

& Disposed by selling to authorized

industries having Rule 9 permission.


21.1 1900 KL /Yr Collection, Storage, treatment by neutralization & send to Common Spray drying facility for evaporation.


221



B Measures for hazardous/solid waste during Operational phase :-

To reduce the quantity of solid / hazardous waste generation as well as

possible contamination of land (soil) due to spillages / leaks from the plant

operations, following Mitigation measures can be implemented:

• There will not be any leakages / spillage from the raw-materials storage

and from the storage of generated effluent from the project.

• The generated Hazardous waste will be stored on floor with suitable

packing and this dedicated area will be covered with the roof.

• The records on quantity of hazardous waste generation and disposal

will be maintained for each category and possibilities will be explored

for minimization and reuse.

• Classification of waste

• Collection, Storage, Transportation, & disposed/sale to authorized

recycler or re-user.

• Data Management and Reporting

• Personnel Training to the workers and employees.

• The leakages of oil spills from machinery shall be collected in leak

proof barrels and then disposed off to SPCB authorized dealers.

4.7 NOISE ENVIRONMENT :-

A. Impact during Construction Phase

There will be slightly increase in noise level during construction phase due to erection and installation of machinery. But it is restricted to construction phase only and it will occur during day time, when construction activities will be in progress. Construction equipment and vehicular traffic contribute to the

increased noise level.

B. Mitigation measures during Construction Phase :-


222



Recommended mitigation measures are:

• Good maintenance of vehicles and construction equipment.

• Restriction of construction activities to day time only.

• Plantation of trees around the plant boundary to attenuate the noise.

C. Impact during Operational Phase :-

As per observations, the Ambient Noise Level is within norms of Industrial Area. With the implementation of the mitigation measures proposed, the noise levels at plant boundaries will be well below the limits specified for industrial areas. The major sources contributing to Noise pollution during the plant operation will be Boiler, Hot Air generator, Spray dryer, Pumps, etc. The operation of the equipment will generate noise ranging between 70-80 dB (A). The occasional noise will be attenuated by the development of green belt in and around the industry, which will be taken up right from the construction phase. Also ear protecting devices will be provided for personnel working in high noise generating zone. The main sources of noise pollution in the plant are Boiler, Hot Air Generators, Reactors, and other Noise generating units. Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading / unloading of raw materials and finished products and transporting activity may also increase noise level. Noise levels in the ambient air are well within the permissible limits given by the National Ambient Noise level standards as confirmed during baseline study. Leq values of the noise levels within the plant premises will be kept less than 75db [A] [during day time] and 70 db[B] [ during night time] which will be within the permissible limit. Thus, there is practically no impact on surrounding environment.

D. Mitigation Measures for Noise level during Operational Phase :

To minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following noise

control measures,

• Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and / or

protective measures will be provided, if required (wherever noise level

is more than 90 dB (A)).

• Employees will be provided with earplugs or earmuffs where exposure

is 85 dB (A) or more.


223



• Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried

out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

• Green Belt Development.

4.8 LAND /SOIL ENVIRONMENT :


In proposed unit needs to do Excavation for plant activity. Unit will do construction activity for proposed foundation work. Hence there will be minor impact on the surrounding soil environment and there will be change in Land Use Pattern only for foundation area. Present Land use of the site is open land. Proposed production activity will be done in premises of the unit.. Hence, there will be change of existing land use pattern only for the project site. The activities of proposed products will be confined within the plant site premises. During construction works, top soil generated from various activities like excavation etc. will be stored and preserved to use it during restoration period as far as possible. There will be no disposal of wastewater on land. Hazardous wastes will be stored at earmarked area with impervious flooring, shed and spillage/ leakage collection system to eliminate rainwater contamination, chances of overflow / spillages going on to the land and thus land/ soil contamination.

B. Mitigation measures during Construction Phase :-:

• The earthen material generated during excavations and site

grading periods, will be properly dumped and slope stabilization

shall be taken. The topsoil generated during construction shall be

preserved and reused for plantations.

Hence, no significant negative impact is envisaged on the surrounding soil quality due to presence of solid / hazardous waste within the plant premises.

C. Impact during Operation Phase

Source emission, wastewater and hazardous waste generation from any project activity affects the soil environment.


224



The impact due to air causes direct/indirect effect on soil. The emissions of SPM during operation will be effectively controlled. There will be practically no effect on the soil quality due to air emissions.

Domestic effluent will be discharged to soak pit and septic tank system. Wastewater generated from the Industrial activity will be treated in Effluent Treatment Plant and finally it will be send to Chhatral Environment Management System Pvt Ltd and ETP waste will be disposed to TSDF site.

As per the Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Amendment Rules, 2003, all necessary control steps for each type of Hazardous Wastes generated will be taken for the proposed project.

Hence, due to the proposed project the, land use pattern; land cover and topography of the area will be changed only for the project premises.

IMPACT ON SOIL

One of the adverse impacts of a project may be enhanced soil

erosion, mainly on account of rain and flood. Soil erosion is due to

heavy rains and floods coupled with improper and unplanned land

use. Physico-chemical changes in soil quality may occur due to

spillage of various chemicals on land around storage area. The

impact will remain confined within the factory premises it will change

the quality of soil and impact will be of irreversible in nature.

D. Mitigation Measures during Operational Phase :

• Flue gases from Boiler stack , Hot Air generator Stack, Spray dryer

stack, will be treated in Air Pollution Control Systems and discharged

into the atmosphere through a adequate stack height.

• Effluent water generated from all streams of the proposed project will

be treated in Primary Treatment plant and finally treated effluent will be

send to Chhatral Environment management System Pvt Ltd. For Spray

drying.

• Solid / hazardous waste generated will be stored separately in Hazardous

Waste storage area within the factory premises and disposed as per

guidelines.


225



• The hazardous waste storage area has non-percolating RCC floor and

covered roof.

E. Mitigation Measures for Soil Conservation :

During operational phase, the chances of any enhanced soil erosion are

not anticipated. But improper disposal of toxic wastes and accidental

spillages of toxic chemicals can pose a serious threat to the soil, ground

and surface waters. But the chances of such events cannot be quantified

and predicted. Since the industry is expected all rules and regulations

relating to the use, handling and disposal of all toxic and hazardous

chemicals, no additional safety methods are required especially to prevent

contamination of soil. Liberal use of locally available farmyard manure will

be used for the plants in the greenbelt and block plantations for improving

the productivity, fertility and health of soils.

The project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries

of the project site since it is a zero liquid discharge unit by sending their

treated effluent at Chhatral Environment management System Pvt Ltd.

Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas

in the buffer zone and one from the project site reveals that all basically

sandy loams.


226



4.9 TOPOGRAPHY :-

It is a proposed project, does involve changes in topography and project

activities include excavation of soil in the plant area and construction of

buildings and facilities limited to the project site area. During construction,

excavated soil will be restored to its original shape. Thus the impact

during the construction is reversible, for short term and insignificant.

During the operation phase of the project, no impact is envisaged on the

topography.

There will be a change in topography of the land in the project site, but

there will be no change in drainage pattern.

4.10 HYDROLOGY & GEOLOGY :

FAE Aspects Impacts Mitigation measures

GEO i. Topography ii. Geomorphology iii. Soil cover

Sliding , Seepage , Siltation , Slope failure

Change

Soil conservation plan given Minor change –no natural problem Concrete floor in project premise

HG i. Aquifer ii. Ground water used iii. Stage Of Water

Development iv. Chemical Hazard v. STP Discharge vi. GW Problem vii. Storm Water viii. Chemicals ix. OE area

Daccan trap – poor aquifer GW Table Fluctuation

increase May be change Seepage occurred Drainage changed

• Rain water harvesting given

• Stage of water development not change, no abstraction

• Piezometer well proposed

• Proper channelized drainage system suggest to collect the rain/storm water collection

• Proper STP/ETP system advised

• CGWA clearance required ,if they will used the GW in future.


227



4.11 ECOLOGY:


Any construction activity brings changes in some components of the local Terrestrial ecosystem. These adverse impacts are restricted to the project Construction site and to some extent it's immediate surroundings. The proposed project will not involve removal of any vegetation from the soil and loosening of the topsoil generally causes soil erosion as it is. However, such impacts will be confined to the plant site and will be minimized through paving and water sprinkling. However, 33% of greenbelt will be developed in the plant site. The existing trees will be preserved to the extent possible. Thus, there will no major adverse impacts are envisaged on ecological environment due to project activities.

B. Mitigation measures during construction phase :

During construction, small shrubs in the plant premises are required to be cleared. The measures required to be undertaken to minimize the impact on the ecology are:

• The felling of trees will be kept at minimum.

• Adequate Greenbelt will be developed.

C. Impact during Operation Phase :-

Impacts on terrestrial ecosystem can occur due to operation of the any industrial project mainly from air emissions, liquid effluents as well as hazardous wastes generation, which can interfere with the biotic and abiotic components of the ecosystem and may induce injurious effects when concentrations exceed permissible standards.

The proposed project will be carried out on land within M/s. RGB Chemicals & Dyes without cutting of any trees. The proposed project does not alter the crop pattern and natural vegetation of the surrounding area.

Due to the safe control technology of air pollutants, liquid effluents and hazardous wastes disposal, no impact on the surrounding ecology is anticipated.

Development of additional greenbelt/green area will improve the ecological Environment of the surrounding areas.


228



Prediction of impacts is based both on the direct and indirect; short-term as well as long-term; irreversible and irreversible impacts that are most likely to occur owing to the industrial activity during establishment and operation. The ecological factors that are considered most significant as far as the impact on flora and fauna are concerned:

1. Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity.

2. Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation. 3. Whether there shall be any risk or threat to the rare or endangered

or endemic or threatened (REET) species. 4. Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions

such as (i) disruption of food chains, (ii) decline in species

population and or (iii) alterations in predator-prey relationships.

Negative Impacts: As there is change in the land use and land cover on account of the proposed project, the proposed action is not going to have any direct and significant negative impacts of flora and fauna or biodiversity. Most probable Scenario: As stated earlier, it is a new project there will be change in the land use and land cover within the project site. No damage is going to be done to the existing green cover within the project site. Except for a few weeds, there are only cultivated plants and no RET species in the core area. No species is going to be lost on account of the proposed project. No direct or indirect damage is expected to the flora and fauna of the buffer zone. Further, as there are no rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species, the project does not pose any threat to the flora and fauna of the study area. As the industry is required to operate and maintain the emissions and effluents within the limits specified by the CPCB / SPCB, the effects of the industry on the flora and fauna of the buffer zone may be negligible. Neither the storm water nor the effluent water nor any other kind of rain or waste water from the industry shall get in to the drinking water resources.

D. Mitigation Measures during Operational Phase :-

The measures required to be undertaken to minimize the impact on the ecology are:

• The felling of trees will be kept at minimum.

• Adequate Greenbelt will be developed.


229



4.12 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT:

Like any other project, the proposed project is also expected to have certain positive and negative impacts on socio-economic environment.


Local people involved as contract labours will have benefits of getting employment. Proposed project will generate temporary employment for personnel during operational phase. Impact on Socio-Economic Environment Due to proposed project there is no major negative impact on socio economic environment. The proposed Project will require workforce of 15 persons during plant operations. Thus industrial activity will boost up the commercial and economical status of the locality to some extent. And, the overall impacts on socio- economic environment due to the proposed project are positive in nature and accrue to the community on the long-terms basis.

B. Impact during Operational Phase :-

The proposed project will generate direct employment. The indirect employment will be generated by way of transportation, shopkeepers and other casual employment. Implementation of this plant will also reduce production loss due to shortage of power. Thus, the Proposed project will have significant positive impacts on the employment pattern of the study area. During the erection phase short term direct or indirect employment will be generated. Project Proponent shall give first preference to the Local people wherever found suitable for all the jobs in the plant operations. Economic status of the local people will improve due to the increased employment & business opportunities, thereby, making a positive impact to the Local Economy. Educational, medical and housing facilities in the study area will considerably improve. Thus, the proposed project will have significant positive impact on the socio-economic environment.


230



C. Mitigation Measures for Socio-Economy :-

• Due to proposed project the employment generation will be around 15

persons including, skilled, semi-skilled & unskilled labour and office

staff. Local qualified personnel can be employed.

• Under CSR & CER Budget, the proponent has allotted 8.0 lacs & 6.5

lacs to take up welfare activities.

4.13 HEALTH & SAFETY :


Health problems are also likely to be experienced in the area as a result of Immigrant labour being careless about personal hygiene and also mosquito and fly-borne infections usually prevalent in the rural areas. Such Problems will be minimized by provision of adequate sanitary and health services.

B. Impact during Operational Phase :-

The impact on health and safety hazard is due to Fire, handling of raw material and products, . The company will provide sufficient fire fighting system. Therefore, no adverse impact is anticipated. C. Mitigation measures for Health & Safety :-

1. Provision of periodic medical checkup for all the employees is

necessary first aid facilities.

2. Protective equipments will be regularly checked and will be

kept easily accessible and easily workable during emergency.

3. Various types of fire extinguishers such as (Foam type, DCP,

water, CO2 type) will be providing inside the factory premises.

4. Provide sufficient fire fighting system

5. Health Problems will be minimized by provision of adequate

sanitary and health services


231



4.14 TRAFFIC STUDY & ITS IMPACT:

Traffic study is important to calculate the existing and proposed load on the existing Road due to Proposed Project. There is only one main junction nearby the proposed project i.e. M/S. RGB Chemicals & Dyes. Traffic counts were collected at two Directions (1) From A to B – (Up) Ahmedabad – Mehsana and (2) From B to A – (Down) Mehsana – Ahmedabad on 12/12/2018. Details regarding the traffic survey are:

• Traffic counts were collected and recorded in 4 hours intervals.

• Morning period (pick hours) survey was carried out from 8:00 to 12:00 hrs.

• Evening period (pick hours) survey was carried out from 16:00 to 20:00 hrs.

Traffic counts observed during the above survey are tabulated in Table 4.13

Table No.: 4.13

Traffic Study

Based on the above mentioned traffic study given in above Table, hourly vehicular traffic has been calculated. Considering worst case scenario, average number of

Type of Vehicles

Direction -1

From A to B – (Up) Ahmedabad – Mehsana

Direction 2 From B to A – (Down) Mehsana -

Ahmedabad Timings of Survey(hrs) Timings of Survey(hrs)

12-12-2018 12-12-2018

8:00 to 12:00 hrs.

16:00 to 20:00 hrs.

8:00 to 12:00 hrs.

16:00 to 20:00 hrs.

Large Trailer 42 32 39 31

Heavy (Bus, Truck, etc)

130 112 90 96

Medium (Tractors, light commercial vehicles etc)

116 114 138 198

Light (Car, Jeep, Pickup Van etc.)

220 260 198 210

3 Wheeler (Rickshaw)

48 64 28 42

2 Wheeler (Scooter, motorcycle, cycle etc)

240 212 221 260


232



vehicles observed during 4 hours has been taken as hourly counts. Passenger Car Unit (PCU) has been calculated by applying PCU factor. Proposed load of trucks due to the movement of raw materials, fuel and products has been calculated. Design capacities of both the routes have been taken from the Indian Road Code. Assessment of proposed traffic load is described in Table 4.14

Table No.: 4.14 Assessment of Proposed Traffic Load

Type of Vehicles

Direction -1

From A to B – (Up) Ahmedabad – Mehsana

Direction 2 From B to A – (Down) Mehsana -

Ahmedabad

PCU factor as per Indian Road Code

Avg. vehicle per Hr. (Worst case)

Equivalent PCU (Passenger Car Unit per Hr.)

Avg. vehicle per Hr. (Worst case)

Equivalent PCU (Passenger Car Unit per Hr.)

Large Trailer 58 261 35 157.5 4.5 Heavy (Bus, Truck, etc)

121 363 93 279 3.0

Medium (Tractors, light commercial vehicles etc)

115 172.5 168 252 1.5

Light (Car, Jeep, Pickup Van etc.)

240 240 204 204 1.0

3 Wheeler (Rickshaw)

56 56 35 35 1.0

2 Wheeler (Scooter, motorcycle, cycle etc)

226 113 240 120 0.5

Total PCU /Hr 1205.5 1047.5 Width of Road in m

6.0 6.0

Design PCU per Hr

2000 2000

Existing PCU per Hr.

1205.5 1047.5

Proposed Load Trucks / Day

6 6

Proposed PCU per day

18 18

Total PCU per Hr after the proposed Expansion

1220.5 1065.5

From the above table no. 4.15, it can be concluded that even for considering the worst case; there will be minor increase in vehicular load due to the proposed project. However, the total traffic load even after the proposed project will be very low compare to the design capacity of roads.


233



CHAPTER 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 SITE ALTERNATIVES

The alternatives analysis plays a key role for evaluation of the proposed

technologies and M/s. RGB CHEMICALS AND DYES. has proposed small-scale unit

for manufacturing of various synthetic organic chemical (Reactive & Direct Turquoise

Blue).

RGB Dyes & Chemicals. Proposed to manufacture synthetic organic chemicals

(Reactive & Direct Turquoise Blue) manufacturing unit at Plot No. 5, Old S. No. 72,

New S. No. 120, Nilkanth Estate, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar, Gujarat

The proposed unit is in an area of 2090.13 SQM. (2500 Sq. yard), will have the

infrastructure facilities very near to the plant area. Land, water sources, material

transportation, and power etc are available without any difficulty and the site is also

near to Ahmedabad – Mehsana Highway. Since land for proposed unit is adequate so,

there is no need to analyze any alternate site for expansion.

The supporting factors for site selection:

1. There is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act

(1972) & Eco-sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment

(Protection) Act- 1986 exists within 10 Km radius areas from the Plant Site.

2. The raw materials required for the production of all the proposed products is

easily available in the vicinity of the project site, because of the proximity to the

industrial chemical markets at Ahmedabad, Kalol, Chhatral, Ankleshwar,

Panoli, Jhagadia and Dahej. This will reduce both the cost of raw material

transportation and the associated risk.

3. Plant is only 1.0 km, in East direction away from Ahmedabad – Mehsana

Highway at Chhatral Junction, which is having good transportation facility


234



4. All required common environmental infrastructure are in existence in the

area namely Common effluent Spray drying facility at Chhatral Environment

Management System Pvt ltd. Nearest TSDF site is in the area of 150 - 200 Km.

5. Availability of trained and skilled manpower nearby because of the proximity to

various industrial areas and city/town.

5.2 ALTERNATIVES FOR TECHNOLOGIES :

The technology proposed by RGB Chemicals & Dyes. for manufacturing of Synthetic

Organic (Reactive & Direct Turquoise Blue) is one of the best and proven

technologies; hence no alternative technology has been analyzed. Thus, no new or

untested technology will be used and will be based on Zero liquid Discharge.

Particulars

Proposed Technology

Alternatives

Manufacturing Process

The unit will adopt latest and best

technology available so far in the

market for the manufacturing of

proposed products to achieve

maximum yield with minimum

pollution generation and fugitive

emission.

The unit is very concerned and

conscious about the product

quality and equally about the

environmental protection &

resource conservation. Hence,

unit will put continuous efforts

for replacing/upgrading plant

and machineries from time to

time with the best available

technology with continuous

research through its state of the

art R&D facility.

Wastewater Industrial Effluent of 11.03 KL/day will be sent to ETP for primary treatment and then it will be sent to Chhatral Environment Management System Pvt. Ltd. So, our unit will achieve Zero Discharge. Domestic wastewater will be send to Soak pit via septic tank system.

No alternatives are required

since, proposed technology is

adequate for the industrial

wastewater treatment to achieve

Zero Liquid Discharge by

sending treated effluent to

Chhatral Environment

management System Pvt Ltd.


235



Air Wet Scrubber will be provided with Boiler as an Air Pollution Control System. Unit will install water scrubber followed by alkali scrubber with Reaction vessel and cyclone separator followed by wet scrubber with spray dryer.

No alternatives required since

proposed equipment is suitable

and adequate to achieve

prescribed norms of SPCB.

Adequate water scrubber followed

by alkali scrubber with Reaction

vessel and cyclone separator

followed by wet scrubber with spray

dryer. for the control of process

gases emission from proposed

project.

Proposed technology is suitable

to control emission of process

gases & adequately designed,

considering the pollution load, to

maintain prescribed norms of

GPCB.

Hazardous waste

On-site temporary storage of different type of hazardous waste separated with proper labeling and demarcation will be provided.

Unit will obtain necessary permission from GPCB for disposal of hazardous waste a t approved TSDF.

As all proposed

technology/methods are safe

disposal facilities and also

guided by authority, no

alternative is required.


236



CHAPTER 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 PREAMBLE Based on the findings of the Environmental Impact Assessment study, various mitigation measures have been proposed, which have been detailed out in Environmental Management Plan (EMP). In order to monitor the impacts and efficacy of these plans monitoring of various environmental attributes have been proposed during and after the completion of the management plans. A well defined environmental monitoring programme would be employed with trained and qualified staff of Environmental Management Cell of the proposed project to monitor the environmental attributes of the area with respect to EMP as well as the guidelines of the GPCB/CPCB. Environmental monitoring schedule proposed to be adopted by the project. The post project environmental monitoring program serves as the key tool to keep track on performance of mitigation measures implemented & pollution control technologies installed to prevent impacts associated with various operations of the project. Environmental monitoring is the repetitive and systematic measurement of the characteristics of environmental components to test specific hypotheses of the effects of human activity on the environment. Environmental monitoring will be undertaken primarily to determine the environmental effects of human activities, and secondarily to increase understanding of cause-effect relationships between human activity and environmental change. Thus, environmental monitoring is the effective observation of site conditions and work activities; and identification of potential non-compliance situations and initiation of corrective or remedial actions. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution, since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.

6.2 MONITORING OF ENVIRONMENT

From the monitoring point of view, the important components are air, water, soil and noise. Unit will carry out regular monitoring by NABL/MOEF approved laboratory. Regular monitoring of all significant environmental parameters is essential to check the compliance status vis-à-vis the environmental laws and regulation. The objective of the monitoring will be as follows.


237



To verify the results of the impact assessment study with respect to the

proposed project.

To study the trend of concentration values of the parameters, which have

been, identified as critical and planning the mitigate measures.

To check and assess the efficacy of pollution control equipment.

To implement the EMP, a structured Environment Management Cell (EMC)

interwoven with the management system will be created.

EMC will undertake regular monitoring of the proposed pollution control system

and conduct yearly audit of the environmental performance of the system. It

will also check that the stipulated measures are being satisfactory

implemented and operated.

A comprehensive environmental monitoring program that will be prepared for the

purpose of implementation in the proposed manufacturing unit by the EMC is described

below Table 6.1.

Table 6.1: Environmental Monitoring Plan

S. No.

Aspect Source of Impact

Monitoring Method and it’s Parameters

Frequency Executing Agency

Monitoring Agency

1.0 Construction Phase (As the construction area is small so, steel structure will be used in the existing unit, hence the impact will be very less)

1.1 Local Manpower Absorption

Construction Work

Contractor’s report No. of people working in the project

Daily Contractor RGB Chemicals & Dyes

1.2 Air Quality transportation of construction materials

Survey & observations; Levels of SPM, RSPM, SO2 and NOx

Weekly RGB Chemicals & Dyes

GPCB/ Recognized Env. Agency

1.3 Public Health Dust, Noise, Movement of labours

Regular medical checkup

Monthly Contractors RGB Chemicals & Dyes

2.0 Operation Phase


238



2.1 Water Quality & Quantity

Surface & Ground water quality within the Project Area

Surveys, sample collection & field measurement;

Quarterly RGB Chemicals & Dyes


2.2 Effluent Quality

Quality of Treated effluent Send to spray drying activity to achieve zero Liquid discharge.

ETP sample collection & quality analysis

Daily (Internal); Monthly (Third Party)

RGB Chemicals & Dyes


2.3 Air Quality Emissions from utility and process

Air quality monitoring at 2-3 location within (SO2, NOx, SPM, RSPM, CO, HC, VOC),HCl, as well as stack monitoring.

Ambient -Monthly (24 hourly); Stack – Monthly (third party)



2.4 Noise Level Noise level compliance with respect to industrial standards

Ambient Equivalent Sound Pressure Levels (Leq) in day and Night time at 4 to 6 location.

Monthly (Third Party) and fortnightly (internal)



2.5 Biological Environment

Horticulture/ Greenbelt Development

Survival rate of plants and shrubs

Quarterly RGB Chemicals & Dyes


2.6 Solid Waste Management

Disposal of waste

Monitoring of waste collection, segregation and disposal

Fortnightly RGB Chemicals & Dyes


2.7 Hazardous Waste Management

Hazardous waste as required by hazardous waste authorization

Monitoring of hazardous waste collection, segregation, storage and disposal

Fortnightly RGB Chemicals & Dyes


Generation of used drums, bags and records of their dispatch to approved

Maintain Records

Daily RGB Chemicals & Dyes



239



vendors.

Generation of waste oil and their treatment

Maintain Records

Daily RGB Chemicals & Dyes


All the above observations will be complied and documented by the EMC to

serve the following purposes.

Identification of any environmental problems that are occurring in the area.

Initiating or providing solution to those problems through designed

channels and verification of the implementation status

Controlling activities inside the plant, until the environmental problem

has been corrected.

Suitably responds to emergency situations

The industry will engage recognized laboratories to carry out all necessary

monitoring parameters. Qualified staff has been appointed for the purpose of

Operation and maintenance of the pollution control facilities. Stand-by facilities

are provided to all the facilities so as to ensure fail proof treatment.

6.3 Work zone Monitoring arrangement for Hazardous chemicals.

Arrangement for monitoring in the work zone. Sources: Operators may be exposed due to mechanical failure of hoses or seals

and failure to ensure all hatches and chutes are closed. Exposure could also occur during the following activities or events: sample collection and testing, truck loading and unloading, filling of drums, equipment cleaning and maintenance, opening of tanks and equipment, and spills. All activities from glue spreading, pre-lay and hot press operating.

Method of Testing: NIOSH, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health

Method 2541 Duration of sampling: 6-10 hours Benefit of monitoring:


240



1. To control potential risk to health.

2. To provide controls measures by using following.

• Elimination

• Substitution

• Engineering controls

• Safe work practices (Administrative practices)

• Personal protective equipment

Requirements Plan for Compliance

Gujarat factories rules want the

occupier of the premises to carry

out the required monitoring under

Section 7 A (2) e and Rule -12 B

in Form 37 prescribed therein.

As seen from the foregone discussions

it is clear that the airborne

contaminants and their concentrat ions

including the composit ion are l ikely to

vary a lot. Hence, portable sampling

equipment capable to sample dif ferent

contaminants shall have to be

procured.

Records for location of operation,

contaminant, sampling instrument,

concentrat ion of air borne

contamination, method of analysis

followed and the number of

workers exposed to the process

are supposed to be maintained by

the occupier

The dragger make or similar equipment

is best f itted for the purpose and will

be arranged for with necessary

absorbing media tubes for expected

contaminants.


241



The following emergency equipment shall be present on site:

1. Fire Extinguishers. 2. Industrial First Aid Kit. 3. Portable Eye wash station, Capable of Supplying 15 minutes of water. 4. Emergency Shower. 5. Vehicle Suitable for emergency Transport. 6. Emergency Communication like Land Line Phones, Mobile Phones. Etc.

6.4 CHEMICALS WHICH ARE EXPOSED TO WORKERS DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY

Sr. No.

Raw Material Chemical Name

Physical Form

Container Type

Material of Construction

Maximum Storage

(MT)

1. Chloro Sulfonic Acid


Liquid Tank

M.S. Tank 10

2. Beta Chloro Ethyl Amine

2-Chloroethylamine

Liquid Carboys HDPE (20 lit) 0.4

3. HCl Hydrochloric acid Liquid Tank HDPE Tank 1

4. Phosphorous Tri Chloride

Phosphorous Tri Chloride


5. Liquid NH3 Ammonia Liquid Tank HDPE Tank 1

6. Copper Phthalo Cyanine Blue

Copper Phthalo Cyanine Blue


7. Vinyl Sulphone Vinyl Sulphone Solid Bag HDPE(50 Kg) 0.8

8. Global Salt sodium sulfate decahydrate


9. Sodium Bi Carbonate

Sodium Bi Carbonate


10. Soda Ash Sodium carbonate


Pre-employment medical checkup and periodically medical examination will be done. Liver function test will be done during pre-placement and periodical examination. Raw Materials, by-products and finished products involved in the process. Hazardous chemicals are within the TLV/PEL as per ACGIH recommendation by using gas monitor & work place ambient air monitoring. FORM NO.37 should be prepared & submitted.


242



6.5 INFRASTRUCTURAL REQUIREMENT & PROCUREMENT SCHEDULES

Looking to the Zero Liquid Discharge by complete evaporation of neutralized effluent at Chhatral Environment Management System Pvt Ltd., there is no need to establish full fledge laboratory for ETP. However, unit will regularly check pH of the raw effluent. Flow meter will be provided at the ETP inlet and outlet for regular monitoring of wastewater quantity. In addition to this, regular monitoring will be carried out for wastewater, gaseous emission, fugitive emission and noise by NABL / MOEF approved laboratory as proposed in monitoring program.

6.6 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY Management of RGB Chemicals & Dyes not only carries out business but also

understands the obligations towards the Environment. The company believes in

sustainable development and equally concern about environment preservation and

pollution control. The Proposed Unit will have a well organized Environmental

Management Cell (EMC) which performs all the environmental management activities.

The will have Environment, Health & Safety Policy.

The EHS Policy prescribes to comply with statutory norm with regards to the

Environment, Health & Safety, to prevent pollution by adopting cleaner production

techniques, identification and management of operational hazards and risks and to

ensure the safety of people. All employees at each cadre of the proposed unit will be

educated about the EHS Policy of the company and policy pasted at various prominent

places in the unit. The company will have EHS policy for standard operating procedures

to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest

norms/conditions with regards to the Environment, Health & Safety and to take further

corrective actions. Hierarchical system and administrative order of the company to deal

with the environmental issues and for ensuring total environmental compliance are

described in the subsequent topics with relevant headings.


243



TABLE 6.2: CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY

S. No CONDITIONS COMPLIANCES

A

Does the company have a well laid down

Environmental policy approved by its board of

directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA

report

Company will adopt

Environmental policy.

B

Does the Environmental policy prescribes for

standard operating process / procedures to

bring into focus any in

fragment/deviation/violation of the

Environmental or forest norms/conditions If so,

it may be detailed in the EIA report.

Environmental policy and

standard operating procedures

will be implemented and

displayed.

C

What is the hierarchical system or

administrative order of the company to deal

with the environmental issues and for ensuring

compliances with the EC conditions. Details of

this system may be given

Detail of this system is given in

Figure-6.1

D

Does the company have a system of reporting

of non compliance / violations of environmental

norms to the board of directors of the company

and / or shareholders or stake holders at

large? This reporting mechanism should be

detailed in the EIA report.

Non compliance reports will

communicated to all directors in a

systematic manner

6.7 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY:

1. We strive to completely understand the environmental impact of business activities

at our factory, set forth goals and objectives regarding elements of activities that

negatively impact the environment, and regularly revise our outlook in order to

continually improve the environment. Areas in which we are directing particularly

focused efforts are as follows.

A. Seeking a reduction in environmental burden, we continually work towards

improvements in output levels, minimize waste material production, and

implement a natural resource and energy conserving philosophy.

B. As a chemical factory, we handle a variety of chemical substances. However,

we work towards prevention of environmental pollution by implementing

appropriate management procedures with respect to environmental pollutants.


244



C. As a factory that handles hazardous materials, we work to actualize safe

operations by reducing accidents and trouble through absolute and constant

awareness towards preventing explosions and fires.

2. While adhering to environmental laws, regulations, and agreements, we will work

towards preventing environmental pollution.

3. We educate all our employees about environmental conservation and are working

to heighten awareness and understanding of our environmental policy. At the same

time, we perform environmental conservation activities from a wide range of

viewpoints with a focus on the local community and global environment.

4 In case of Non Compliance/violation of Environment Norms, Meeting of directors to

be arranged with the Manager & Environment Engineer/chemist. After details

discussion, immediate action to be taken

The industry's management will actively initiate, develop and support the environmental policy, which is relevant to its activities, products and services and their environmental effects. Broadly this covers the following:

• Be consistent with the occupational health and safety policy and other industrial policies (such as quality policy);

• Indicate which of the industrial activities are covered by the environmental management system;

The corporate policy for Environmental Management is to create sound and eco-friendly environment for sustainable development at all production projects, plan new projects with environment -friendly considerations, plan regulative, ameliorative and mitigative measures to protect environment and fully merge into the overall corporate policy for achieving the targeted business goals of the Corporation.

Objectives: The environmental policy is framed specifically to fulfill the following objectives:

• Create a work environment which enhances/motivates production and productivity.

• Create a residing environment for the enjoyment and peace of employee.

• Encourage safe and scientific operations and other well-established engineering practices.

Promoting awareness amongst the employees and the neighborhood population for adopting environmentally friendly acceptable procedures and restricting environmental degradation and pollution to the barest minimum


245



6.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

All the project activities are monitored to ensure the appropriate

implementation of all environmental mitigation activities and to identify areas

where environmental management plan compliance is not satisfied. For effective

implementation of the monitoring program, it is also necessary to have a

permanent organizational set-up.

Unit will set-up permanent environmental management cell (EMC) for the

effective implementation and monitoring of environmental management system.

The unit will assign responsibility to officer from various disciplines and cadres to

perform and coordinate the activities concerned with management and

implementation of environmental control measures. The environmental

management cell (EMC) propose to set-up by unit is given here below in Figure

6.1

FIGURE 6.1: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

Partner

EHS Manager

Executive EHS

Supervisor & Operators


246



EHS Manager of the unit will be responsible for total environmental management.

Overall activities performed by EMC are presented below and details of responsibilities

to be given to each officer of the EMC are given in Table 6.3.

• Collect information from regular monitoring and create database.

• Analyze the data and decide thrust area.

• Carry out “project” in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to

environmental problems.

• Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information.

• Work out action plan for implementation of the recommendations made in

the report.

• Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget

for environment management program.

• To deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with

the conditions prescribed by SPCB.

• Non compliance / violation of environmental norms, if any are

reported to Managing Partner and immediate required action is taken.

• Efficient operation and regular monitoring of environmental management

systems

• Prepare budget for Environmental Monitoring Program

TABLE 6.3: RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMC

S. No Name & Designation Responsibilities

1

Partner Approve environment policy and give directions to

succeeding component of the cell

2

EHS Manager

Responsible for overall environmental management.

Regularly coordinate with Officer-EHS and take feedback

regarding all the activities performed under EMC, keep aware

the Director of the unit about all the activities performed

under EMC, any major issue/accidents / incident take place,

any noncompliance / violation of environmental norms


247



3

Executive - EHS

Establish EHS Policy, Development of EHS SOP, EHS

Plan, Manual, Evolutes EHS program & training, Legal

complacencies of SPCB & other Authorities. Execute and

follow-up for routine monitoring, cleaning and maintenance

work of environmental Management systems. Observe

regularity, discipline and working strength of ETP operator.

Property Loss Prevention activities, Work permit, Plant

equipment changes, Mock drill activity, Safety Inspection &

audit work, EHS Incidents/Accident investigation, Employee

observations/near misses along with corrective action,

Develop safety Committee & take quarterly its meeting

Review & compliance report. Reporting the general manager

about all the activities performed under EMC, any major

issue/accidents/incident take place, any noncompliance/

violation of environmental norms

4

Supervisors & Operator

To coordinate with production department, Utility,

Engineering department to run ETP smoothly, carry out daily

effluent analysis & take necessary actions if required &

maintain & update all documents & records on daily

basis, Routine cleaning & maintenance of ETP, Maintain

minimum stock of required chemicals / materials, Give indent

for spare components and follow up for it, maintain hazardous

waste storage area in good condition & Record of it, Observe

regularity, discipline, working strength of helpers.

6.9 ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS & DOCUMENTATION

6.9.1 Analysis

All environmental monitoring data will be stored as computer database by the

Environmental Management Cell (EMC) for proper storage, retrieval and

interpretation of the same. A regular database format will be maintained to keep a

track of monitored parameters and causes are identified in case of non-

conformity with the permissible limits.

6.9.2 Reporting Schedules

Voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to EMP is

undertaken. EHS Manager and Officer-EHS co-ordinate all monitoring programs


248



at site and data generated will be submitted regularly to the statutory agencies.

Frequency of reporting is as per the requirement of SPCB and MoEF&CC.

6.9.3 Environmental Monitoring Expenditure

The monitoring and evaluation process requires extensive surveys and primary

data collection, either to establish the baseline or to measure changes. In order to

respond management needs for carrying out environmental monitoring, a

contingency budget is required. Cost towards environmental monitoring of the

proposed project will be about Rs. 3,00,000 per annum.


249



CHAPTER-7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION As per the EIA notif ication 2006 and its subsequent amendments, “Public Consultation” refers to the process by which the concerns of local affected persons and others who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts of the project or activity are ascertained with a view to taking into account all the material concerns in the project or activity design as appropriate. Al l Category ‘A’ and Category B1 projects or activit ies shall undertake Public Consultation, except the following:-

(a) Modernizat ion of irr igation projects (item 1(c) ( i i ) of the Schedule). (b) All projects or act ivit ies located within industrial estates or parks

(item 7(c) of the Schedule) approved by the concerned authorit ies, and which are not disal lowed in such approvals.

(c) Expansion of Roads and Highways (item 7 (f) of the Schedule), which

do not involve any further acquisit ion of land. (d) All Building /Construct ion projects/Area Development projects and

Townships (item 8). (e) All Category ‘B2’ projects and act ivit ies. (f) All projects or activit ies concerning national defense and security or

involving other strategic considerations as determined by the Central Government. M/s. RGB Chemicals and Dyes is a proposed unit located at Plot No. 5, S.No. 120, Nilkanth Estate, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar, Gujarat. In their proposed unit, they will manufacture Synthetic Organic Chemical @ 50 MT/M. Proposed unit is not located in GIDC Estate. Water consumption will be 10 KLPD

which is less than 25 KLPD, Fuel Consumption will be less than 25 MT/Day and

Unit is not falls under MAH category. So, According to EIA notification dated 14th

September 2006 and its vide amendment, by Ministry of Environment & Forest

(MoEF), Government of India, their Proposed manufacturing activity is falls under

Synthetic Organic Chemicals – Schedule 5(f)) & cat-B. For that unit needs


250



Environment clearance from State Level Environment Impact Assessment

Authority, Gandhinagar, Gujarat. So, as per not if ication, Public

Consultat ion is required for proposed project.

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk assessment may be broadly categorized as under: Design and Pre-modification review: Improper layout l ike location of plant in downwind side of tank farm, f ire stat ion near process area, process area very close to public road and wrong material of selection can cause severe damages to the work and outside environment. Chemical Risk Assessment: It is being assessed for chemicals from the point of view of compatibi l ity, storage, f ire protect ion, toxicity, hazard index rating, f ire and explosion hazards. Process Safety Management: Before effecting major process changes, lack of Management of Change procedure (MOC) like rel iabil ity assessment of process equipment, incorporating safety t ips and interlocks, scrubbing system, etc. Electrical Safety: Ignorance of hazardous area classif ication, protect ion against static electricity, improper maintenance of specialized equipment l ike f lameproof etc. Safety Audits: Lack of Periodical assessment of safety procedures and practices, performance of safety systems and implementation of the same along with follow up measures. Emergency Planning: Lack of comprehensive risk analysis indicat ing the impact of consequences and specif ic writ ten down and practiced emergency procedures along with suitable faci l it ies had increased the severity of the emergency situations.


251



Training: Lack of safety induction and periodical refresher training for the regular employees and contract workmen. Risk Management & Insurance Planning: Lack of identif ication and analysis of all r isks and insurance planning so that interruption risks and public l iabil ity risks could also be managed effectively.

To assess f ire r isk assessment in the industrial unit following steps shall be considered and measures shall be taken.

FIRE RISK ASSESSMENT

o Identif ication & assessment of f ire r isks during operat ions in receipt, storage, transfer and handling of chemicals (raw materials and f inished products).

o Identif ication & control of ignit ion sources in areas where f lammable chemicals wil l be stored/handled/transferred.

o Review of chemical compatibi l ity in storage areas and to suggest appropriate f ire loss control measures.

o Review of f ire detection measures adopted in the plant & to suggest suitable improvement measures.

o Review of the various act ive (f ire hydrant, sprinkler, portable f ire ext inguishers) and passive f ire protection requirements for chemical storage and handling areas and to suggest improvements as necessary.

o Review of contractor safety awareness (chemical spi l l, f ire f ight ing, emergency communication, knowledge of plant hazards & safety regulat ions) and to recommend suitable improvement measures to enhance contractor safety.

o Review of safety awareness and safety training requirements (training identif icat ion and eff icacy) of plant employees with respect to hazards present in the plant.


252



RISK ANALYSIS & EMERGENCY PLAN

o Identif ication of scenarios of potential disasters/emergencies leading to loss of l ife, property damage etc. and qualitat ive assessment of their l ikel ihood.

o Recommendations for risk control measures wherever applicable.

o Preparat ion of onsite emergency preparedness plan.

RISK MANAGEMENT & INSURANCE PLANNING

• Identif ication of all major internal and external pure risks including the natural risks and analysis of the impact of above risks.

• Scrut iny of all exist ing major insurance policies in respect of:

1. Rationalization of basic rate of premium and widening of covers.

2. Applicabil ity/el igibil ity of discounts in premium.

3. Applicat ion of suitable clauses, warranties and conditions.

• Identif ication of possible areas for refund of premium and suggestions regarding procedure for the same.

• Select ion of insurance coverage on the basis of r isk analysis.

• Evaluation of business interruption exposure due to identif ied risks.

• Providing guidelines on documentat ion requirements, procedures for claims under various policies, evaluation of insurers.

• Risk Assessment including prediction of the worst case scenario and maximum credible accident scenario should be carried out. The worst case scenario has been taken into account the maximum inventory of storage at site at any point in time. The risk contours should be plotted on the map clearly showing which of the facilities and surrounding units would be affected in case of an accident taking place.

• The Risk Assessment report is enclosed herewith. Please Refer Enclosure : 02


253



METHODOLOGY: The following parameters are considered to prepare Risk Assessment.

1. Design data, built in safety systems were studied. Discussions were held with

officials on individual safety systems.

2. Hazard Identification exercise was conducted taking into consideration the

materials, operating parameters and proposed safety measures.

3. Containment failure scenarios related to flammable chemicals and Corrosive

Chemicals/Toxic chemicals Storage /handling and reactions involved in

proposed products manufacturing have been considered for Risk Assessment

and consequences in detail. Thus, this study is mainly oriented towards acute

risks rather than chronic risks.

4. Discussed on proposed Raw materials Hazards and their Risks in handling.

7.3 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS

• Hazard identification is carried out to ascertain the controls required and

available in order to mitigate the risk of exposure to the hazards. This would

substantially help in overcoming costly errors and prolonged delays that may

be caused due to the design changes that may be required on a later date.

• Hazard assessment is carried out at the equipment design stage and the

control / mitigation measures will be put in place to overcome them to avoid

costly errors at a later stage.

• Hazard assessment in the plant is carried out examining the, Liquid and solid

chemicals storage in the ware house, production operations, Storage of liquid

chemicals Corrosive/toxic chemicals such as Dilute HCl, CSA, gases such as

HCl & SO2, locations to find out the adequate facilities in place to overcome

the Risks of exposure to the Hazards.

• After a critical analysis of the chemicals used, stored, defined safe operating

procedures and the different manufacturing processes, the following table lists

the safety measures / installations in place and mitigation measures to

overcome the hazards.


254



Following are the Hazards identified in proposed plant activities: Storage and handling of Organic Hazardous Chemicals

• Storage for sealed drums out of direct sunlight and remote from sources of heat

to avoid generation of pressure.

• Paint outside of liquid raw material storage Area with heat reflecting paint to

reduces vapor losses from drums.

• Storage of drums / Tanks at ground level and take measures to prevent

corrosion of the drum / Tank base.

• Availability of adequate ventilation to ensure that in case of incidental release

of process gas (vapour) the vapour concentration is as low as possible, and in

any event within the regulatory requirements

• Transfer of liquid raw material by mechanical seal pump through fixed

pipeline as far as possible.

• Pump unloading using secured dry connections and vapour return lines preferred

for larger containers.

• Fitting of atmospheric vent of the tank with air dryer in order to prevent

moisture from entering the storage tank and equip it with flame arrestor.

• Fitting of a pressure-vacuum relief valve of stainless steel, cast iron or brass

to avoid oxidation. It prevents damage to the tank if the vent becomes blocked.

• Construction of dyke walls around storage tanks to keep liquid from flowing

out in case of damage to tank.

• Provision of emergency showers and eyewash fountains in the unloading area

in case of accidental skin or eye contact.

• Availability of safe handling procedure for storage of liquid raw materials. Storage and handling of Concentrated/ Diluted Acid :-

• Storage of all acids in chemically compatible containers and properly marked

with hazardous symbol.

• Checking of systems including valves, sight glass etc. regularly and

replaced if required.

• Provision of suitable level indicator for storage and day tanks .

• Provision of all acid containers with containment tray.


255



• Provision of emergency transfer arrangements for transferring material into

another tank.

• Availability of necessary PPEs to trained persons for handling acids. Provision of

eye wash / safety shower and First Aid Box in case of emergency.

• Availability of MSDS of Hydro Chloric Acid.


256



Table No.: 7.1 Area wise Identified Hazards, precautions taken with mitigation measures :-

S. No

Area

Identified Hazard

Precautions taken

Mitigation Measures

1]

RM Storage area

Spillage chemicals

of

Approved layout as per legal requirements.

Flame proof electrical fittings will be installed

Chemicals will be stored in safe Containers with secondary containment to prevent spillages.

Storage quantity is limited

Storage area will be well ventilated by a forced air ventilation system.

Material will be accessed only by authorized personnel using mechanized systems

Double door entry to ensure a clean atmosphere.

Area will be cordoned off.

Information will be passed to Emergency control center is informed.

Information will be given to the declarer of emergency on the scale of Leakage.

Emergency Response teams will be kept on alert for swift response.

All hot works being carried out in the surrounding areas will be stopped

Personnel working in the area will be evacuated.


257



S.No

Area

Identified Hazard

Precautions taken

Mitigation Measures

2]

Liquid RM Storage area

Fire, Flammable area & Explosion

Storage facility will be provided in isolated area to have natural ventilation

Flameproof electrical fittings to be allowed in storage area to prevent any fire hazard.

No electrical gadgets or items capable of generating static electric charges will be permitted in the area.

Personnel will be trained about Do‟s & Don‟ts during emergency.

No heat sources will be permitted near the Facility.

Hot work will be controlled through a work permit system

For all storage tanks double earthing will be arranged

Area will be cordoned off.

No Hot work will be carried out in the vicinity to prevent accidental spread of fire.

Personnel working in the area will be evacuated

Emergency control center will be informed

Information will be given to the declarer of emergency on the scale of Fire, Leakage & Explosion.

Emergency Response teams will be kept on alert for swift response.

The spillage will be cleared and the area is made fit work


258



S.No

Area

Identified Hazard

Precautions Taken

Mitigation Measures

Adequate size Dyke wall will be provided to for containment in case of leakage of chemical.

Storage quantity and material will be handled by trained and authorized personnel.

Mechanical foam type fire & DCP fire

extinguishers will be provided at all liquid

raw material storage tanks

Fire hydrant system with hose reels will be Provided in the liquid raw material storage area.

Hydrocarbon detectors will be provided in the storage tanks area.

Flame arrestor will be provided for each storage tank.

In case leakage is found, the contents will be transferred to a spare tank or in to HDPE drums.


259



S.No

Area

Identified Hazard

Precautions Taken

Mitigation Measures

3]

Boiler House and HAG

Fire / Explosion

1. All requirements specified under Boiler Act and Boiler will be licensed is adhered to.

2. All electrical fittings will be of flame proof type.

3. Entry will be restricted only to trained and Authorized personnel to work in the area.

4. Fire extinguishers will be positioned at different locations in case of any Emergencies.

5. No material storage will be permitted in the Area.

6. Auto level controller for Water and high temperature alarms will be provided.

7. Water hardness will be checked on shift wise.

1. Shutting down the plant, declaring the emergency.

2. Electrical supply will be isolated.

3. Type of emergency will be informed to the emergency declarer/ central authority.

4. Emergency response teams will be kept on alert for swift action.

5. Movement of personnel and vehicles will be prohibited.

6. Fire hydrant system will be put in use


260



S.No

Area

Identified Hazard

Precautions Taken

Mitigation Measures

8. Area will be well ventilated and

illuminated for safe working.

9. 24 x 7 manning of the area is done for monitoring of operation.

10. All maintenance /repair works will be carried out after issuing work permits and under constant supervision of experts.

11. Periodical cleaning of soot in furnace to Prevent formation of explosive mixtures.

12. Checking of boiler internals to prevent Accidents as per given schedule.

13. Signage’s will be displayed to inform personnel about the hazards present in the area


261



S.No

Area

Identified Hazard

Precautions Taken

Mitigation Measures

4]

Electrical sub

stations

Electric shock / fire

1. Layout confirm to legal requirements Will be specified under Indian Electrical Rules.

2. Entry will be restricted to licensed and authorized personnel only.

3. Earthing will be provided for leakage of stray Currents.

4. Electronic mimic panels will be installed for fault indication at the entry of the sub- station.

5. Insulating rubber mats confirming to IS 15652:2006 will be provided in front of all electrical switchgear.

6. Periodical inspection and maintenance Will be carried out to ensure good health of the equipment.

7. CO2 / DCP fire extinguishers will be deployed to handle emergency fires

1. Information will be given to Emergency control center.

2. Power supply will be cut off from incoming source.

3. Electricity supply company will be alerted for cut off power supply in case of major risks

4. All hot work around the area will be Stopped and the area is cordoned

off.

5. The concerned maintenance personnel will be carried repairs to restore normalcy.

6. Emergency Response Team will be kept on alert for swift response


262



S.No

Area

Identified Hazard

Precautions Taken

Mitigation Measures

5]

Hazardous waste storage room

Fire/ Leakage

1. Storage shed will be at an isolated location.

2. Conditions specified in hazardous waste Authorization issued by SPCB will be implemented.

3. Compatible wastes will be stored in separate enclosures

4. Layout provides adequate ventilation and illumination

5. Secondary containment provided to prevent leakages / spillages

6. Storage quantity will be limited.

7. Periodical disposal of accumulated waste will be sent to authorize landfills.

8. Flame proof electrical fittings will be installed to prevent fire / explosion hazards.

1. Information will be given to Emergency control center.

2. Power supply will be cut off from incoming source.

3. All hot work around the area will be stopped and the area is cordoned off.

4. The concerned maintenance personnel will be carried repairs to restore normalcy

5. Fire hydrant system will be put in use


263



S.No

Area

Identified Hazard

Precautions Taken

Mitigation Measures

9. Eye wash / body shower will be provided for decontamination in case of spillage on body parts.

10. PPE box will be equipped with gum boots, splash proof safety goggles, aprons for use during handling of chemicals.

11. Access to the area will be restricted to authorize personnel only.

12. Fire hydrant point with hose reels will be provided for fire mitigation

6. Emergency Response Team will be kept on alert for swift response.

7. Support of external agencies will be sought in case situation poses major risks and is not controllable by in-house infrastructure


264



7.4. SAFE PRACTICES [HANDLING, STORAGE,

TRANSPORTATION AND UNLOADING OF CHEMICALS]

7.4.1 DRUMS

Liquid Raw materials will be transferred from the drums to the day tank situated

at the production block with the help of leak proof drum pumps / pumps

/Vacuum through pipe lines from day tank to reaction vessel unloading by gravity.

7.4.2 MEASURES TO AVOID EVAPORATION

All liquid chemicals stored in containers will be tightly closed. Will Keep away

from heat, sparks, and flame Will Keep away from sources of ignition

7.4.3 SAFETY SYSTEMS

• Designated areas with proper indication & safety signs

• Double earthling systems for all liquid raw material storage area & process reactors

• Flame proof transferring pumps for all flammable chemicals

• Handling precautions/sop protocol

• Pressure Gauges and temperature gauges on each reactor

• Level indicators on all liquid storage tanks to be installed.

• Flame proof lighting to liquid storage yard

• Well ventilated warehouse with suitable fire extinguishers will be used for

storage of liquid flammable / non flammable chemicals/HCl /Solid Chemicals

7.4.4 STORAGE & HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS:

• Company will do planning to stock all the necessary material as minimum as

possible.

• All containers with hazardous chemicals have labels indicating the contents

and warning of the hazard.

• Necessary information on safe handling and first aid measures and antidotes

of major hazardous material will be available on the label.

• Workers dealing with hazardous chemicals will be trained on health risks and


265



safe handling.

• Exposure to hazardous chemicals will be minimized.

• Liquid Hazardous chemicals will be transferred in closed piping system.

• Separate storage section will be provided for storage of hazardous and non-

hazardous raw materials.

• Drums shall be located and marked in designated area of hazardous

chemical storage.

• Reactors / Drums of proper MOC will be selected.

• All Reactors / Drums shall be uniformly tagged.

• Dyke will be provided.

• Industrial type electric fittings shall be provided.

• Adequate fire fighting equipments will be provided.

• Anti corrosive paint shall be done.

• Safety instruction board will be displayed.

• Proper earthling shall be provided.

• Lightning arrestor will be provided.

7.4.5 TRANSPORTATION / UNLOADING

Highly inflammable chemicals will be transported by road. Therefore, adequate

safety precautions for transportation will be followed. During transportation of

hazardous chemicals, MSDS & TREM card will be provided to driver. As per

Motor Vehicle Rules, PESO rules and Factory Rules all safety precautions will be

followed during transportation of hazardous chemicals.

The following safety precautions are suggested during transportation of toxic,

inflammable and corrosive chemicals in tankers, while loading and

unloading, transportation and meeting the emergencies arising out of leakages

and spillages of hazardous materials:

• Park the vehicle at designated place.

• Stop the engine.

• Check-up spark arrester.

• Provide earthing to tanker securely.

• Ensure that fireman is available near the place with proper equipments.


266



• Connect the piping properly

• Before start unloading, check that, there should not be any leakage.

• In case of leakage, immediately attend the leakages & rectify it.

• After unloading is over, close the lid properly.

• Vehicle to be started only after removal of all pipelines connected with

tanker.

7.4.6 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR TRANSPORTATION OF

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

• The name of the chemical along with pictorial sign denoting the

dangerous goods should be marked on the vehicle and the packing

material.

• The name of the transporter, his address and telephone number should

be clearly written on the road tanker and on the vehicle.

• The tanker or vehicle should not be used to transport any material other

than what is written on it.

• Only trained drivers and cleaners should transport hazardous chemicals.

• The transporter and the manufacturer must ensure the safe transportation

of the material.

• The Tanker / Vehicle should be checked for its fitness and safe condition

before loading.

• During loading and unloading, the tanker/vehicle should be braked and

isolated against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety

appliances.

• The tanker / vehicle should not be overloaded beyond the weight

permitted by Transport authorities.

• Check for leakages from the line connections / containers before starting

and Stopping the filling operations.

• Drive the vehicles carefully, especially in crowded localities and on Bumpy

roads.

• Do not apply sudden break.

• The tanker / vehicle should not be parked for long time on the way and especially in crowded places. Park the vehicle away from residential areas


267



7.5. SPILL CONTROL

• For all chemicals spill control procedures will be displayed. Spillage shall be

controlled as per concerned spill control procedure.

• Like any spilled materials to contain, absorb spilled liquid by dry absorbent

clay or vermiculite.

• Collect most of the contaminated absorbent with shovel for further

disposal/incineration.

• If material spills directly on the ground, dig up and remove saturated soil for

disposal/incineration.

• In case liquid chemicals spills on to the ground use dry absorbent

clay/vermiculate and neutralize with sodium carbonate

7.6. EFFECT AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hard due to storage, handling

of liquid raw materials. If these chemicals are released into the atmosphere, they

may cause damage due to resulting fires or vapor clouds,

7.6.1 OPERATING PARAMETERS

• Potential vapor release for the material depends significantly on the operating

conditions especially for any liquefied gas, operating conditions are very critical

to assess the damage potential.

7.6.2 INVENTORY

• Inventory analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards

and short listing of release scenarios.

• Inventory plays an important role in regard to the potential hazard.

• Larger the inventory of a vessel or a system, larger the quantity of potential

release.

• The potential vapor release [source strength] depends upon the quantity of


268



liquid release, the properties of the materials and the operating conditions

[pressure, temperature].

• If all these influencing parameters are combined into a matrix and vapor

source strength estimated for each release case, a ranking should become a

credible exercise.

7.6.3 LOSS OF CONTAINMENT

• Plant inventory can get discharged to environment due to Loss of Containment.

• Certain features of materials to be handled at the plant need to the clearly

understood to firstly list out all significant release cases and then to short list

release scenarios for a detailed examination.

• Liquid release can be either instantaneous or continuous.

• Failure of a vessel leading to an instantaneous outflow assumes the sudden

appearance of such a major crack that practically all of the contents above the

crack shall be released in a very short time.

• The more likely event is the case of liquid release from a hole in a pipe

connected the vessel. The flow rate will depend on the size of the hole as well

as on the pressure, which was present, in front of the hole, prior to the

accident. Such pressure is basically dependent on the pressure in the vessel.

• The vaporization of released liquid depends on the vapor pressure and weather

conditions.

In the study the largest potential hazard inventories have been considered for

its consequence Risk estimation how vulnerable the organization is to a specific

incident consequence.

7.7 General safety measures and specific safety measures

adopted for transportation, storage & handling (spillage and

leakage) of hazardous chemicals are listed as follows.

A. General safety measures for transportation, storage & handling

(spillage & leakage)

• Layout and location of hazardous chemical storage tank as per natural and


269



mechanical ventilation. • Storage of hazardous chemicals based on their compatibility characteristics.

• Provision of display boards on all storage tanks showing name of chemicals,

material of construction, calibration of tanks and date of painting.

• Installation of level indicators on all storage tanks to know the exact liquid level

inside the tank and to avoid the accidental spillage or overflow. • Provision of dyke walls and transferring pumps on all the storage area for

the hazardous chemicals which helps to reduce the risk of tank leakages.

• Provision of spare barrels/tanks of sufficient quantity for any emergency spillage

or leakage.

• Regular inspection of all the drums/tanks of hazardous chemicals and damaged

drums for separation and disposal to avoid the possibility of catastrophic rupture. • Provision of double earthing to all storage tanks to prevent the firing due to

static charges. Regular inspection of earthing pit.

• Installation of on-site detectors for fire, based on heat &/or smoke detection, with

alarm system are provided as required. • Installation of breather valves and flame arrestors on flammable liquid storage

tanks to prevent firing. Regular inspection / testing of the same.

• Periodic calibration and maintenance of all equipments related to hazardous

chemical storage. • Installation of NRV on all pump discharge lines.

• Insertion of heavy duty gaskets to all pipe joints to prevent any leakage.

• Thorough examination of piping for transfer of hazardous chemicals on yearly basis

for finding out any defects and rectify the same in due time. Maintain record of

such examination.

• Use of drum trolley for the movement of drums of hazardous chemicals to avoid

accident due to manual error. • Display SOP for handling of hazardous chemicals in local language for

safe operating procedure.

• Maintain proper inventory of hazardous chemical and keep buffer stock as minimum

as possible. • Implement standard procedure for safe unloading of road tanker.

• Provision of static earthing for tanker unloading.

• Mount muffler on silencer of tanker during entering in factory premises.


270



• Provision of water showering system (Automated sprinkling system) to the

flammable liquid storage tanks, wherever required to avoid vaporization due

to increase in ambient temperature.

• Provision of adequate firefighting system. • Provision of first aid boxes at prominent places in the plant.

• Declare entire plant area as “NO SMOKE ZONE.”

In addition to the above listed safety measures, following measures are recommended

and to be implemented for the proposed project.

• Installation of VOC detectors and implementation of LDAR programme.

• On-site detectors for fire based on heat &/or smoke detection with alarm system

as required.

Specific safety measures for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals to

be followed and implemented are as follows.

7.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY PROGRAM

The main ill-effects anticipated to the health of workers are due to the exposure of

toxic chemicals. No other source of adverse effects on occupation health & safety is

likely to occur. However, MSDS of hazardous chemicals will be prepared and

made available with the management as well as concerned personnel working with

materials or area likely to be affected by materials.

Following are the key safety measure to be followed and implemented.

• Provision of all necessary equipment like portable detector, online detectors

and other laboratory equipments as proposed for regular monitoring of workplace

air and other conditions.

• Implementation of safety policy.

• Provision of proximity suits and self- breathing apparatus.

• Provision and compulsory use of necessary PPEs like helmate, safety goggles,

face mask, hand gloves and safety shoes etc. for all workers.

• Provision of ear muffs/ ear plugs to the workers exposed to higher noise level.

• Provision of first-aid boxes (Containing Tincture iodine, Eye Drops, Burnol,


271



Soframycin (ointment), Sterilized cotton wool, Band-aid, Antiseptic Solution

(Sevlon), Bandage, Rose Water, etc) at various places in the premises.

• Organize training program for information on accident prevention, proper control

and maintenance of equipment, first aid training and safe material handling

practices.

Following are the measures followed and implemented for Occupational Health of the

workers.

• Pre medical checkup at the time of employment and regular medical checkup

of employees.

• Maintain all the records in Form 33 certifying fitness for employment in

hazardous process and operation as per Factories Act guidelines.

• Maintain health register of all the employees in Form 32.

• Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical

exposure at frequent intervals and maintain all records as per Factories Act

guidelines.

• Provision of occupational health center (OHC) and part time qualified medical

officer as per factories act guidelines

• Provision of drinking water supply for the employees as per standard of the

drinking water as per WHO guidelines.

• Availability of proper sanitary facilities for the employees so that they do not

suffer from any health ailments.

7.9 MONITORING PROGRAM

Based on analysis of the proposed plant, the important components for the

monitoring of occupational health and safety performance are identified as follows.

The same will be augmented and implemented for the proposed project. Details of

monitoring program for occupational health & safety are given in following Table 7.2.


272



Table 7.2: Monitoring Program for occupational health and safety

Sr. No.

Components

Locations

Parameters

Frequency

1. Work Place Air Quality

3-5 within plant area VOC, HCl

and as specified under Gujarat Factory Rules

Monthly

Gas detector for

VOC, and HCl

Continuous

2.

Noise All prominent

locations within the process plant area

Noise levels

Quarterly

3.

Ventilation & Illumination

Process plant & Chemical storage area

Volumetric Air change, Room Temperature, Light Intensity

Six Monthly

4.

Occupational Health

Pre-employment

check-up

Vision, Audiometry, Spirometry, Chest Ski gram, Urine, Complete blood count, etc.

Once at the time of appointment

Post-

employment

check-up

Vision,

Audiometry,

Spirometry,

Chest Ski gram,

Urine, Complete

blood count, etc.

Once at the time of

relieving

Whole unit Safety Audit

Once in two years

5. Risk Assessment and Hazard Management

• Utilities

• Manufacturing plant

• Storage tank Farm Area

HAZOP Study

Operation

parameters will

be evaluated for

deviation from

standard

operating

condition

• At design stage i.e. while

designing

proposed plant

& processes

• At pre-start up

stage i.e. when

construction is

completed and

operation is to

be started

• At every 5 years of plant


273



operation

• At the time of plant &/or process modification and upgradation

• Storage tank

Farm Area

• Reaction vessels

Event Tree Analysis and Fault Tree Analysis

Sequence of all unit- process/ operation will be evaluated to identify all fault and abnormal condition leading to abnormal event

• After completion/ finalization of plant design.

• At the time of plant & /or process modification and upgradation

Following precautionary mitigation measures associated with probable risk are to be

followed and implemented.

A. Mitigation measures for leakage of liquid and hazardous

organic chemicals

• Allow only trained personnel to handle leakage and spillage.

• Prohibit entry of any personnel to the prone area, If flammable vapor level of any

liquid raw material t to be used in future is above 10% of the LFL in a confined

area.

• Provision of Leak detection system to control leakage from source only.

• Respirators is not as effective as ventilation in protecting workers in most situations.

• However, allow use of respirators in case of insufficient ventilation.

• Use of DCP, CO2 and/ or water type fire extinguisher in case of fire.

B. Mitigation measures for leakage of concentrated acids

• Neutralize acid leakage by using lime, sodium bicarbonate and soda ash etc.

• Absorb leakage by using dry earth, sand or other non-combustible materials.

• Allow only trained personnel to handle leakage and spillage.

• Use of water spray to divert vapor drift and to reduce vapors.


274



C. General Mitigation Measures

• Installation of all the equipment as per guidelines of provision of The Gujarat

Factories Rules, 1963.

• Storage of hazardous chemicals in small sized multiple containers so as to

avoid

• major hazard associated with large sized containers.

• Proper Control of the operating parameters, mainly temperature, vacuum,

cooling media circulation, during plant operation.

• Availability of common antidotes like milk of magnesia, banana, jiggery, glucose

and

• milk etc. in case of exposure to toxic chemicals. Details of antidotes for

other hazardous chemicals are given in MSDS .

• For any case of fire emergency, availability of standard type of fire

fighting

• equipments and fire extinguishers in the storage area as well as required places

in the plant.

• Strictly prohibit smoking inside the factory.

• Provision of adequate and suitable personnel protective equipments to

operators and workers.

Availability of First-Aid facility and First-aid trained person at the time of

handling operation.


275



Table 7.3: Possible Emergency - Spillage in chemical storage area (Spill Control Plan)

Location Scenario considered Action by

Hazard Consequence

Possible Causes

Action to be taken

Remedial measures to prevent recurrence of such incident

Chemical Storage area

Small spillage Large Spillage

Toxic vapour Exposure to drum handling operators. Fire in case of ignition source available within LEL-UEL % concentration

Drum puncher or damage, Wrong Storage method.

• Find out drum leakage

• Raise alarm immediately for warning if large spillage observed.

• Do not enter in confined room if spillage is inside a confined room.

• Do not touch any electrical switches in spillage area.

• Stop all hot work in this area.

• Call fire and Safety department.

• Cordon the area.

• Evacuate non-essential persons from the affected area immediately.

• Inform the area in-charge.

• Try to control situation at department level with available resources with full PPEs.

• Identify the spillage material and refer MSDS

• SOP for handling will be displayed in local language for safe operating procedure.

• FLP type light fittings shall be provided.

• Proper ventilation shall be made available in Drum storage area.

• Proper label and identification board stickers shall be provided in the storage area.

• Proper inventory of hazardous chemicals should be maintained and buffer stock should be kept as minimum as possible.

• Conductive drum pallets shall be provided.

• Drum handling


276



for control plan.

• Segregate leakage drum from the area.

• Inform the Site Main Controller (SMC) in detail.

• Open all doors and windows in this area.

• Take decision to declare onsite emergency.

• Spill control and neutralization team member try to control spread material in more area by absorbing material and dry sand.

• If material is toxic or any other flammable and toxic chemical, special precautions needs to be taken as per chemical expert Key person guide line.

• Do not spray water or Foam on spilled material.

• Do not drain spilled material in any trench.

• Collect the spilled material in close container and send to ETP for further neutralization of the residual contents.

trolley / stackers/fork lift shall be used for drum handling.

• Materials shall be stored as per its Compatibility study and separate area shall be made available for flammable, corrosive and toxic chemical drums storage.

• Dyke wall will be provided to area where hazardous chemicals will be stored.

• Smoking and other spark, flame generating items shall be banned from the entry Gate.

• NFPA & GHS labels shall be provided on drums for hazard Identification of the chemicals.

• Exhaust shall be provided at ground level in drum storage area.

• Drum loading unloading


277



• Administer first aid to the victim.

• Make arrangement to send injured person/s to Hospital.

• If off site emergency situation occurs, inform to following agencies Request for Mutual aiders, local authorities like DISH office, Collectorate office, Disaster management cell, Police, fire brigade, nearby hospital, local GPCB office

procedures are prepared and implemented.

Liquid chemicals will be transferred by mechanical seal pump through closed pipeline.


278



Table 7.4: Possible Emergency – Toxic Gas Release

Location

Hazard Consequen

Possible Causes

Action to be taken

Remedial measures to prevent recurrence of such incident

Chemical Storage Area Process Plant area

Potential injury / fatality from large release

Toxic Gas Release Reactor / Heater Failure, Leakage in Process Line, Plugging of reactor outlet, leakage in pipeline

• Activate audio visual alarm

• Evacuate the area immediately.

• Inform the area incharge.

• Inform Incident Controller in detail.

• Call fire department immediately and help them in fire fighting.

• Try to control situation at department level with available resources with full PPEs.

• If it is found uncontrollable condition by department level inform Site Main Controller for onsite emergency situation.

• Declare on site emergency if required.

• All hazardous activates stop at site.

• Inform nearby company to remove

hazardous material or inventory from the compound wall.

• Ensure search and rescue and causalities receive attention.

• Administer first aid to the victim.

• Make arrangement to send injured person/s to Hospital and inform victim’s family.

• If off site emergency situation occur –Inform to following agencies. Request for Mutual aiders, local authorities like – DISH office, Collectorate office, Disaster management cell, Police, fire brigade, nearby hospital, local GPCB office.

• Provide accurate gas monitoring system on site.

• Minimize on-site storage

• Develop procedure for tank inspection and maintenance

• Develop purge system to remove gas to another tank.

• Provide temperature control inside reactor with automatic shut-down of gas flow to the reactor.

• Design collection system to remove and purify/recycle or discard unreacted gas.

• Design control system to detect excess gases in exhaust and shut down gas flow.

• Provide control system to detect extreme temperature variations and activate backup cooling system.

• Diver flow to temporary storage tank

• Provide relief valve on reactor with outlet to a temporary storage tank

• SOP for handling will be displayed in local language for safe operating procedure.

Provide training to employees in the area.


279



7.10 ONSITE & OFFSITE DISASTER PREPARDNESS & EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN OF THE INDUSTRY

Risk leads to disasters & disasters have great impact on the prof itabi l ity, stabil ity & reputat ion of an industry. Disaster occurs when a hazard or a threat rises in vulnerable condit ion and the trend ref lects an increase in both. To uphold righteous image of an organization, Disaster Management is of prime importance. For tackling the major consequences inside the port and in the vicinity of port DMP has to be formulated and this planned emergency document is cal led ‘DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN’. Indian industry of late has begun to be aware of the necessity to apply more systematic approaches to safety part icularly in plant design. Primari ly, safety in the design of plant extends to the applicat ion of various codes of pract ice or design codes, which are based on the wide experience and knowledge of professional experts and specialists in the industry. Such applicat ion is backed by the experience of local plant managers and engineers who have been involved in similar plants and who have direct experience in their operation over a number of years.

The main objective of evolving this emergency and disaster control plan is to create a procedure and infrastructure based on combined resources of the factory and the outside services with a view to minimize emergencies and disaster. This may arise as a result of usage, handling and storage of certain toxic, corrosive, inf lammable and explosive materials used in the manufacturing process and any other emergencies which may direct ly or indirect ly affect the employees, property and local community. Objectives are further classified as under:

• Rescue operation and treatment of persons affected by the emergency.

• Safeguard of other persons not affected by the emergency.

• Keep the damage to property and environment at a minimum level.

• Init ially contain the impact of incident and ult imately bring the incident under control.

• Provide authentic information to outsiders and media.

• Rehabil itat ion of affected person.

• Preservation of relevant records.

• Inquiry into the cause of emergency situat ions and then analysis to prevent recurrence.


280



PURPOSE OF PLAN:

• To save lives and injuries,

• To prevent or reduce property losses,

• For protect ion of environment,

• For protect ion of instal lation & restoration of production,

• To provide help for quick continuation of normal situat ion or operat ion.

More specif ically the elements that will form the backbone of the emergency preparedness organizat ion are: o Availabil ity organizat ion and ut i l ization of resources for facil ity

emergencies. o Accident evaluation procedures. o The command, coordination and responsible organization structure. o Notif icat ion and communication mechanism. o Training exercises and plans maintenance.

Emergencies and disasters can happen at any moment - and, they usually occur without warning. When an emergency str ikes, immediate safety and prompt recovery are depends on the exist ing levels of preparedness among workers and management. Emergency incidents that may occur, including

• Earthquakes

• Fires or Explosions

• Hazardous Materials Releases

• Extended Power or Uti l i ty Outages

• Floods

• Mass Casualty Events As discussed in earl ier chapters, emergencies are classif ied as minor or major, according to their severity and potential impact. The Disaster management of any f irm mainly covers steps l ike PREPAREDNESS, RESPONSE and RECOVERY PREPAREDNESS is a f irst step to assemble appropriate human and physical resources before any emergency occurs, So the industry shall have a designated an “Emergency Coordinator” with the management experience and f inancial authority to deal with the Disaster plan.


281



The person shall arrange related staff safety education and training; Purchase department emergency supplies and equipment and give quick response on occurrence of any emergency- disaster. The company wil l have the following essentials in an accessible location:

• First aid supplies, with instruct ions

• Flashlights/batteries, approved power str ips and extension cords, emergency power supply

• Portable AM/FM radios/batteries

• Laboratory spi l l kits

• Portable emergency water supply

• Eyeglasses, medications and personnel protective measures

• Personal’s emergency contact numbers. The company wil l be in direct contact with the offsite Disaster plan of Distr ict Disaster Management authority. The important telephone numbers including Protective Services i.e Fire station, Hospital, Police department, factory inspector etc. shall be made readily available and in updated forms. A brief onsite emergency plan shall be readily available to all.

FIRE PREVENTION

The fire accident may take place because of the electrical spark or static electricity. All the precautionary measures will be taken by the industry to prevent fire in any part of the plant as per the followings:

• The company will identify the sources of accidents.

• Adequate fire extinguishers is provided and additional will be provided as per requirement.

• Mechanical rooms or utility rooms will not be used for storage.

• All the chemicals will be stored with recommendation storage and handling practice.

• Storage and process area will be posted with “No Smoking” signs.

• All the Personnel Protective equipment will be easily available to all the workers.

• The company will provide firewater reservoir, fixed water monitors/foam monitor, foam trolley, sand bucket, eye wash shower, flame arrester and fire extinguisher to prevent from any causalities.


282



LABORATORY SAFETY & PREPAREDNESS The company will maintain clean work environment; post laboratory safety work rules, train all personnel; carry out inventory and label chemicals; not purchasing excess quantities of chemicals; segregates incompatible chemicals; keeps flammables in flammable storage cabinets with copies of Material Safety Data Sheets; installs seismic restraints on chemical storage tanks and reactors and disposed off chemical waste properly. In case of occurrence of disaster, the company gives training to all workers and personnel to react as under: MINOR release in the laboratory.

• Follow laboratory eyewash, rinse or shower procedures

• Flush affected area continuously for 15 minutes

• Vacate persons in immediate area if necessary

• Clean spill

• Wear protective equipment

• Use appropriate kit to contain, neutralize and absorb

• Collect, containerize, and label waste MAJOR release in the industry and vicinity area

• Report factory name, location, phone number, the material spilled, possible injuries to concerned department for emergency help and measures.

• Assist injured persons.

• Isolate contaminated persons and area.

• Avoid contamination or chemical exposure further.

• Close doors or control access to spill site MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS As part of quality for Hazard Communication Standard, all company is required to have Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) available to al l employees working with hazardous chemicals. The concept is “that employees have both a need and a r ight to know the hazards and identit ies of the chemicals they are exposed to when working. They also need to know what protect ive measures are available to prevent adverse effects from occurring.” Information that can be found in a MSDS includes:

• The ident ity of the chemical substance

• Physical and chemical character ist ics


283



• Physical and health hazards

• Primary routes of entry

• Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs)

• Carcinogenic status

• Precaut ions for safe handl ing and use ( including personal protect ive equipment)

• Spi l l response

• Emergency and f irst aid procedures

• Date of the MSDS

• Although not required, it is highly recommended for the company to maintain a f i le of MSDS sheets for all of the chemicals used in lab/work area. A central f i le is maintained at the of f ice.

ON SITE EMERGENCY PLAN Emergency Response Room (Safety officer room) The place identified as Emergency Response Center will be considered as the Security Gate Office. The location of the Emergency Response Center may change in future as per convenience. The facilities available at the Emergency Response Center shall include:

1. Internal Telephone 2. External Telephone 3. Manual Fire/Emergency Siren 4. Siren Actuation Switch 5. Important Address and Telephone Numbers 6. Emergency Vehicles 7. Confined Space Entry Procedure 8. List of Antidote/actions to be taken in case of hazardous chemical/materials. 9. Material Safety Data Sheets of chemicals 10. A copy of On-Site Disaster Management Plan

All communications after General Shift working hours and on Sundays/ Holidays are to be routed through the Security Gate Office. General Rules:

1. Follow sense of discipline and do not pain. 2. Do not rush and endanger your personnel safety 3. Use personnel protective equipment according to the situation 4. Do not block any passages, which may hinder the movement of emergency

vehicles. 5. In case you have to shut down your plant operation, do it in an orderly manner as

per standard operating procedures. 6. In situation when you have to leave your work and evacuate to identify places out

of operating areas, do it in an orderly manner.


284



7. Follow instructions of the Safety officer. 8. Understand the Disaster Management Plan well and take interest in practice mock

drill. An emergency in the premises has the potential to cause serious injury or loss of lives or extensive damage to the property and/or environment and serious disruption both inside and outside the plant. In such cases sometimes outside agencies are required to call for help in handling the situation. The causative factors like plant/equipment failure, human error, earth quake, sabotage etc. will normally manifest in various forms viz. Fire, Explosion, Toxic release, structure collapse etc. This OEP lays down the code of conduct of all personnel in the Plants and the procedures to be adopted by them in the event of an "Emergency". These procedures have been prepared taking into account the minimum strength of manpower available at all times in the premises. The individuals under the direction of the respective Team Leaders shall carry out the responsibilities assigned. The emergency procedures outlined are suitable for round the clock coverage including holidays. These emergency procedures shall be followed as outlined in the OEP during general shifts as well. OBJECTIVES: The overall objectives of OEP are:

• To control the situation and if possible eliminate as quickly as possible.

• To avoid confusion/panic and to attend the emergency with clear-cut line of action.

• To minimize the loss of property to the plant as well as to our neighbourhood.

• To safe guard the non-affected areas.

• To alert the neighbourhood.

• To arrange head-count and rescue operations.

• Treatment of the injured.

• To safeguard others by timely evacuation.

• To prevent any cascade of emergencies. EMERGENCY: An emergency is the situation, which has potential to cause a large-scale damage or destruction to life or property or Environment or combination of these within or outside the factory. Therefore it is essential to have a laid down procedure to meet emergency systematically. In any industry, emergency can arise at any moment and this depends on the type of:

• Structure

• Raw materials

• Machines


285



• Nearby Industries

• Location of the Industry etc. NATURE OF EMERGENCY: The "Emergency" specified in this plan will refer to occurrence of one or more of the following natural/manmade events.

• Earthquakes

• Fires or Explosions

• Hazardous Materials Releases

• Extended Power or Uti l i ty Outages

• Floods

• Mass Casualty Events MEDICAL HELP: First Aid Boxes have been provided at various strategic locations. Requisite number employees are trained about First Aid, Liaison with nearest hospitals. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM:

• Alarm Rising for Emergency by blowing the sirens installed

• The siren will be used for raising the emergency alarm and also for all clear signals.

• Emergency Siren: The wailing alarm will be sounded intermittently at fixed interval of 30 seconds for a period of two minutes in case of emergency, such alarm will signify the employees that an emergency has occurred and that the emergency services should be put into operation.

• Incident Controller after assessing the situation will declare that emergency is over. Till the Incident Controller issues the declaration, all the leaders will adhere to the task and be present at the prescribed location.

• All clear signal will be sounded through continuous siren for 1 minute. Even after the emergency is over a skeleton staff of the Rescue/Evacuation Team will be available at the site of emergency for at least 30 minutes to ensure that the situation is absolutely free from danger.

• After the emergency is over, all the team leaders should meet at the Emergency Control Center and each team leader should submit a report to the Incident Controller about team performance and other details observed.

• In addition to the above systems, Internal telephones, P.A.System, Mobile telephones, Computer System etc. will be used for communication.

• If situation is beyond the control, the external agencies will be informed accordingly and asked for the help. Direct telephone, cell phone or messengers / runners may achieve this.


286



ASSEMBLY POINT: In case of emergency some locations are considered as Assembly Points. Depending on the wind direction and location of emergency, Assembly Point will be declared. The employees should run across the wind direction and not against the wind direction. Depending upon the location of the emergency the Incident Controller will fix the Assembly Point and Officer will announce the location of the Assembly Point. Employee’s attendance, visitors and contractors workmen register will be made available at the Assembly Point for head count.

Emergency control centre: Factory Manager Office will be declared as an Emergency control centre. Emergency control centre is facilities with:

I. Address and Telephone numbers of the Factory Inspectorate, Gujarat Pollution Control Board, Police, Fire Brigade, Hospitals and OEP Team Members

II. Plant layout-indicating storage of hazardous materials, layout of fire Hydrants/extinguishers, entrances/exits, roads etc.

III. Portable P.A. System, Manual Siren, flood lights, Torches, Pickaxe, Saw, Nylon Ropes.

IV. Fire Blankets / Fire Proximity Suit, Breathing Apparatus, First Aid Box etc. V. List of employees with address, telephone number, blood group etc.

VI. Material Safety Data Sheets of all chemicals handled. WIND SOCKS: Wind direction will be determined with the help of installed windsocks. MOCK DRILL: Mock drills are carried out regularly to familiarize the staff with their roles, fire protection equipment/system installed in the plant and use of personnel protective equipment. Senior officials monitor this and shortcomings are thoroughly studied and necessary corrective measures are taken. PROCEDURES FOR MOCK DRILLS

A. Inform all the employees about mock drills and the signal to be given. B. Fix the date and location of the emergency for mock drills. C. Mock drills will be monitored by observers. D. Raise the siren for emergency.

PROCEDURE ON NOTICING AN EMERGENCY

1. If anybody notices any situation, which may lead to a disaster, should be immediately inform the Shift In-charge / site controller / Incident Controller / Fire & Safety Supervisor / Security.


287



2. Take charge of the situation as Incident Controller. 3. Rush to the site of emergency to get the correct picture and then to Emergency

Control Center for speedy control over the situation by making an arrangement for raising the alarm.

4. On arrival of Team members, he shall assign duties as required and activate the On-Site Emergency Plan.

5. Ensure safety of the plant and the personnel in the plant. He will make an assessment of the emergency and decide on external assistance.

6. Communicate and Coordinate among the Incidents Controller/ Site Controller/ Factory manager/ fire safety supervisor etc. and will be the final authority on all matters related with management of emergency such as:

Fire fighting. Welfare and rescue operations. Arrange for Civil/Mechanical/Electrical work during emergency. Transport.

INCIDENT CONTROLLER / SITE CONTROLLER: Rush immediately to the scene of the fire/emergency, select and set out appropriate fire/emergency equipment. He will take the below mentioned actions at the earliest opportunity, if the fire/emergency is not controlled.

He will Call the security personnel from their residences for additional manpower if

required. Regulate entry and exit of personal required for controlling the fire/emergency. Restrict exit of personal required for controlling the fire/emergency. Arrange for Personnel Protective Equipment required for the emergency. Call, the local Fire Brigade, Police in case of necessity in consultation with the

Incident controller. Arrange transport facilities for removal of causalities to dispensary / hospital. Take responsibility of law and order. Keep detailed records of the incident and progress of operations to fight the

emergency. FACTORY MANAGER: He will rush to the Emergency Control Centre and collect the information from the Incident Controller. Further he will,

• Announce the location of the Assembly Point after getting information from Incident Controller / site controller.

• Take the list of persons to be communicated internally and externally.

• Maintain liaison with the press, government agencies i.e. Police, Fire Brigade etc. and the neighbourhood regarding the emergency under instructions from Incident Controller.

• Courteously Receive officers from the State Government or neighbours to the Administration Block only and inform to Incident Controller that they can be taken care off.


288



• Take all the steps required for the welfare such as providing tea, snacks, emergency temporary Medical Center in consultation with the incident controller/site controller.

• Disclose all the necessary information in the plant and media so as to avoid rumours and Confusion.

• Also be responsible for the head counts at the Assembly Points. FIRE & SAFETY SUPERVISOR/ SHIFT INCHARGE & SECURITY:

o Proceed to the scene; establish contact with firemen and incident controller to supplement efforts in fire fighting.

o Assist in searching casualties and help to remove them to the medical centre. o Organize outside assistance in fire fighting and rescue operations if required. o Mobilize personal protective equipment and safety appliances and assist personnel

handling emergency in using them. o Keep and check on any new development of unsafe situation and report the same

to Site Main Controller. o Collect and preserve evidence to facilitate future inquiries.

o Effectively cordon off the emergency area and will prevent unauthorized people

entering the scene. o Permit the Fire tenders or Ambulance requisitioned by Incident Controller to the

plant. o Ensure that vehicles and trolleys are sent out of the plant premises. o Ensure that all the employees are conducted out of plant and assembled at

Assembly Point. o Control Traffic Movement. o Remove tankers, tanker drivers outside. o Entry of unauthorized public to be prevented. o Arrange for vehicles for shifting casualties and essential workers to safe assembly

points. ENGINEERING/ OPERATION & MAINTENANCE:

o Ensure the safety of the remaining part of the plant. o Take necessary steps for plant shutdown in consultation with the site controller. o Ensure that an Operator is immediately available at the Water Pump House for fire

fighting. o Mobilize with necessary tools and tackles to handle any repair work on an

emergency basis.


289



OFFSITE EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN

The task of preparing the Offsite Emergency Plan lies with the District Collector; however the offsite plan will be prepared with the help of the local district authorities. The proposed plan will be based on the following guidelines. Introduction

o Offsite emergency plan would follow the onsite emergency plan. When the consequences of an emergency situation go beyond the plant boundaries, it becomes an offsite emergency.

o Offsite emergency is essentially the responsibility of the public administration. However, the plant management will provide the public administration with the technical information relating to the nature, quantum and probable consequences on the neighbouring population.

o The offsite plan in detail will be based on those events, which are most likely to

occur, but other less likely events, which have severe consequence, will also be considered. Incidents which have very severe consequences yet have a small probability of occurrence would also be considered during the preparation of the plan.

o However, the key feature of a good offsite emergency plan is flexibility in its

application to emergencies other than those specifically included in the formation of the plan.

o The roles of the various parties who will be involved in the implementation of an

offsite plan are described below. Depending on local arrangements, the responsibility for the offsite plan would either rest with the plant management or with the local authority.

o Either way, the plan would identify an emergency coordinating officer, who would

take the overall command of the offsite activities. As with the onsite plan, an emergency control centre would be setup within which the emergency coordinating officer can operate.

o An early decision will be required in many cases on the advice to be given to

people living o "Within range" of the accident - in particular whether they should be evacuated or

told to go indoors. In the latter case, the decision can regularly be reviewed in the event of an escalation of the incident.

o Consideration of evacuation may include the following factors: In the case of a

major fire. Only houses close to the fire are likely to need evacuation, although a severe smoke hazard may require this to be reviewed periodically; and if a fire is escalating and in turn threatening a store of hazardous material, it might be necessary to evacuate people nearby, but only if there is time; if insufficient time exists, people should be advised to stay indoors and shield them from the fire.


290



o This later case particularly applies if the installation at risk could produce a fireball with very severe thermal radiation effects.

Aspects Proposed to be considered in the Offsite Emergency Plan The main aspects, which should be included in the emergency plan, are: Organization Detail of command structure, warning systems, and implementation procedures, emergency control centres. Names and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their deputies and other key personnel. Communications Identification of personnel involved, communication centre, call signs, network, list of telephone numbers. Specialized Knowledge Details of specialist bodies, firms and people upon whom it may be necessary to call e.g. those with specialized fuel knowledge, laboratories. Voluntary Organizations Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources etc Fuel Information Details of the hazardous substances stored and a summary of the risk associated with them. Meteorological Information Arrangements for obtaining details of weather forecasts and weather conditions prevailing at that time. Humanitarian Arrangements Transport, evacuation centres, emergency feeding, treatment of injured, first aid, ambulances and temporary mortuaries. Responsibility of the Emergency Co-ordinating Officer The various emergency services would be co-ordinated by an Emergency Coordinating Officer (ECO), who will be designated by the district collector. The ECO would liaison closely with the site main controller. Again depending on local arrangements, for very severe incidents with major or prolonged offsite consequences, the external control would


291



be passed to a senior local authority administrator or even an administrator appointed by the central or state government. The ECO will be equipped with address and phone numbers of important agencies. Responsibility of Police Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and Controlling traffic movements. Their functions should include controlling bystanders, evacuating the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties, and informing relatives of death or injury. Responsibility of the Local Authority

The duty to prepare the offsite plan lies with the local authorities. The emergency planning Officer (EPO) appointed should carry out his duty in preparing for a whole range of different emergencies within the local authority area. The EPO should liaison with the plant, to obtain the information to provide the basis for the plan. This liaison should ensure that the plan is continually kept up to date. It will be the responsibility of the EPO to ensure that all those organizations which will be involved offsite in handling the emergency, know of their role and are able to accept it by having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to cover their particular responsibilities. Rehearsals for offsite plans should be organized by the EPO. Responsibility of Fire Authorities The control of a fire should be normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at the site. The senior fire brigade officer should also have a similar responsibility for other events, such as explosions. Fire authorities in the region should be appraised about the location of all stores of flammable materials, water and foam supply points, and fire fighting equipment. They should be involved in onsite emergency rehearsals both as participants and, on occasion, as observers of exercises involving only site personnel. Responsibility of Health Authorities Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances and so on, should have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they should form an integral part of the emergency plan. For major fires, injuries should be the result of the effects of thermal radiation to a varying degree, and the knowledge and experience to handle this in all but extreme cases may be generally available in most hospitals. Major off site incidents are likely to require medical equipment and facilities additional to Those available locally, and a medical "mutual aid” scheme should exist to enable the Assistance of neighbouring authorities to be obtained in the event of an emergency. Responsibility of Government Safety Authority This will be the factory inspectorate available in the region. Inspectors are likely to satisfy themselves that the organization responsible for producing the offsite plan has made adequate arrangements for handling emergencies of all types including major


292



emergencies. They may wish to see well documented procedures and evidence of exercise undertaken to test the plan. In the event of an accident, local arrangements regarding the role of the factory inspector will apply. These may vary from keeping a watch, to a close involvement in advising on operations.

7.11 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Operational phase of the proposed unit cover the entire l ife span of the project. The proposed project wil l generate direct employment for local persons. The indirect employment will also be generated by way of transportation, shopkeepers and other casual employment for many people.

Local people wil l be given training and preference for almost all the jobs in the plant, direct as well as indirect. Economic status of the local people wil l be improved due to the increased business opportunit ies, thereby, making a posit ive impact. Educational, medical and housing faci l it ies in the study area wil l considerably improve.

Thus, the proposed project wil l have long term-irreversible posit ive impact on the employment pattern of the study area.


293



CHAPTER - 8

PROJECT BENIFITS

The proposed activities will become beneficial to the surrounding area or community

in terms of employment, social development and other benefits as described hereunder;

8.1 EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY Due to Proposed project, 30 nos. of local people and outside peoples will get employment during the construction phase and 15 people will be employed during the operation phase. Local people will be given preference for almost all the jobs in the Plant, direct as well as indirect. Economic status of the local people will be improved due to the increased business opportunities, thereby, making a positive impact. Educational, medical and housing facilities in the study area will considerably improve. Therefore, social infrastructure of the study area will be improved. The company will also do following developmental activities in the area: The proposed Project does not involve any displacement of villages; however it will lead to development of the region and increase in infrastructure facility. During the operation phases of the project a work force will be needed which will include both skilled and unskilled people. Due to the proposed project direct employment for local employees will be generated. Existing ancillary as well as auxiliary industries would be benefited by way of getting additional work. In addition to direct employment, indirect employment will generate ancillary business to some extent for the local population.

For the proposed unit, persons will be employed for skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled

category. The preference will be given to local population for employment in the semi-

skilled and unskilled category; this will increase the employment opportunity in the

surrounding area. The ideology of the company is to give employment opportunity to

nearby villagers and this is the most positive aspect of company regarding

enhancement of the society. Secondary jobs and indirect employment are also bound to

be generated to provide day-to-day needs and services to the work force and industrial

activity. This will also increase the demand for essential daily utilities in the local market.

Due to proposed project there will be development of communication facilities in the


294



area. The employed people will be benefited financially. This financial gain will fulfill

their monetary requirements, which in turn will increase their standard of living.

8.2 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) & SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

Due to the proposed Project, facilities are likely to grow with the development. There is a positive effect due to improved communication and health services, which have lead to economic prosperity, better educational opportunities and access to better health and family welfare facilities. There will be beneficial effect on human settlement due to employment opportunities from the industry. Local quality of life will be improved. This factor combined with all other mitigation measures like proper treatment and disposal of wastewater, hazardous waste and gaseous emission has minimized the adverse impact on ecology and had a beneficial impact on human settlement and employment opportunities. There has been a beneficial impact on the local socio-economic environment. The increasing industrial activity will boost the commercial and economical status of the locality up to some extent. RGB Chemicals & Dyes. not only carried out business but also understands the

obligations towards the society. The Project proponent is well aware of the obligations

towards the society and to fulfill the social obligations, unit will employ semi-skilled and

skilled labor from the nearby villages for the proposed project as far as possible. Unit

will also try to generate maximum indirect employment in the nearby villages by

appointing local contractors during construction phase as well as during operation

phase. Unit will be contributed reasonably as part of their CSR & CER activity. Unit

will spend about 2.5% of the project cost for CSR activities & 2 % of the project cost for

CER activities in nearby villages. CSR & CER activities identified and planned at

present are described below Table.


295



CSR& CER ACTIVITIES PLANNING & BUDGET FROM

RGB CHEMICALS & DYES Project Location : RGB Chemicals & Dyes

CSR& CER Plan Period : Five Years from the date of commercial production from expansion unit. Project cost : Rs. 3.2 Crores CSR Budget : Rs. 8.0 Lakhs [2.5% of the Project cost] for 5 Years] CER Budget : Rs. 6.4 Lakhs [2 % of the Project cost] for 5 Years] Total Budget of CSR & CER: Rs. 14.4 Lakhs for 5 Years

S. No

CSR& CER Activity

1st

Year 2nd

Year 3rd

Year 4th

Year 5th

Year

Total (Rs. in Lakhs)

Proposed Action Plan

1

Drinking water supply to nearby villages.

1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 7.3

Proposed to establish drinking water RO plants for

supply in Ankhol, Achrasan, karannagar, Lunasan,

Vansol, Dhanot, Chhatral, Bileshwarpura, Indrad,

Irana villages.

2

Educational Aid to the school students

1.3 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 4.8

Supply of books, uniforms and other

Educational aides like computers with internet

facilities to nearby village schools.

3

Health Camps 0.6 0.30 0.20 0.10 0.10 1.3

Health camps will be conducted every year for people of nearby villages and distribution of

necessary medicines.

4 Green Belt 0.30 0.30 0.20 0.10 0.10 1.0 We will develop green belt at Chhatral and other village with help of local people.

Total CSR& CER Budget 4.00 3.10 2.9 2.7 1.7 14.4


296



Drinking water facility :-

1. Proposed to establish drinking water RO plants for providing potable water to

Ankhol, Achrasan, karannagar, Lunasan, Vansol, Dhanot, Chhatral, Bileshwarpura,

Indrad, Irana villages or any other villages as per requirement in 5 years period.

2. Industry will maintain the RO Plants for supply of drinking water on regular basis.

The fund allocated for Enterprise Social Commitment will be utilized within five years

providing potable water facilities.

8.3 DIRECT REVENUE EARNING TO THE NATIONAL AND STATE EXCHEQUER

This project will contribute additional revenue to the Central & State exchequer in the

form of Central GST & State GST. Thus, the project will help the Government by paying

taxes from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus, will help in developing the

area. Demand of the proposed products in foreign market is also significant, which will

boost the export potential of the company as well as country. Export oriented units plays

vital role in development of economy as well as local physical infrastructure for further

boosting of industrial development with sustainable approach as the industries need to

maintain good environment & safety condition to get better foreign market.

8.4 INFRASTRUCTURAL BENEFIT The plant site is equipped with sufficient infrastructural facilities including drinking water,

power, easily accessible approach roads, public transport, communication, etc. Hence

no major benefit to the public infrastructure is anticipated due to the proposed project.

However, benefits due to CSR activities may be realized if any CSR activities would be

related with such facilities.


297



8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS The proposed activities will have many employment & trade opportunities with the

inception of the construction activities. Thus, these considerable employment & trade

opportunities will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the local

people & businesses/contractors. With this proposed project, RGB Chemicals &

Dyes. contributes to growth in manufacture sector. The country will also benefit from

GST revenues. Foreign exchange earnings from exports are envisaged to increase.

Beside economic benefits, the general social & cultural development of the area is

anticipated at least due to the CSR activities planned by the company. The long-term

implications of this change can be definitely considered as progressive.


298



CHAPTER - 9

ENVIRONMENT COST BENIFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

During the scoping stage; no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis is

suggested by the appraisal committee.


299



CHAPTER 10

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

Any industrial development is associated with certain positive impacts as well as some negative impacts on the environment. However, the negative or adverse impacts cannot possibly rule out scientific development. At the same time, adverse impacts cannot be neglected.

An Environmental Management Plan has been formulated for mitigation of the adverse impacts and is based on the present environmental conditions and the environmental impact appraisal. This plan helps in formulating, implementing and in monitoring the environmental parameters during and after commissioning of the project.

The Environmental Management Plan describes, in brief, the management's plan for proper and adequate implementation of treatment and control system for air and liquid pollutants and for maintaining the environment. It also includes development of green belts around the Plant, proper safety of the workers, noise control, fire protection systems and measures. This chapter provides mitigation and control measures to attenuate or eliminate environmental impacts, which are likely to be caused by the proposed project. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been developed to mitigate the potential adverse impacts and to strengthen the beneficial environmental impacts as well as to create positive environmental footprints during the construction and operation phases. The institutional capacity of RGB Chemicals & Dyes as the owner & facility developer and the reporting requirement to fully implement the mitigation measures have also been described in this chapter. In addition to that during the operation phase, the company will have an additional responsibility to comply with the statutory requirements as per the guidelines of Central/ State Government.

10.2 The EMP

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) consists of a set of mitigation, monitoring and institutional measures to be taken during the design, construction and operation (post construction) stages of the project. The plan also includes the actions needed for implementation of these measures. Overall objective of EMP:

• Prevention: Measures aimed at impeding the occurrence of negative environmental impacts and/or preventing such an occurrence having harmful environmental impacts.


300



• Preservation: Preventing any future actions that might adversely affect an environmental resource or attribute.

• Minimization: Limiting or reducing the degree, extent, magnitude, or duration of adverse impacts.

The major components of the Environmental Management Plan are:

• Mitigation of potentially adverse impacts.

• Monitoring during project implementation and operation.

• Implementation schedule and environmental cost estimates.

• Integration of EMP with project planning, design, construction and operation. The EMP has been designed keeping in view the regulatory and other requirements to ensure the following:

• Minimum disturbance to the native flora and fauna.

• Compliance with the air, water, soil and noise quality norms.

• Conservation of water to the extent possible.

• Encourage the socio-economic development.

10.3 OBJECTIVES OF EMP

The main objectives in formulating this environmental management plan are:

To treat all the pollutants viz., liquid and gaseous which contribute to the degradation of the environment, with appropriate technology.

To comply with all regulations stipulated by the Central / State Pollution Control Boards related to air emissions and liquid effluents discharges as per air and water pollution control laws

To handle hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling Rules, 1989 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

To encourage support and conduct developmental work for the purpose of achieving environmental standards and to improve the methods of environmental management.

To promote further afforestation in the surrounding areas of the Plant To create good working conditions (devoid of air and noise pollution) for

employees To reduce fire and accident hazards. Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management

expenditure. Dissemination of technological solutions on Commercial basis to interested

parties and Continuous Development and search for innovative technologies for a cleaner and better environment.


301



The Potential Environmental Impacts from the construction and operational activities

of the industry are summarized below.

A. Construction / Modification Phase:

• Site preparation, sanitation, noise, construction equipment & waste and site

security.

B. Operation Phase:

• Air pollution due to emission of Particulate Matter, Sulphur dioxide, Nitrogen oxide

from the boiler & HAG stack.

• Gaseous emissions of SO2 and HCl from process leading to workroom air

pollution.

• Noise pollution due to noise generating equipment operation.

• Disposal of effluent generated due to plant operations.

• Disposal of Solid Wastes generated due to the plant operation.


302



FIGURE -10.1: FLOW CHART OF EMP

IDENTIFICATION OF THE

POTENTIAL IMPACTS

RECOMMENDED MITIGATION

MEASURES

DESCRIPTION OF MONITORING PROGRAM

ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH RELEVANT

STANDARDS AND

RESIDUAL IMPACTS

ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES AND RESPONSIBLITIES FOR PLAN

IMPLEMENTATION

IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE AND

REPORTING PROCEDURES

CONTIGENCY PLAN WHEN

IMPACTS ARE GREATER THAN

EXPECTED


303



10.4 PRE- PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

• Construction related impacts:

The industry is an established small scale Synthetic Organic Chemicals

(Direct & Reactive Turquoise Blue) manufacturing unit. The potential for

environment pollution during the construction is obviously considerably less

than when the plant is in operation. The following factors require control

during the construction phase.

• Site Preparation

The leveling operation will involve stockpiling of backfill materials. All the

disturbed slopes shall be stabilized with grass cover and dust nuisance

controlled.

• Sanitation

The site will be provided with sufficient and suitable toilet facilities with

proper hygiene for construction workers. Adequate potable water supply will

be provided for onsite workers.

• Noise

The total noise effect in the vicinity during construction stage will be

negligible in the site and the site is far away from the nearest human

habitation.

• Construction Equipment and Waste

It will be ensured that construction related vehicles are properly maintained

to minimize exhaust emissions. Combustible waste will be burnt in a

controlled manner. Other wastes will be disposed off in to a dedicated dump.

Spent liquid waste if any, arising from chemical treatment of built-up portions

for termites etc, will be correctly neutralized and disposed off.

• Site Security


304



The site will be secured by fencing and manned at entry points.

Adequate and effective environment protection measures will be planned and designed to minimize the impacts due to activities related to preconstruction (preparatory phase) of the project, machinery installation and commissioning stages and end with the induction of manpower and start up. The impacts during the construction phase on the environment will basically be very insignificant as the project construction area is very small. Only foundation for RCC structure will be made. Ready mix Concrete will be used and therefore no possibility of fugitive emission due to material handling. In view of the above, the following measures are recommended to reduce the impact during this period:

• Due provision of necessary infrastructural services like water and power supply etc., for the construction area.

• All possible care will be taken to reduce the noise level due to construction activity. As planned, no such noise generating machineries will be used. Also, noise prone activities shall be restricted to the extent possible during night particularly during the period 10 PM to 6 AM in order to have minimum environmental impact.

Activity Environmental Impacts

Mitigation measures Remarks

Construction Phase:

Erection of Plant Machineries

• Air

• Noise

• Socio Economic

• Well maintained vehicles will be used.

• Metalled Road for Vehicle Movement

• Well maintained equipment will be utilized to prevent noise generation.

• Local labour will be hired for the work so that housing arrangement will be avoided.

Implementation responsibility: RGB Chemicals & Dyes


305



10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING OPERATION

The detailed mitigation measures planned during operation phase of the project are as follows:

Activity Environmental

Impacts Mitigation measures Remarks

Manufacturing of Products

• Air • Land • Water • Noise

• Ensure proper handling of all chemical by introducing spill control procedures.

• Ensure usages of PPE’s by workers.

• Strictly following the appropriate spill control procedures.

• The charging of the hazardous chemical will be done through very carefully.

• MSDS of Raw material & products will be displayed at storage & handling area.

• Water usage will be strictly by putting water meter plant wise.

• Monitored data will be analyzed and reviewed time to time.

• Contaminated solid waste will be sent to approve TSDF Facilities.

• Storage area will be designed in line with the factory Act requirement.



306



Activity Environmental Impacts

Mitigation Measures Remarks

Operation of Boiler / Hot Air generator

• Air • Noise • Water

• Ensure proper preventive maintenance of fuel firing system and optimization of air fuel ratio.

• Ensure proper maintenance of machinery to reduce noise level

• After clean up of spillage ensure that disposed it properly.

• Provision of Adequate Stack Height.

• Ensure usage of Personal Protective Equipments.


Operation of Cooling Tower

• Air • Water • Noise

• Ensure proper maintenance of machinery to reduce noise level

• Blow down is being sent in ETP provided within premises


307



Storage, Handling & Transportation of Raw materials and Products

• Air • Water • Land

• Chemical to be stored in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Safety Department.

• Separate storage area for solid/liquid raw materials.

• Install proper facilities to prevent rain/storm water contamination during the storage of solid raw materials.

• Ensure disposal of used drums, bags as per the rules/regulations.

Transportation of all the raw materials, Finished products & Hazardous wastes.

Air Water Land

• Work will be given to Trained/Approved Transports for the transportation of the raw materials/products.

• Ensure availability of MSDS of all the raw materials and finished products to the Off-site Emergency team.

Development and maintenance of green belt

• Air. • Land

Ensure development and maintenance of proper green belt as proposed.

Direct / Indirect Employment

• Socio Economic issue

Continue policy of local employment according to the skill and availability of the manpower


308



10.5.1 Air Pollution :-

The flue gas emissions from Boiler, , Hot Air generator are the sources likely to

contribute to air pollution. Adequate measures are being taken to minimize the

impacts of these emissions on the environment.

The baseline data collected during the study period indicate that all five pollutants

namely PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, CO, HC, VOCs and for project specific parameter

i.e. SO2 and HCl

• The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions

emanating out of process reactions by providing vent condensers.

• Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations.

• Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the all

the reactors.

• Adequate stack height of 11 Mtrs will be provided to the 1.0 TPH boiler and

Stack height of 11 m will be provided with HAG.

• Stack monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the

compliance of the stipulated norms. Wet Scrubber will be provided as Air

Pollution Control System with Boiler & Adequate Stack Height will be

provided with HAG.

• In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop greenbelt in and

around its premises.

• Unit will use LDO as a fuel in Boiler, and natural gas as a fuel in HAG.

10.5.2 Storage and Transportation of Raw Materials

The Raw materials / chemicals will be received in Fiber drums, HDPE drums,

PP bags by trucks. The same will be stored in ware house under lock & key

arrangement. Slight increase of Ground level Dust and VOC in air and it can

be minimized by developing Greenbelt in and around the plant premises and

providing proper roads for transportation.


309



10.5.3 Fugitive Emissions

• Proper storage of raw materials, products and fuels.

• Ensuring closed feeding and sampling.

• Establishing SOPs for start-up, shut down and maintenance operational

procedures.

• Regular work place monitoring and ambient air quality monitoring as per post

project monitoring plan.

• Various types of liquid raw materials will be used in the manufacturing process. The

liquid raw material will be stored in drums / Tanks. These are handled in closed

conditions.

10.5.4 SOLVENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

• There will be no solvent to be used in the proposed project. Unit will use CSA, Beta

Chloro Ethyl Amine, HCl, PCl3, Ammonia Liquor as a liquid raw material.

10.5.5 NOISE POLLUTION

All the equipment in the plant would be designed to have a total noise level

not exceeding 70-75 dB (A) as per the requirement of CPCB standards.

NOISE ENVIRONMENT Boiler, Hot Air generator will be the major noise generating units in the plant, of which generator will be functioning only at the time of power failure. There is no need for the workers to be near the Utility units continuously. The Utilities will be placed in acoustic enclosures to maintain the noise levels as permitted by CPCB.

NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT

• The noise levels in the work place environment will be monitored periodically and if necessary action will be taken in the form of regular maintenance schedule to reduce noise and vibration in generating sources.

• The effects of the vibrations coming out of the base of the body over the surrounding civil structures are minimized by providing Damping pads/Resilient mounting at the time of installation.

• Under the general health check up scheme as per factory act, the workers will however be checked up for any Noise induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) by a trained ENT Doctor.


310



10.5.6 WATER QUALITY

• Water is essentially used in process, Boiler , cooling tower, washing, Scrubber along with domestic purpose. The total water required for the plant operations will be met from Tanker facility.

Domestic water Consumption will be around 2 KLPD and Sewage generated will be disposed to soak pit via septic tank @ 2 KLPD.

Industrial water consumption will be for washing @ 4.0 KLPD, Cooling @ 1.0 KLPD, Boiler @ 2.0 KLPD, Scrubber @ 1.0 KLPD.

So, total water consumption will be 10.0 KLPD. Industrial effluent generation will be 11.03 KLPD.



→ Spent acid 6.28 KLD will be neutralized in ETP-1.

→ Process Effluent & Utility waste water 4.75 KLD will be primary treated in ETP-2 (Primary treatment units). After treatment in both ETP, finally effluent discharged to Chhatral Environment management System Pvt Ltd. For Spray drying.

Treatment system:-

DETAILS OF PROPOSED EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT UNITS

ETP-1 (For Spent Acid Stream)

Sr. No.

Name of Unit No. of Unit Capacity

1. Collection Tank -1 01 20 KL

2. Neutralization Tank-1 01 25 KL

ETP-2 (Primary Treatment Units)

Sr. No. Name of Unit No. of Unit Capacity

1. Collection Tank-2

01 10 KL

2. Neutralization Tank -2 01 10 KL

3. Primary Settling Tank 01 10 KL

4. Filter Press 01 36” *36 Plates

5. Treated Water Holding 02 25 KL of Each


311



Tank

6. Sludge drying Bed 02 ---

Strategic Control / Management

• Minimizing water usage.

• Segregation and collection of effluent for proper treatment and to minimize waste generation at treatment facility and to recover water for recycle and reuse.

• Reducing the water consumption for the process by way of developing the process and operation methods.

• Prepare SOPs for handling and treatment of effluent water.

• Minimize spillage and leakage of effluent to avoid Land pollution.


312



FIGURE -10.2: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED WASTE WATER TREATMENT- ZLD SYSTEM

Sludge

Collection

Tank-2

Sludge Drying

B d

Primary

Settling

Tank

Treated

Water

Holding

Tank

Neutralizati

on Tank-2

Discharge at Chhatral Environment

Management System Pvt. Ltd. for

Spray Drying.

Sludge

Collection

Tank-1

Neutralizati

on Tank-1

Spent Acid

6.28 KLD

4.75 KLD

Process & Utility effluent

Filter Press


313



10.5.7 HAZARDOUS / SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Sr. No.

Waste Category Quantity Facility

1. ETP 35.3 200

MT/ Year


& sell to authorized cement

industries or dispose to TSDF site.

2. Used Oil 5.1 20

Liter/Year



reuse/recyclers.

3. Discarded

Containers &

Bags

33.1 0.7

MT/Year



recycler.


258 KL/Year Collection, Storage, Transportation

& Disposed by selling to actual

users having Rule 9 permission.


26.1 162 KL/Year Collection, Storage, Transportation

& Disposed by selling to authorized

industries having Rule 9 permission.


21.1 1900 KL /Yr Collection, Storage, treatment by neutralization & send to Common Spray drying facility for evaporation.

Resource Conservation / Waste Minimization The unit will also implement the concept of waste minimization circle including:

• Good House Keeping practices make the system easier and less costly.

Some of these are as follows:

Solid wastes e.g. powders, spills, etc. in process, and packaging will be

separately collected and disposed off instead of allowing these to join

effluent streams. This will reduce load and increase the efficiency of

treatment system.

• Search for future recycling schemes and evaluate their worth and implement

such schemes wherever a promise of economic feasibility exists.

Discarded Container / Barrels/ Liners Management

• Discarded containers/ barrels/ liners will be kept at a designated place with

paved surface.

• These will be sold to the actual users/ recyclers as per the Hazardous


314



Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules,

2016.

The record of discarded containers/ barrels/ liners stored in scrap yard shall be

maintained and also, inventory of their selling to the registered recyclers shall be

maintained. The same shall be reviewed by the HSE Department of the project.

HANDLING OF SOLID WASTE AND HAZARDOUS WASTE

• The solid wastes and hazardous wastes will be packed in double lined PP

bags and stored in dedicated area. As and when sufficient stock is

accumulated, ETP Waste will be sent to TSDF for further treatment and

safe land fill.

• Industry will enter into an agreement with concerned Hazardous Waste

Management unit.

10.5.8 EB [ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY]:

• The project activity does not require tree cutting. Also, the study zone does

not have any ecologically sensitive location and hence, the plant activities are

not expected to have any impact on ecology and biodiversity.

• Air emissions, liquid effluent disposal and solid waste generation are likely to

have some impact on terrestrial ecosystems. However there will be no net

increase in air pollution.

• Proponent will develop greenbelt around 33% of its total area.

Management

• Raw material dispensing stations will be equipped with vacuum duct hoods

with top cover.

• If they will provide tanks in future then all tanks vents being used for storage

flammable chemicals will be connected to respective condensers to avoid

VOCs in the plant area.

10.5.9 SE [SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS]:

This project will have positive impacts on Socio-Economic Environment.


315



Positive impacts

• Direct employment generation potential of the proposed project will be

for about 15 persons, wherein the first preference will be given to the

Qualified local People from Study Area.

• Various modes of indirect employment i.e. providing Conveyance,

Transportation, Goods and Services will also increase.

• Overall improvement in quality of life of people of the study area

will increase.

10.5.10 HG [HYDROGEOLOGY, GROUND WATER & WATER CONSERVATION]:

The proposed project is located on the divide portion of the catchment

and is over the run off zone. No major streams are passing through the

site. The catchment area of the plant site is small and recharge

conditions are moderate. However, the buffer zone of 10 km radius has

good catchment and recharge potential with streams and tanks of

considerable storage potential.

All the stream courses are ephemeral in character and carry large volumes

of storm flows during rainy season and remain dry during non - monsoon

season. The width of the streams is narrow and follows the weak planes

within the hard rock formations.


316



Ground Water Conditions :- Groundwater occurs under semi-confined conditions in the fissured zone of the banded

biotitic hornblende gneisses. Ten bore wells were inventoried to assess the groundwater

conditions. The depth to water levels was found to be 15-30 m. The yield ranges of bore

wells were found to be 200-300 lpm. The quality of water is found to be potable.

As the extent of the proposed site is very small only roof top rainwater harvesting is

suggested for improving the recharge to the groundwater.

The proposed area is categorized as safe by the Groundwater department and scope for

development & stage of groundwater is good. The site is feasible for groundwater

extraction for the proposed Reactive & Direct Turquoise Blue manufacturing unit.

Possible Impacts on Groundwater & Mitigation • The generation of ash from the industry will have sedimentation affect over the

wind ward side on the soil regime as well as the buffer zone over a period of time

affecting the flow rates of water.

• The chemically loaded waste water leakage from the industry may affect the soil,

surface and groundwater sources, so we will closely monitor to avoid any spillage or

leakages.

• The ash spreading in and around the plant will be avoided by storing under

closed conditions at dedicated place till it is disposed to users. The prevention

suggested is not to allow the waste water leakage from the industry by

implementing proper storage tanks for wastewater collection and ZLD system.

• Ash generation and storage will be monitored closely to avoid leakages and will

be disposed safely to the brick manufacturing industries and infrastructure projects.

• All the chemically charged liquid discharges will not be allowed to be in contact

with surface/ groundwater.

10.5.11 GEO [GEOLOGY]:

It is a proposed project, does involve changes in topography and project activities

include excavation of soil in the plant area and construction of buildings and


317



facilities limited to the project site area. During construction, excavated soil will be

restored to its original shape. Thus the impact during the construction is reversible,

for short term and insignificant. During the operation phase of the project, no impact

is envisaged on the topography. There will be a change in topography of the land in

the project site, but there will be no change in drainage pattern.

10.5.12 SC [SOIL CONSERVATION]:

The proposed project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of

the project site and it is a Zero Liquid Discharge Unit; the chances of any enhanced soil

erosion are not anticipated. But improper disposal of toxic wastes and accidental

spillages of toxic chemicals can pose a serious threat to the soil, ground and surface

waters. But the chances of such events cannot be quantified and predicted. Since the

industry is expected all rules and regulations relating to the use, handling and disposal of

all toxic and hazardous chemicals, no additional safety methods are required especially

to prevent contamination of soil. Liberal use of locally available farmyard manure will be

used for the plants in the greenbelt and block plantations for improving the productivity,

fertility and health of soils.

The project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of the project

site since it is a zero liquid discharge unit.

10.5.13 [RISK & HAZARDS MANAGEMENT]:

All the provisions as per the Factories act, 1948 manufacture, storage and import of

hazardous chemicals [MSIHC] Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter and also, the

Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules,

2016 will be followed.

Work environment monitoring as well as noise monitoring will be carried out on regular

interval through third party.

Following hazards may occur during the operation.

Fire Hazards

Chemicals handling and Storage

Road accidents

Process hazards

Health hazards


318



Following procedures will be followed for effective management of any disaster in the plant.

• Identification of Hazards and Risk assessment

• Identification of persons at risk

• Mitigation measures to minimize or elimination of Risk

• Disaster management plan

10.6 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT OBJECTIVE

The purpose of a green belt around the plant site is to capture the fugitive emissions

emanating from Plant operations, attenuate the noise generated and improve the aesthetics.

Environmental protection has been considered as an important domain for industrial and

other developmental activities in India. Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

(MoEF&CC) has taken several policy initiatives and promoted integration of environmental

concerns in developmental projects. One such initiative is the notification on Environmental

Impact Assessment (EIA) of developmental projects issued in 1994 and further revised

notification in year 2006 under the provisions of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 EIA

Guidance Manual for building, construction, townships and area development projects

proactively talks about the importance of greenbelts in such projects.

Greenbelt in India refers to a buffer zone created beyond which industrial activity may not be

carried on. This concept has developed through a long line of cases and today, greenbelts

are present not only for the purpose of protecting sensitive areas to maintain ecological

balance, but are also be found in urban areas so as to act as a sink for the harmful gases

released by vehicles and industries operating in the city area. In this regard, comprehensive

Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts have been compiled by the Central Pollution Control

Board.

Action Plan As per the stipulations of MoEF&CC, greenbelt is to be provided all along the boundary by

planting tall, evergreen trees and the total green area including landscaping area will be

about 33% of the project area. There will be block plantations to be done within the project

site. Typical industrial greenbelt on all sides of the plant site with 5 to 10 m width patches


319

http://greencleanguide.com/tag/moef/






and strips of greenbelt with a spacing of 2m x 3 m). About 25 - 30 trees will be grown in the

space available every year upto 05 year. Since there shall be two rows of trees, they get

direct light at least from one side and the branches can expand. Hence, potentially large

trees with wide canopy are chosen instead of the less branched and straight growing trees.

Soil is good and suitable for plant growth but water supply is critical during the dry season.

Special care shall be taken to water them at least once in 7 to 10 days during the dry period.

A list of plants suitable for greenbelt and to the local agro climatic conditions.

A suggested list of multipurpose trees proposed to be planted in the greenbelt is given in

Table 10.1.

SELECTION OF TREES

The choice of trees species, suitable for plantation at the Industry Site, has been governed by the following guiding factors:

1. As per guidelines issued by Ministry of environment & Forests for greenbelt development.

2. As per the study carried out by our FAE in Ecological & Biodiversity.

3. The tree must be tolerant to all the pollutants present in the area.

4. The tree should be able to grow and thrive on soil of the areas, be evergreen, in habitat, having minimum of leaf fall.

5. The tree must be tall in peripheral curtain plantation and with large and spreading canopy in the primary and secondary attenuation zones.

6. The tree should possess extensive foliar area to provide maximum impinge surface for continued efficient adsorption and absorption of pollutants.

7. The tree should be fast growing and indigenous.

8. The tree should maintain ecological, land and hydrological balance of the region.

Total plot area is 2090.13 Sq. Meter. From that they had done planning for

gardening and plantation for 638.86 Sq. Meter.

• Unit will develop 25 -30 trees every year for 05 year in and around the

premises.

• The tree species selected for the plantation will be pollutant tolerant ,fast

growing, wing firm, deep rooted and ever green.


320



• The company will select pollutant tolerant plant species. For example,

Asopalav, Neem Tree, Gulmahor, Julie, etc.

• We will also develop plantation as per the MoEF guidelines all along the

periphery of plant so that these trees perform as natural barrier and bring down

the fugitive emission and stop carryover of dust along with wind current.

• The tree species selected for the plantation will be pollutant tolerant, fast

growing, wing firm, deep rooted, and ever green. The company will select

pollutant tolerant plant species.

They will also develop plantation as per the MoEF guidelines all along the

periphery of plant so that these trees perform as natural barrier and bring down

the fugitive emission and stop carryover of dust along with wind current.

Budgetary expenditure for the greenbelt development has been depicted in the

Table No. 10.1

TABLE 10.1 BUDGETARY EXPENDITURE FOR GBD

Wind breaker plant species will be (eg. Polyanlthia, Eucalytus, Casuarina, etc.) Planted around the periphery of near boundary walls. Grass mat along with combination flowering shrubs will be planned along the rest rooms. Potted plants and climbers will be used on the roof tops. All the corners inside the rooms of administration building and along the stair case, potted shrubs will be put and change time to time for watering, pruning and fertilizing. Fast growing species with more calorific value is preferable. Necessary help will be taken from the local DFO in development of green belt. Money plants like climbers will be used and make them to hang to avoid penetration dust inside the working areas. These climbers will be sprinkled regularly to remove adhered dust particles.

Sr.

No.

Parameter Amount

in Rs.

1 Site Development 125000.00

2 Plants/ Seeds 75000.00

3 Plant Care & Reg. 100000.00

TOTAL 300000.00


321



Based on the demand of nutrients by soil the fertilizer input shall be given. These trees will be planted in about different rows. The interspaces will be planted with grasses, bushes and hedges. Choosing native plant species which suits to local environmental conditions will be encouraging (percentage survival) and also for sustainable ecosystem development. Plants with flowering will give good aesthetic look. 1 meter width will be kept for tree plantation around the project boundaries. The plant species for green belt is given below in Table- 10.2

Table 10.2

Plant Species for Green Belt Development

S.No Botanical name English name Habitat

1 Abutilon indicum Indian Mallow Shrub

2 Acacia arabica Gum arabic tree Tree

3 Acacia ferruginea Rusty Acacia Tree

4 Acacia mearnsii black wattle Tree

5 Acacia melanoxylon Sally Wattle Tree

6 Acacia nilotica Babool Tree

7 Ageratum conyzoides Goat weed Shrub

8 Albizia lebbeck Flea tree Tree

9 Bambusa bamboo Bamboo Tree

10 Barringtonia acutangula Indian putat Tree

11 Bidens pilosa Beggar tick Herb

12 Butea frondosa Flame of the forest Tree

13 Calotropis gigantean Crown Flower Shrub

14 Cassia surattensis Scrambled Egg Shrub

15 Cleistanthus collinus Garari Shrub

16 Cleome viscose Asian spider flower Herb

17 Drypetes sepiaria Wild Caper Bush Shrub

18 Eucalyptus globules Eucalyptus Tree

19 Ficus benghalensis Banyan Tree

20 Ficus religiosa Pee pal Tree

21

Magnifera indica Mango Tree

22 Parthenium

Carrot Grass Herb

23 Pongamia pinnata Indian beech Tree

24 Techtona grandis Teak Tree


322



10.7 HEALTH AND SAFETY

Following measures will be adopted in the plant:

• Inspection and maintenance of pollution control systems regularly.

• All safety measures such as safety appliances, training, safety awards, posters, slogans related to safety.

• The workers exposed to noisy sources will be provided with ear muffs/plugs.

• Adequate facilities for drinking water and toilets insufficient numbers will be provided to the employees.

• Fire proof aprons and necessary personnel protective appliances and equipment will be provided to the concerned personnel.

10.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS

To prevent any spillage, accident and impacts of human health for safety measure will be taken while handling the raw material and products:

Occupational control measures for health hazard to the worker and to keep the risk of accidents to a minimum from our manufacturing activities.

Mitigatory measures:

For the proposed project, company will make following arrangement within the

factory premises for the different hazards:

Storage & Handling of Hazardous Chemicals:

• Company will do planning to stock all the necessary material as minimum as

possible.

• All containers with hazardous chemicals have labels indicating the contents

and warning of the hazard.

• Necessary information on safe handling and first aid measures and antidotes

of major hazardous material will be available on the label.

• Workers dealing with hazardous chemicals will be trained on health risks and

safe handling.

• Exposure to hazardous chemicals will be minimized.

• Liquid Hazardous chemicals will be transferred in closed piping system.

• Separate storage section will be provided for storage of hazardous and non-

hazardous raw materials.

• Drums / Tanks shall be located and marked in designated area of hazardous

chemical storage.

• Tanks / Drums of proper MOC will be selected.

• All tanks / Drums shall be uniformly tagged.


323



• Level indicator shall be provided in tanks.

• Dyke will be provided.

• Industrial type electric fittings shall be provided.

• Adequate fire fighting equipments will be provided.

• Anti corrosive paint shall be done.

• Safety instruction board will be displayed.

• Proper earthling shall be provided.

• Lightning arrestor will be provided.

Vessel and other Equipment related:

• Checking of process vessels and equipment is carried out regularly.

• Records related to maintenance and its planning schedule is maintained.







Tankers:

• The tankers are checked for its fitness and safe condition before loading. • During loading and unloading, the tanker should be braked and isolated

against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety appliances. • Check for leakages from the line connections before starting and stopping the

filling operations. • Drive the vehicles carefully, especially in crowded localities and on bumpy

Roads. • Do not apply sudden break. • The tanker should not be parked for long time on the way and especially in

Crowded Places. Park the vehicle away from residential areas.


324



Electrical related:

• All electrical fitting and motors in the storage areas will be flameproof.

• Checking of all earthings, wiring & connection will be carried out regularly.

• Proper earthing will be provided at all equipments and will be provided for

additional equipment. Adequate Nos. of earth pits will be provided.

Safety measures to be taken for general public living in the activity:

• Adequate types of personal protective equipment will be provided and also

safety training will be provided to workers.

• Emergency showers and eye wash stations will be available at the worksite.

• Arrangement for 24 hr. medical facilities by contact with nearest health care

centre/ hospital.

• Pre-employment medical check-up and annual medical check-up will be

carried out and its records will be maintained properly.

• Preparation of onsite & offsite emergency plan. Fire control plan:

• Overhead water storage tank with adequate capacity is provided to ensure 24

hr. supply.

• Fire water tank with sufficient capacity of 100 KL (02 No. X 50 KL) will be

provided with fire pump (02 Nos.)

• Fire hydrant system will be provided.

• Sprinkler system will be provided at raw material storage area and tank farm

area.

• Fire extinguisher will be provided at production plant as per the requirement.

Contact numbers of nearest fire agency will be provided.

• Nearest fire station is Kalol. Time required to reach the project site is 15

minutes.

• Unit will appoint qualified and trained fire personnel having qualification like

B.Sc or Diploma in Fire and Safety.

• Flame proof equipments and fittings will be provided for handling of hazardous

chemicals.

• Tanks and all pump motors shall be earthed.

• Road tanker earthing lines shall provide near the unloading pumps.

• Independent dykes will provide for hazardous chemicals storage to contain

leakages. Floors of the dyke area shall of impervious finish.

• Housekeeping of the plant shall as per prescribed norms. Floors, platforms,

staircases, passages will be kept free of any obstruction.

• All hazardous operations shall explain to the workers. They will periodically

trained on the hazardous processes.

• Dedicated supply of firewater shall available in the plant.


325



• Only authorized persons shall be allowed inside the plant.

• All instrument and safety devices will be checked and calibrated during

installation. They will also be calibrated, checked at a frequent interval.

Calibration records shall maintain.

• All electrical equipments will be installed as per prescribed standards.

• All the equipments of the plant shall periodically tested as per standard and

results shall documented. All equipments undergo preventive maintenance

schedule.

• The area will fence to isolate the same from all other departments.

• Proper Earthing will be provided to each tank. Also earthing would be taken

care during liquid raw material transfer from tanker into the underground

vessel.

• Flame arrestors shall provide on each tank.

• Flameproof pumps & motors shall provide for Liquid Transfer Raw Material

transfer.

• In addition to fire hydrant system, fire extinguishers will be installed at different

locations within premises.

• Adequate ventilation arrangement shall provide for safe and better working in

the plant as per the standard.

• Process, equipments, plant involving serious fire hazards are designed as per

prescribed guideline.

• Sufficient access for fire fighting shall provide in the plant.

• Protection against lightning will be taken care in the plant.

• Precautions against ignition will be taken.

Fire fighting System :-

Adequate fire fighting system will be provided in the proposed plant.

Sufficient numbers of Fire extinguishers will be installed in all plants and storage

area and details of existing fire control equipments are given in Table 10.3.


326



Table 10.3:

Details of fire extinguishers

Sr.

No.

Type

Capacity Proposed Quantity

1 CO2 4.5 kg 10

2

Dry Chemical Powder

6 kg

10

3

Mechanical Foam 50 Lit. 03

9 Lit. 03

4 Fire stand storage bucket

5 Lit 08

01 nos. of fire hydrants will be installed in various sections of the proposed plant.

Separate underground fire water tank of 100 KL is provided with main pump

and Jockey Pump. Details of Fire water pump is given in Table 10.4

Table 10.4

Details of fire-water pump

Sr.

No.

Location

Types

Capacity

Quantity

1

Fire Pumping area Jockey Pump 10 HP (15 m3/hr) 1

2 Main Pump 15 HP (40 m3/hr) 1

Adequate numbers of smoke detector, flame detector, explosive gas detector, heat

detector and VOC detector with alarm. Automatic sprinkling system will be installed

at various suitable locations. Details for the same is given in following Table10.5


327



Table 10.5 Details of provision for fire-fighting system.:

Sr.

No.

Particular

Location

1 VOC Detector Process Plant

Hazardous chemical storage area

Hazardous waste storage area

2 Automatic Sprinkling

Admin building, hazardous chemical storage area,

Utility

If in future required then, they will install DG Sets of 01 Nos. x 125 KVA for emergency

power supply after obtaining necessary permission.

Mock drill and training will be scheduled and conducted once in six

months.

Respiratory PPEs like self contained breathing apparatus, bubble hood point with air

compressor, online respirator and non-respiratory PPEs like PVC apron, gum boot,

goggles, rubber hand gloves are provided in case of fire.

Nearest fire station Kalol is located at a distance of 10 km from project site.

Safety related

• Adequate types of personal protect ive equipment will be provided and also safety training wil l be provided to workers.

• Emergency showers and eye wash stations is available at the worksite.

• Arrangement for 24 hr. medical facil i t ies by contact with nearest health care centre/ hospital.

• Pre-employment medical check-up and annual medical checkup is carried out and its records is maintained properly.

DETAILS OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMME:

o Worker can be directly or indirectly exposed by chemical like, Chloro

Sulfonic Acid, beta Chloro Ethyl Amine, HCl, Phosphorus Tri Chloride ,

Liquid Ammonia and other Solid / powder chemicals as mentioned in

chapter 2, during process or material handling.


328



COMAPANY HAVE TAKEN FOLLOWING ACTION TO KEEP CHEMICALS WITHIN PEL/ TLV:

• Process should be carried out in isolated area or closed system.

• Dilution ventilation/local exhaust ventilation system should be provided.

• Chemical handled by competent person.

• MSDS of hazardous substance must be maintained by company.

• Quantity of substance should kept to absolute minimize.

• Flame proof electric fitting should be provided.

• Safety devices like temp. Control and pressure control must be provided to

vessel.

• Labeling and sign board should be provided.

• Fire fighting, sprinkling system and emergency exit should be provided.

• PPE must be used during handling of chemicals.

EVALUATION OF EXPOSURE OF CHEMICAL DURING REPLACEMENT AND

PERIODICAL MEDICAL MONITORING.

• Emergency /exposure examination and test should be carried out.

Examination is based on irritation, sensitization of skin, respiratory system,

eye, shortness of breath

• Test must be carried out as per handling of chemicals as per OSHA guideline.

• Check the previous medical opinion of worker/employee as well as history. TREATMENT OF WORKERS AFFECTED BY ACCIDENTAL SPILLAGE OF CHEMICALS: Hazards with Acute Exposure

• Contact with skin may cause severe burns or systemic poisoning.

• Systemic effects may occur from any route of exposure, especially after skin absorption.

Hazards with Chronic Exposure

• Repeated or prolonged exposure may harm the respiratory system. Can irritate and inflame the airways.

• Hazardous material affects the central nervous system, liver, and kidneys. Special Safety Precautions

• Prevent contact with skin by wearing neoprene gloves, lab coat, and resistant apron.

• Wear safety glasses or a face shield if splashing may occur.


329



• Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area, away from heated surfaces or ignition sources.

• Skin contact requires immediate washing of the affected area with soap and water.

• Remove contaminated clothing and launder before wearing again. Procedure for treating workmen after skin contact.

• Skin contact requires immediate flushing of the contaminated area with soap and water at a sink or emergency shower for a good fifteen minutes. Remove contaminated clothing. In case of eye contact, promptly flush the eyes with copious amounts of water for 15 minutes (lifting upper and lower lids occasionally) and obtain medical attention. If methanol is ingested, obtain medical attention immediately. If large amounts of methanol are inhaled, move the person to fresh air and seek medical attention at once. It is recommended to provide the safety shower and eyewash station in plant.

10.9 DETAILS OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SURVEILLANCE PROGRAMME: Aim:

• Workplace injuries, illness can be prevented and hazard should be identified.

• Evaluations of accident analysis due to unsafe act and condition as well as

identified the health and safety problems in workplace.

• Effective Preventive measures strategies can be prepared.

• New technologies, educational activities, public awareness and regulatory

and policy changes can be achieved.

The overall mission of the Occupational Health Surveillance Program is to

promote the health, safety and quality of life of working people will be achieved:

Surveillance program can be improved by following action.

• Pre-placement examination and periodic examination must be carried out at

Work place.

• Maintain the work profile and medical history of employee/workers.

• Pulmonary function test must be carried out in case handling of hazardous

chemicals.

• Written medical opinion must be maintained by industry.

• Examination must be certify by qualified medical practitioners


330



Details of worker training:

• Unit will give training to worker before emergency work regarding safety,

engineering, production, health, raw material handling, SOP use etc.

• Unit will give training to their work periodically as decided by the manager

either in house or outside.

10.10 HAZARDOUS IDENTIFICATION AND PREVENTIVE MEASURES

Raw Material Storage hazardous and controls:

Name of Hazardous Chemicals

Hazardous Characteristics

Hydrochloric Acid

Flammability of the Product: Non-flammable. Auto-Ignition Temperature: Not applicable. Flash Points: Not applicable. Flammable Limits: Not applicable. Products of Combustion: Not available. Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: of metals Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Non-explosive in presence of open flames and sparks, of shocks. Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: Not applicable.

Precautions: Keep locked up.. Keep container dry. Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, organic materials, metals, alkalis, moisture. May corrode metallic surfaces. Store in a metallic or coated fiberboard drum using a strong polyethylene inner package. Storage: Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area.

Phosphorous Tri chloride

Conditions of Flammability : Nonflammable Flash point : None Method : None Autoignition Temperature : None LEL(%) : None UEL(%) : None Hazardous combustion products : None

Precautions:

Evacuate all personnel from affected area. Use appropriate protective equipment. If leak is in user’s equipment, be certain to purge piping with inert gas


331



Sensitivity to mechanical shock : None Sensitivity to static discharge: None FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS : Reacts with water yielding HCl and Phosphoric acids. EXTINGUISHING MEDIA : Nonflammable FIRE FIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS : None.

prior to attempting repairs. If leak is in container or container valve, contact the appropriate emergency telephone number listed in Section 1 Use only in well-ventilated areas. Containers must remain closed unless they are being used. Do not drag, slide or roll cylinders. Use a suitable hand truck for container movement recognizing that the metal containers can easily be punctured and the glass containers or carboys are easily broken. Protect cylinders from physical damage. Store in cool, dry, well ventilated areas of non-combustible construction away from heavily trafficked areas and emergency exits. Cylinders should be stored upright and firmly secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Full & empty cylinders should be segregated. Use a "first in-first out" inventory system to prevent full containers from being stored for excessive periods of time. Never carry a compressed gas cylinder or a container of a gas in cryogenic liquid form in an enclosed space such as a car trunk, van or station wagon. A leak can result in a fire, explosion, asphyxiation or a toxic exposure.

Chloro Sulphonic Acid

Reactive Hazard Yes Stability Moisture sensitive. Conditions to Avoid Incompatible products. Excess heat. Exposure to moist air or water. Exposure to moisture. Incompatible Materials Acids, Bases, Alcohols, Amines, Butyl

Prevention Do not breathe dust/fume/gas/mist/vapors/spray Wash face, hands and any exposed skin thoroughly after handling Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection Use only outdoors or in a well-ventilated area Response Immediately call a POISON


332



rubber, Powdered metals Hazardous Decomposition Products Hydrogen chloride gas, Carbon monoxide (CO), Carbon dioxide (CO2), Sulfur oxides, Thermal decomposition can lead to release of irritating gases and vapors Hazardous Polymerization Hazardous polymerization does not occur. Hazardous Reactions None under normal processing. Reacts violently with water.

CENTER or doctor/physician Inhalation IF INHALED: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing Skin IF ON SKIN (or hair): Take off immediately all contaminated clothing. Rinse skin with water/shower Wash contaminated clothing before reuse Eyes IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing Ingestion IF SWALLOWED: Rinse mouth. DO NOT induce vomiting Storage Store locked up Store in a well-ventilated place. Keep container tightly closed Disposal Dispose of contents/container to an approved waste disposal plant Hazards not otherwise classified (HNOC) Reacts violently with water


333



Process hazards and controls:

Name of Hazardous

process and operation

Material in the

process/ operation

Type of hazards possible toxic gas

release/ fire/ explosion/ run away/ reaction/

rupture, etc.

Control measured provided

Boiler & HAG

Steam

• Handling of anti scalent

• Heat burns

• Annual inspections

• Safety interlocks to be provided

• Safety and pressure gauge valves fitted

• Properly supported and protected against corrosion

• Testing of jackets and joints of tubes regularly.

Reactor Vessel

CSA, PCl3, HCl, VS,

Liq. Ammonia

• Reaction.

• Raw Materials quantity must be controlled either volumetrically or gravimetrically.

• Process control devices must be installed includes the use of sensors, alarms, trips and other control systems that either take automatic action or allow for manual intervention to prevent the conditions for uncontrolled reaction occurring

• High Temperature indicator valve and alarm system must be provided

• Auto cutoff system must be provided after reaching of predetermined maximum safe temperature.

• Pressure gauge is must provided.

• Safety Control valve is must be provided.

• The Vessel Emergency Relief vent should discharge to a suitably designed catch pot or should be so positioned that people working in the area and members of the public will not be in danger if the contents of the vessel are discharged.

• Use skilled worker

• Proper selection of MOC

• Mechanical seal in all pumps and reactors

• Transportation of finished product from vessel to storage tank through


334



General Hazards & controls:

Type of Emergency

Identification of

area

Possible Causes

Possible Result Preventive/control Measures

Fire

Drum / Tank Storage area

• Fire due to Drum / Tank leakages.

• Damage of drum / Tank Pump discharge nozzle failure

• Major fire in the drum storage area, it may spread all over the company and surrounding area

• May cause fatalities

• Licensed and isolated Drum Storage Area.

• Flame proof fittings.

• Earthling while unloading.

• Spark arrestor at main gate.

• Provision of dyke.

• Earthling of tanks and pumps

• Get approval from an explosive department for plan approval, equipment layout & emergency control measures (If Required).

• No electrical junction box close to storage materials.

• Hot work permit system followed for hot working in the ware house.

Explosion

All material handling areas

• Vapor explosion due to contact of spark to accumulated flammable vapor in confined area

• Improper discharge of static charge

• Use of non FLP equipment for liquid raw material Handling

• Metal to metal impact

• Electrical short circuit

• Open flame

• Flameproof electric installation areas & spark less tools

• Isolated storage use of Flammable material drums

• Hot work permit for hot working in the plant

• Earthling for human static charge

• Good ventilated area for Flammable material storage

Material handling

In Plant

Flammable, eye irritating & body accident

Fire and health hazards

• Trained employee

• Required PPE and Fire

• Protective Provided equipment

• Good engineering practice • Separate storage are with

dyke valve system provided


335



10.11 EXPENDITURE ON ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

The Table No. 10.6 table gives the expenditure to be incurred by M/s. RGB Chemicals & Dyes On environmental matters.

Table No.10.6 Capital Cost & Recurring Cost of the Project for EMP

Sr. No

System Approximate Capital cost per annum

(in Lac)

Approximate Recurring

cost (Rs. In Lac)

Basis for cost estimates

1 Air pollution control

20.0 3.0 The capital cost would include cost of providing adequate height of the stack, ladder and platform, Air Pollution Control Systems and recurring cost would include cost of monitoring of air environment.

2 Water pollution control

25.0 100.0 Capital cost would include cost of ETP, In capital cost civil work, mechanical work, Electrical work and piping work is included. Recurring cost is for operational phase regarding Evaporation cost of Spray Drying etc.

3 Noise pollution monitoring

0.0 1.0 The recurring cost would include cost of noise monitoring.

4 Solid and hazardous waste management

10.0 10.0 Capital cost would include cost of providing storage space for hazardous waste and membership of TSDF Fee. Recurring cost would include cost of land filling and transportation.

5 Environment monitoring and management

3.0 1.5 The recurring cost would be incurred on hiring of consultants and payment of various statutory fees to regulatory agencies.

6 Green belt 2.5 2.0 Development of Greenbelt including Gardening and Plantation.

7 Occupational health (OHC)

3.0 2.0 Occupational health check up of Employees and workers

8 CER 0.0 1.3 2% of the proposed project cost. Green belt development, Drinking water facility, solar Lighting etc.

Total 63.5 120.8


336



10.12 CONCEPT OF WASTE MINIMIZATION, RECYCLE / REUSE / RECOVER TECHNIQUES, ENERGY CONSERVATION AND NATURAL RESOURCES CONSERVATION.

WASTE MINIMIZATION, RECYCLE / REUSE / RECOVER TECHNIQUES: Unit shall to do moping in their unit instead of washing of water.

Unit should try to minimize the excess raw material in batch, so it will reduces the

unreacted raw material in effluent generation. Ultimately, it will reduce the

concentration of effluent.

We shall provide fix pipeline in their unit to minimize the leakages.

Good House Keeping: Proper housekeeping practices make the system easier and less

costly.

Roof water harvesting system shall be adopted to reduce the fresh water requirement.

Cleaner production technology may be adopted for the resource conservation and pollution

control.

Cleaner production practices Process vessels: Liquid raw material will be charged by pumping and closed loops and dosing will be

done by metering system to avoid odour.

Double mechanical seals will be provided to the process vessels having

agitator for reduction of odour and leakages.

Storage tanks Storage tanks for products as well as raw materials will be fitted with appropriate

control devices to avoid possible odours / leakages.

House keeping Keep work areas clean.

Keep exits and entrances clear.

Use proper waste collection containers.

Cleanup spills and leaks off’s any type quickly and properly.

Follow up preventive predictive maintenance.


337



ENERGY CONSERVATION: Energy Conservation and Energy Efficiency are separate, but related concepts. Energy conservation is achieved when growth of energy consumption is reduced, measured in physical terms. Energy Conservation can, therefore, be the result of several processes or developments, such as productivity increase or technological progress. On the other hand Energy efficiency is achieved when energy intensity in a specific product, process or area of production or consumption is reduced without affecting output, consumption or comfort levels. Promotion of energy efficiency will contribute to energy conservation and is therefore an integral part of energy conservation promotional policies. Energy efficiency is often viewed as a resource option like coal, oil or natural gas. It provides additional economic value by preserving the resource base and reducing pollution. For example, replacing traditional light bulbs with Compact Fluorescent Lamps (CFLs) means you will use only 1/4th of the energy to light a room. Pollution levels also reduce by the same amount nature sets some basic limits on how efficiently energy can be used, but in most cases our products and manufacturing processes are still a long way from operating at this theoretical limit. Very simply, energy efficiency means using less energy to perform the same function. Inadequate control of steam supply wastes energy. So, we will investigate the

possibility of installing automatic controls. Monitoring drying operations enables energy consumption to be assessed and

possibly reduced. Monitor parameters by us Heat losses from dryers by radiation and convection will be minimized. And we will

improve the insulation of dryers to save energy costs.

Routine cleaning and maintenance programme for the combustion system will improve efficiency and reduce energy costs.

Investigate the possibility of changing any upstream processes in order to decrease

the water content before drying operations. Relatively minor modifications of upstream operating procedures may significantly reduce energy costs.

We will check, if it is possible to use heat recovered from the dryer exhausts in the drying process.

Waste Heat Recovery System Understanding the process is essential for development of Waste Heat Recovery system. This can be accomplished by reviewing the process flow sheets, layout diagrams, piping isometrics, electrical and instrumentation cable ducting etc. Detail review of these documents will help us in identifying: a) Sources and uses of waste heat


338



b) Upset conditions occurring in the plant due to heat recovery c) Availability of space d) Any other constraint, such as dew point occurring in an equipments etc. After identifying source of waste heat and the possible use of it, our next step is to select suitable heat recovery system and equipments to recover and utilize the same. Economic Evaluation of Waste Heat Recovery System It is necessary to evaluate the selected waste heat recovery system for our unit on the basis of financial analysis such as investment, depreciation, payback period, rate of return etc. In addition the advice of experienced consultants and suppliers must be obtained for rational decision. Natural Resources Conservation: Renewable energy is energy obtained from sources that are essentially inexhaustible. Examples of renewable resources include wind power, solar power, geothermal energy, tidal power and hydroelectric power. The most important feature of renewable energy is that it can be harnessed without the release of harmful pollutants. Non-renewable energy is the conventional fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas, which are likely to deplete with time.

10.13 CHECKLIST IN THE FORM OF DO’S AND DON’T.

The checklist in the form of Do’s and don’t of preventive maintenance, strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for safety related measures are as follows. DO’S

1) Check the raw material availability as per the job on hand required for all stages.

2) Check the vessels expected to be used in the process for good physical condition.

3) Check the availability of utilities required till the end of the batch / job.

4) Check for proper manpower available till the entire operation in over.

5) All equipments including the stand-by should be in operable condition.

6) Verify the test certificates of materials being taken for process.

7) Prepare time schedule of material flow on basis of the process.

8) Monitor the temperature and pressure wherever possible during the process.

9) Use pumps for transferring the liquids to the reactor tank.


339



10) Familiarize the worker about what is the job on hand.

11) Ensure the worker / operator is having sufficient knowledge of the materials handled.

12) Ensure proper display of visual instructions for characteristics of the chemicals.

13) Ensure proper training of personnel.

14) Ensure sufficient numbers of safety devices are available.

15) In view of the chemicals handled, whether required or not, please ensure availability

of SCBA apparatus near every use and storage area of chemical.

16) Ensure the workers wear proper PPE of adequate grade.

17) Demarcation of the chemical storage area for chemical in test.

18) Ensure removal of used containers from workspaces.

19) Prepare and follow the safe work instruction.

20) Record every incident that led to an accident irrespective of the seriousness of the

accident and analyze the same to improvise the system continuously.

21) Always check the fire water tank to be filled up to the brim to ensure availability of fire

water in sufficient quantity at all times. The design of other water to be used shall be

from the overflow of the fire water tank to ensure this system.

22) Never work bare foot or without safety shoes.

23) Never use mobile phones in work zones.

24) In case of any confusion try to acquire correct information before any action.

25) Use only proper grade PPEs and use them properly.

26) Before disconnecting any electrical installation, neutralize the static charge in a safe

manner.

27) Open or use containers only on written instruction.

28) Verify the label with the instruction before use.

29) Maintain your attendance at the time-office.

30) Participate wholeheartedly in all safety related exercises an keep yourself updated.

Don’ts:

1) Don’t use the raw material without checking as per the job on hand required for all

stages.

2) Don’t use the vessels expected to be used in the process without checking.

3) Don’t fail to check the availability of utilities required till the end of the batch / job

4) Don’t work without enough and proper man power.

5) Don’t use the equipments which are not in operable condition.


340



6) Don’t use the materials for process without verify the test certificates.

7) Don’t use the material without Prepare time schedule of material flow on basis of

the process.

8) Don’t perform without Monitoring the temperature and pressure during process.

9) Don’t handle chemicals with open hands where manual handling is a must.

10) Don’t keep the workers under wraps about what is the job on hand.

11) Don’t let the worker / operator do the work having lack of sufficient knowledge of

the materials handled.

12) Don’t use the chemical with unknown characteristics or having unreadable label.

13) Don’t let the personnel do the work without giving proper training.

14) Don’t work without sufficient numbers of safety devices.

15) In view of the chemicals handled, whether required or not, don’t work without

ensuring availability of SCBA apparatus near every use and storage area of

chemical.

16) Don’t let the workers do work without wearing proper PPE of adequate grade.

17) Don’t use material that is under testing for production.

18) Don’t store used containers at workspaces.

19) Don’t breach the safe work instruction.

20) Don’t try to conceal information regarding missed accidents or small injuries.

Remember every and any mishap can be fatal if not for your self for others.

21) After any shutdown never start operation without having ensured the fire water

tank filled up.

22) Don’t work bare foot or without safety shoes.

23) Don’t use mobile phones in work zones.

24) Never undertake any operation without work permit.

25) Do not use PPEs which are not relevant to the operational aspect that has been

identified.

26) Never remove any electrical equipment without neutralization of static charge after

written permission only.

27) Don’t open or use containers on which instruction are not written.

28) Don’t work without Verifying the label with the instruction before use.

29) Don’t enter the workplace without registering your attendance.

30) Don’t ever even thinking of evading safety instructions.


341



10.14 SOCIO ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITY:

Unit has done various kinds of socio economic development activities including community welfare programme. At present unit is doing following socio Economic Development Activities.

1. They are interested to donate in schools, hospitals and where ever actual needed.

2. They are ready to provide the needful services required for the nearest villages.

Socio-Economic Development activities will be implementing in coordination with the

NGOs, Village Panchayat, and other Governmental Entities.

A. Social Activities:

• Health check up camps and Medical facilities to Infants and senior citizens, free

medicine supply etc., will be provide on regular basis.

• Help Implement and Run a Safe Drinking Water in nearest village where the

project site is located to facilitate Healthy Water for both Drinking & Cooking

Purposes.

• Contribution towards any development activity useful for village development.

B. Economic Activities:

• The company will give preference to the local people for employment.

• The company will be giving contract works like civil, machine repair,

transportation, canteen, etc. to the local people / parties.

• The proposed project will create jobs for at least 15 persons.

10.15 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES TO THE LABOURS DURING

CONSTRCITON PHASE:

During the construction period, there will be increase in floating population. The project will provide temporary employment of skilled and highly skilled manpower. Most of the people will be employees of contractors/sub-contractors. Additional strain on civic amenities like road, transport, communication, drinking water, sanitation and other facilities will take place, to meet the work force requirement.


342



During the construction phase there will be increased demand of services, as most of the employees deployed during the construction period will be from local area. These include hotels, lodges, public transport (including taxis), etc. There will also be ample opportunities for providing these services. In addition to the opportunity of getting employment as construction laborers, the local population would also have employment opportunities in related service activities like petty commercial establishments, small contracts/sub-contracts and supply of construction materials for buildings and ancillary infrastructures etc. Consequently, this may lead to economic up liftman of the area. The movement of work force to and from the place of work and the movement of vehicles carrying equipment and construction material is expected to increase the stress on the local transport and road network. However, considering the number of people deployed, the impact on road/traffic is marginal and temporary. Consumer Prices: Usually the local population will be affected by inflationary trend sometime later, when prices of local services and produce, egg, fish, vegetables, milk, etc. start rising. This will happen only when a sizeable staff of the project and other associate companies settle permanently in the area. However any such rise in consumer prices is anticipated because the influx of population due to the project activities is minimal. Transport and Civil Construction: The transport companies would benefit from the construction of the plant. Services: The services like retail shops, banks, and automobile workshops; health care, etc. will expand in and near the plant. Employment: Large-scale influx of material and money tend to increase the employment opportunities. Transport: Transport services on the connecting road will improve further. Traffic: The plant construction phase will also see a moderate increase in traffic. Development of Slums: The contractors have to necessarily provide basic amenities like water supply, sanitation, electricity etc. at the labor camp to maintain hygienic condition and aesthetics.

10.16 ODOUR CONTROL MEASURES

The chance of odours within premises is mainly due to

Raw materials

• Storage / Handling • Transportation of raw materials


343



Process

• Raw materials transportation

• During reaction

• Drying

ETP Operations Storage / Handling Storage :

• Industry will provide adequate and proper storage facilities for all the raw materials and finished products.

• Corrosive substances will be stored away from the moisture.

• Solid raw material will be stored in covered area and Liquid raw material will be stored in closed Horizontal / Vertical tanks.

• Hazardous chemicals and solid wastes will be stored away from other plant activities.

Handling

• All the raw materials and finished products will be handled as per the standard practice.

• For proper handling, company will adopt good housekeeping technology to entire shed.

• To avoid any leakage or spillage of chemicals from all storage tanks, third party will inspects transfer lines, valves, fittings and every joint periodically.

Transportation of Raw materials

• All the necessary precautions will be taken while carrying out transport of the above materials as per the Hazardous Rules of transportation.

• The vehicles for transportation of raw materials and products will be parked at specified loading facilities where there will be a provision of fire extinguishers.

• The finished product will be transported by road, rail and ship route in closed containers.

Other sources of odour nuisance are as follows

Leaks from pressurized process equipment generally occur through

valves, pipe connection, mechanical seals or related equipment.

Control measures

• To minimize & control leaks at process facilities operators carry out

regular leak detection test and repair activities.

• Routine inspections of process equipment with gas detectors can be

used to identify leaks & estimate the leak rate in order to decide an

appropriate corrective action.


344



• Proper routine maintenance of equipment reduces the likelihood of

leaks.

• Liquid raw material will be transferred through the closed pipe line

system.


345



CHAPTER 11

SUMMARY OF ENV. IMPACTS & CONCLUSION

The environmental impacts of projects or actions generally encompass a broad range of impact from Air and Noise pollution to affect on employment and neighborhood as well as on social structure. All of these impacts vary in magnitude as well as in their beneficial or adverse classification. As a result, a natural question arises as to what is the “collective” or “overall” environmental impact of the project or action taken. Is the project beneficial or is it adverse? To answer such a question requires a comparison of these impacts and to some extent subjective evaluation of those impacts which are more important than others.

M/s. RGB Chemicals & Dyes Proposed to manufacture their Synthetic

Organic Chemical (Reactive & Direct Turquoise Blue) manufacturing unit for 50

MT/M.

11.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

S. No Contents Details

1

Name of the Project:

M/s. RGB Chemicals and Dyes Plot No. 5, Old S. No. 72, New S. No. 120, At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar, Gujarat

2

Details of Applicant Mr. Anand Vinubhai Patel (Partner )

Mr. Parth Vishnubhai Patel (Partner)


346



3

Status

M/s. RGB CHEMICALS AND DYES is a

propsoed unit located at Plot No. 5, S.No. 120,

At: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar,

Gujarat. In their proposed unit, they will

manufacture Synthetic Organic Chemical

(Reactive & Direct – Turquoise Dyes ) @ 50

MT/M. Proposed unit is not located in GIDC

Estate. Water consumption will be 10 KLPD

which is less than 25 KLPD, Fuel Consumption

will be less than 25 MT/Day and Unit is not

falls under MAH category. So, According to EIA

notification dated 14th September 2006 and its

vide amendment, by Ministry of Environment &

Forest (MoEF), Government of India, their

Proposed manufacturing activity is falls under

Synthetic Organic Chemicals – Schedule 5(f)) &

cat-B. For that unit needs Environment

clearance from State Level Environment Impact

Assessment Authority, Gandhinagar, Gujarat.

4

Type of Land & Status Non Agriculture (Industrial) land.

Proposed Land – 2090.13 Sq.m (2500 Sq. meter).

5 Capital Investment of the

Project, Rs. in Crores

3.2 Cr

6 Capital cost for EMP, Rs.

in Lakhs

122.4 Lakhs

7 Recurring cost for EMP,

Rs. in Lakhs

63.5 Lakhs

8 Employment opportunity 15 Persons


347



9

Green belt Development

It is envisaged to develop greenbelt on all sides

of the industry in an area of about 733.70SQM). – 35.10 % of the total plot area

10

Pollution control measures adopted

Effluent water disposal

• Domestic Wastewater is 2.0 KL/day will be disposed off through Soak Pit/Septic Tank System.

• Industrial Effluent of 11.03 KL/day will be sent to ETP for primary treatment and then it will be sent to Chhatral Environment Management System Pvt. Ltd. So, our unit will achieve Zero Liquid Discharge.

Flue gas emission control

• Adequate stack height of 11 Mtrs will be provided to the 1.0 TPH boiler, 11 m stack height to Hot Air generator.

• Stack monitoring facilities for the

periodic monitoring of the stack to verify

the compliance of the stipulated norms.

Process gas emission control

• Water scrubber followed by alkali

scrubber will be installed for process gas

emissions i.e. HCl and SO2.

Fugitive emission control

Vent condensers to the storage tanks and

reactors

Liquid Raw materials will be handled in closed system

Hazardous waste management

All the hazardous waste will be collected, stored, handled, transported and disposed as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable to industry.


348



11 Expenditure for CSR & CER activities

Rs. 14.4 Lakhs.

Environment Impact Assessment as detailed in previous chapter can now be concise to impact statement given below.

11.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Meteorological data collected during the study period October – November – December 2018 confirms that climatic Status of the study area is consistent with the regional meteorology. Average concentration of ambient air quality parameters such as PM10, PM 2.5, SO2 , NOx , HCl in the surrounding study area are well within the permissible limits as prescribed in the National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards for respective residential rural areas and industrial areas. Evaluated GLCs due to the proposed air pollution load. When added to the monitored existing ambient air quality, provides the expected ambient air quality when the fuel qty will increase in proposed utility and the same indicates that expected AAQ are well within the permissible limit of National Ambient Air Quality Standards for residential rural areas as well as industrial areas. It is concluded from the above that there will be a minor impact on the AAQ of the surrounding environment due to operation of the proposed project.


M/s. RGB Chemicals & Dyes is a proposed unit and the source of water for proposed activity will be by water tanker. The quality of the water was tested at eight locations in the study area. The ground water norms were compared to IS: 10500 (1991) for evaluation. The Industry generates process effluent apart from process, washing, Cooling Tower blow down and domestic effluent.


349



Wastewater Generation & Disposal:

Domestic water Consumption will be around 2 KLPD and Sewage generated will

be disposed to soak pit via septic tank @ 2 KLPD. Industrial water consumption will be for washing @ 4.0 KLPD, Cooling @ 1.0

KLPD, Boiler @ 2.0 KLPD, Scrubber @ 1.0 KLPD. So, total water consumption will be 10.0 KLPD. Industrial effluent generation will be 11.03 KLPD.



Spent acid 6.28 KLD will be neutralized in ETP-1. Process Effluent & Utility waste water 4.75 KLD will be primary treated in ETP-2

(Primary treatment units). After treatment in both ETP, finally effluent will be discharged to Chhatral Environment management System Pvt Ltd. Thus, it can be concluded that negligible impact on surrounding water environment is caused. Further, it is emphasized that all precautionary measures have to be strictly adhered as mentioned in the Environmental Management Plan given in Chapter 10, to maintain ground water quality within norms in the future.

11.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Base line data indicates that noise levels in the study area are not on higher sides. Noise level in and around plant site were measured. Measured noise levels within premises indicate that overall noise levels are within the Damage Risk Criteria. The company will provide ear-protecting devices/ earplugs for working personnel exposed to high noise level. It can be concluded that there will be no impact on the noise level of the surrounding environment.

11.5 HAZARDOUS WASTES

As per the Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Amendment Rules, 2003, all necessary control steps for each type of Hazardous Wastes generated from the proposed project will be taken. Therefore, no impact of hazardous wastes generation on surrounding soil environment is anticipated.

11.6 ECOLOGY

The proposed project will be carried out on land within their premises without cutting of any trees. Also, the project site is located in non-agricultural land devoid of any permanent eco-system. So it does not alter the crop pattern and


350



natural vegetation of the surrounding area. Due to the safe control technology of air pollutants, liquid effluents and solid/hazardous wastes disposal, no impact on the surrounding ecology is anticipated.

11.7 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

The proposed project will generate direct employment for employment persons. The indirect employment will be generated by way of transportation, shopkeepers and other casual employment. Implementation of this plant will also reduce production loss due to shortage of power. Thus, the proposed project will have significant positive impacts on the employment pattern of the study area.

11.8 LAND USE

Source emission, wastewater and hazardous waste generation from any project activity affects the soil environment.

The impact due to air causes direct/indirect effect on soil. The emissions of SPM during operation will be effectively controlled. There will be practically no effect on the soil quality due to air emissions.

Domestic effluent will be discharged to soak pit and septic tank system. Wastewater generated from the Industrial activity will be treated in Effluent Treatment Plant and finally it will be send to Chhatral Environment Management System Pvt Ltd and ETP waste will be disposed to TSDF site.

As per the Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Amendment Rules, 2003, all necessary control steps for each type of Hazardous Wastes generated will be taken for the proposed project.

Hence, due to the proposed project the, land use pattern; land cover and topography of the area will be changed only for the project premises.

11.9 TOPOGRAPHY :-

It is a proposed project, involve changes in topography and project

activities include excavation of soil in the plant area and construction of

buildings and facilities limited to the project site area. During construction,

excavated soil will be restored to its original shape. Thus the impact

during the construction is reversible, for short term and insignificant. During


351



the operation phase of the project, no impact is envisaged on the

topography.

There will be a change in topography of the land in the project site, but there

will be no change in drainage pattern.

11.10 CONCLUSION

It can be concluded on a positive note that due to the adequate provision and

efficient operation of Environmental Management Systems and after the

implementation of the proposed mitigation measures and environmental

management plans, the project activities during the construction and operation

phase would have manageable & largely have reversible impacts on the

environment, and on balance the project would be beneficial to surrounding

communities and the region.


352



CHAPTER 12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

Bhagwati Enviro care Pvt. Ltd. is one of the leading environmental consulting organizations based at Ahmedabad, Gujarat. engaged in providing consulting, engineering, designing, auditing, monitoring & testing and other regulatory compliance services. It was established in January 98 and consists of the highly qualified and well-experienced engineers, scientists, chemists. This technical team is supported by a pool of highly qualified and experienced associated experts from various disciplines. We have successfully completed more than 1500 projects in the field of consulting, auditing, monitoring & testing, pollution control i.e. Design, Installation and commissioning of wastewater treatment plants and air pollution control equipments, during last 20 years. We are also dealing in the projects of waste minimization and cleaner production technology. We are having a strong team of Technocrats and Scientists. We have well equipped MOEF and NABL approved analytical laboratory facility including facilities to analyze physical, chemical and biological parameters as per the requirements of the State Pollution Control Board and our clients. Our team of technocrats and scientists are well experienced to deal with the Design, Installation and Commissioning of wastewater treatment plants and air pollution control equipments and also well conversant to the projects of Waste Minimization and Cleaner Production Technology. The organization has obtained below mentioned recognition and accreditations to

provide you competent and efficient services.

• QCI-NABET accreditation as an EIA Consultant Organization

• QCI-NABL accreditation for Chemical Testing Laboratory under ISO/IEC

17025:2005 standards

• Reorganization as Environmental Auditor by Gujarat Pollution Control

Board.

• ISO 9001:2008 certificate for the Management System.

• ISO 14001:2015 certificate for the Management System.

• ISO 18001:2007certificate for the Management System.

• MOEF Recognized Environmental laboratory under the Environment Protection Act

1986.

The organization has been engaged in carrying out EIA studies and preparation of

EIA/EMP report for the varied range of industries and developmental activity since


421



2003. Besides the EIA study the organization is prepared and confident to render the

following services in the field of environmental engineering,

• Technical consultation & assistance to ensure & assure complete Environ-

Legal compliance including liaison with statutory bodies in order to get the

required permits, clearances & consents.

• Assessment of Environmental Pollution Load.

• Guidance to get water consent, Air consent and Solid Waste Authorization.

• O & M contracts for ETP, STP and CETP.

• New project consultancy for Environmental Management System.

• After careful study of the existing effluent treatment plant if required we suggest suitable addition/up gradation/modification in existing Effluent Treatment Plant so as to meet with the standards as specified by the state pollution control board as per the mode of disposal.

• Preparation of application form to get NOC for Establishment of the unit and Consent for Operation from the state pollution control boardProviding technical guidance to the clients to do the technical correspondence and also consulting work with state pollution control board.

• Designing and executing turnkey project of Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP),

Solid & Liquid Waste Incinerator and Air Pollution Control Equipment

• Schedule II Environmental Audit as per the order and guidelines of Honorable

High Court of Gujarat and GPCB.

• Details Process study to reduce the pollution at source and to reuse / recycle effluent.

• Preparing adequacy and efficacy report on Environmental management System for the existing unit as well as proposed unit.

• Conducting laboratory scale experiments to study treatability of industrial

effluent and preparing Treatability report.

• Preparing Feasibility report on the Effluent Treatment Plant.

• Performance study of existing pollution control facility and suggesting scheme

for the optimization of the facility.

• Monitoring and analysis of Water, Wastewater, Air Pollution (Stack & Ambient),

Solid Waste and soil.

• Monitoring and analysis of Work Area Environment and filling-up Form-37 as

per the requirements under Factory Act-1948 and Gujarat Factory Rules.

• Services of chartered Engineers for chemical projects.


422

m/s. rgb chemicals & dyes · draft . environmental impact assessment report . for proposed unit...

Documents